HI DEPARTMENT TECHNICAL MANUAL HANDBOOK I FOR PHARMACY TECHNICIANS fVAR DEPARTMENT • NOVEMBER 1945 i - WAR DEPARTMENT TECHNICAL MANUAL TM 8-233 This manual supersedes TM 8-233, Methods jor Pharmacy Technicians, 13 October 1941, including C 1,16 June 1942, and C 2, 28 February 1944. HANDBOOK FOR PHARMACY TECHNICIANS WAR DEPARTMENT . NOVEMBER 20, 1945 United States Government Printing Office, Washington: 1945 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office Washington 25, D. C Price 35 Cen ts The use in this volume of certain portions of the text of the United States Pharmacopoeia, Twelfth Revision, official 1 November 1942, is by virtue of permission received from the Board of Trustees of the United States Pharmacopoeial Con- vention. The said Board of Trustees is not responsible for any inaccuracy of quotation nor for any errors in the statement of quantities or percentage strengths. WAR DEPARTMENT Washington 25, D. C., 6 September 1945 TM 8-233, Handbook for Pharmacy Technicians, is published for the information and guidance of all concerned. [AG 300.7 (18 Dec 44)] By order of the Secretary of War: Official; Edward F. Witsell Major General Acting The Adjutant General G. C. MARSHALL Chief of Staff Distribution : Sec of War (1); ASF (2); Dept (1); Arm & Sv Bd (1); S Div ASF (1); WD Gen Staff, Sec (1); Tech Sv (2) except SGO (24); Tech Sv (Tng Div) (2); SvG (Hq) (1); SvC (Surg) (1); SvC (Tng Div) (1); MDW (4); AAF Sta (Cont) (1); GH (Named) (8); RH (8); SH (Named) (8); Gen & Sp Sv Sch (2); USMA (2); ROTG (2) except ROTG, 8 (8); ASF Unit Tng G (8); ASF Tng G (8) except Med; Conv G (3); Lab 8 (Army) (6); Lab 8 (Dept) (6); Lab 8 (SvC) (6); A (Hq) (2); A (Surg) (6); CHQ, (Hq) (2); CHQ (Surg) (4); D (Hq) (2) D (Surg) (4); AF (Surg) (6); One (1) copy to each Med Det of the following T/O & E’s: 2-22; 3-25; 4-45; 4-145; 4-152; 4- 4-260-1; 5-55; 5-72; 5-95; 5-192; 5-252; 5-255; 5-275; 5- 5-510-1 S; 5-5355; 6-10; 6-12; 6-35; 6-45; 6-55; 6-65; 6- 6-95; 6-175; 6-325; 6-355; 6-365; 6-395; 7-11; 7-15; 7-85; 7- 9-12; 9-76; 10-22; 10-95; 10-165; 10-217; 11-15; 11-25; 17-35; 17-55; 17-115; 17-125; 18-10-1; 18-25; 18-35; 19-35; 19-55; 20-42; 44-15; 44-25; 44-75; 44-115; 44-125; 44-2255; 44-315; 55-110-1; T/O &E: 8-22 (4); 8-26 (2); 8-27 (2); 8-28 (3) 8-37 (2); 8-76 (2); 8-77 (3); 8-86 (2); 8-87 (2); 8-88 (3); 8- (6); 8-136 (1); 8-137 (2); 8-138 (3); 8-317 (2); 8-447 (3); 8-497 (1); 8-500 (12); 8-510 (4); 8-534 (2); 8-537 T (1); 8-538 (2) 8-550 (Numbered GH) (8); 8-560 (Numbered SH) (6); 8-580 (3) 8-595 (2); 8-610 (6); 8-650 (6); 8-750 (1); 8-760 (1); 8-790 (1); 8-915 S (2); Hosp Ship Co (2) Refer to FM 21-6 for explanation of distribution formula. 16270 E ii CONTENTS CHAPTER 1, GENERAL. Paragraphs Pag* Section I. General 1-2 1 11. Administration and supply 3-5 4 CHAPTER 2. PHARMACEUTICAL MATHEMATICS. Section I. Metrology 6-15 6 11. Specific gravity 16-19 14 111. Specific volume 20 18 IV. Density 21 18 V. Thermometers 22-23 18 VI. Ratio and proportion 24-26 19 VII. Preparation of solutions 27-31 20 VIII. Alligation 32-33 23 IX. Reducing and enlarging formulas 34-35 25 X. Calculation of doses 36-37 25 CHAPTER 3. PHYSICAL PROCESSES AND TECHNIQUES 38-47 27 CHAPTER 4. CLASSES OF PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS. Section I. Waters (aquae) 48-54 42 11. Solutions (liquores) 55-59 43 111. Emulsions (emulsa) 60-64 44 IV. Syrups (syrupi) 65-68 45 V. Mucilages (mucilagines) 69-73 46 VI. Mixtures (misturae) 74-78 46 VII. Magmas (magmata) 79-83 46 VIII. Lotions (lotiones) ..84-88 47 IX. Glycerites (glycerita) 89-93 47 X. Spirits (spiritus) 94-98 48 XI. Elixirs (elixiria) 99-103 48 XII. Collodions (collodia) 104-108 49 XIII. Liniments (linimenta) 109-113 49 XIV. Infusions (infusa) 114-118 50 XV. Tinctures (tincturae) ; 119-123 50 XVI. Vinegars (aceta) 124-128 51 'XVII. Fluidextracts (fluidextracta) 129-133 51 XVIII. Oleoresins (oleoresinae) 134-138 52 XIX. Extracts (extracta) 139-143 52 XX. Powders (pulveres) 144-148 53 XXI. Capsules (capsulae) 149-153 53 XXII. Triturations (triturationes) 154-158 55 XXIII. Pills (pilulae) 159-163 55 XXIV. Tablets (tabellae) 164-168 56 XXV. Ointments (unguenta) 169-173 57 XXVI. Pastes (pastae) 174-178 58 XXVII. Suppositories (suppositoria) 179-183 59 XXVIII. Plasters (emplastra) 184-188 60 CHAPTER 5. TOXICOLOGY 189-191 61 CHAPTER 6. VETERINARY PHARMACOLOGY 192-193 63 APPENDIX I. MEDICAL TERMS 66 11. REFERENCE TABLES 72 111. DRUG LIST 115 Hi This manual supersedes TM 8-233, Methods jor Pharmacy Technicians, 13 October 1941, including C 1, 16 June 1942, and C 2, 28 February 1944. CHAPTER 1 GENERAL Section I. GENERAL 1. SCOPE, a. This manual is intended as a ready reference for the pharmacist and for enlisted pharmacy technicians who will work in a pharmacy under the supervision of a commissioned officer. It is not in- tended to replace, but only to supplement, the standard reference books which are available in ail permanent and in many temporary installations. b. The drugs included in this manual are in most instances taken from the selected list in the Medical Department Supply Catalog. 2. DEFINITIONS, a. (1) Pharmacy is a profession which applies a funda- mental knowledge of certain sciences, including those mentioned below: Chemistry investigates the composition of all substances, together with the combinations and decompositions resulting from their action upon one another under the influence of chemical force. Physics deals with matter and its properties so far as they are intimately associated with the transformations of energy. Physics, therefore, includes dynamics and the branches of science that deal with light, heat, electricity, magnetism, and sound. %oology treats of the natural history of all animals, their structure, physiology, classification, descent, and habits. Botany treats of the structure of plants, the functions of their parts, their places of growth, and their classifications. Mineralogy treats of the properties of mineral substances and charac- terizes, distinguishes, and classifies them according to their properties. Biology is the science of living organisms, their morphology, physiology, origin or development, and distribution. Physiology may be considered as that branch of biology which treats of the functions of the living organisms, plant or animal, correlates these functions as to cause and effect, and traces out their dependence upon the physical states of the organs by which these functions are exercised. Bacteriology treats of microorganisms. • Pharmacology is the science of drugs, usually interpreted as being the ac- tions of drugs on the body, including materia medica, pharmacodynamics, and therapeutics. Materia medica treats of the origin, composition, and properties of medic- inal agents. Pharmacodynamics deals with the actions of drugs on undiseased living organisms. Therapeutics is a consideration of the actions of drugs in the treatment of disease. Toxicology is the scientific study of poisons, their actions, their detection, and the treatment of the conditions produced by them. Posology is the study of doses of drugs. Pharmacognosy is the study of crude drugs, their source, origins, parts used, active constituents, collection and storage. (2) Pharmacy in the Army has for its primary object the service which it can render in safeguarding the preparation, compounding, and dispens- ing of drugs. (3) The term “drug” (as defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cos- metic Act) means “(1) articles recognized in the official United States Pharmacopoeia, official Homeopathic Pharmacopoeia of the United States, or official National Formulary, or any supplement to any of them; and (2) articles intended for use in the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease in man or animals, and (3) articles (other than food) intended to affect the structure or any function of the body of man or animal; and (4) articles intended for use as a component of any articles specified in clause (1), (2), or (3); but does not include devices or their component parts, or accessories.” b. The Unifed States Pharmacopoeia (U.S.P.). The Pharmacopoeia is issued and revised by the United States Pharmacopoeial Convention which is composed of delegates representing state medical and pharma- ceutical associations, medical and pharmaceutical colleges as well as certain allied professions and sciences. The object of the Pharmacopoeia is to provide standards for drugs and medicines of therapeutic usefulness or pharmaceutical necessity, sufficiently used in medical practice within the United States or its possessions; to lay down tests for the identity, quality, and purity of these; to insure, so far as practicable, uniformity in physical properties and active constituents. The Pharmacopoeia was first published in 1820 and has been revised every ten years since that time. The Convention for the Eleventh Revision of the United States Pharmacopoeia (1940) decided that two revisions would be published in the next decade in order to keep pace with the rapid progress in the medical sciences and that interim revision announce- ments or supplements would be published in the meantime. This program of “continuous revision” is of particular significance in times of national emergency since shortages of critical materials frequently necessitate varia- tions in the official standards. The names of various substances are indicated in the Pharmacopoeia as follows: (1) Official Latin title. Example: ELIXIR AROMATICUM. (2) Official English title. Example: AROMATIC ELIXIR. (3) Abbreviated title. Example: ELIX. AROM. (4) Synonym. Example: SIMPLE ELIXIR. (5) Botanical name (in the case of plants). Example: ATROPA BELLA- DONNA. (6) Symbolic formula (in the case of chemicals). Example: BaS04. (7) Structural formula (in the case of organic chemicals wherever gen- erally accepted by chemists). Example: PHENOL. OH jK HC CH I II HC CH •V„/ (8) Official definition. In order that no question shall arise as to the exact meaning of the official Latin title, or any other name by which an official substance is known, it is necessary to state explicitly what kind or variety 2 of the substance should be used. Example: FERRUM. Elementary Iron (Fe) in the form of fine, bright wire, filings or powder. (9) Purity rubric. This term indicates the paragraph which limits the quantity of innocuous impurities in chemicals, drugs, and other substances, by stating in terms of percentage the amount of pure substance that must be present. Example: SODIISALICTLAS, Sodium Salicylate, when dried to constant weight at 100°C., contains not less than 99.5 percent of C 6H4. OH. COONa. (10) Official description. Immediately following the official definition of the substances there will be noticed in the Pharmacopoeia, in smaller type, what has been termed the official description. This usually consists, for drugs, of a concise statement of their physical characteristics, when entire, and also, in most instances, the structure of the same drug when sectioned or powdered. In the chemicals the official definition usually includes the symbolic formula, the “purity rubric,” and the official description, which are printed in smaller type, exactly as in the case of vegetable drugs. To the descriptions of the chemical drugs are usually added the solubility statements. (11) Tests for identity and purity. In the U.S.P. the tests which establish the identity of a chemical and those which insure the Pharmacopoeial minimum degree of purity are grouped under the appropi’iate headings. (12) Assay. Chemicals, preparations, and certain crude drugs have assays included in their monographs which are intended to insure their contents to be in accord with the “purity rubric.” (13) iStorage. Certain official drugs and preparations of the Pharma- copoeia have storage specifications set forth designed to maintain their medicinal activity for a maximum period of time. (14) Preparations. Where a pharmacopoeial substance is an item in the manufacture of official pharmaceuticals, these preparations are listed. (15) Doses. The doses are given in both the metric and apothecaries’ systems. The figures are neither interchangeable, nor are they to be con- sidered as exact equivalents. Under “Average Dose” is stated the dose may be expected ordinarily to produce the therapeutic effect for which the drug or preparation is most commonly employed. The doses, "unless otherwise indicated, are intended to mean oral doses when admin- istered to adults. c. The National Formulary (N.F.) is revised and issued by the American Pharmaceutical Association through its Committee on National Formu- lary. The purpose of the National Formulary is to supply definite formulas fo£ preparations that are sufficiently used in medical practice within the United States, or itsvpossessions, and for which formulas are not included in the Pharmacopoeia of the United States; and to provide standards and tests for the identity, quality, and purity of the ingredients used in these formulas, and for such other drugs as are frequently called for in the pharmacies of the United States, for which standards are not provided in the U.S. Pharmacopoeia, so that uniformity in the physical properties and therapeutic action of these preparations and medicinal materials will be assured. The National Formulary is similar to the Pharmacopoeia in arrangement and is intended to be revised and to appear at the same time as the revisions of the Pharmacopoeia. d. New and Nonofficial Remedies (N.N.R.) is a book published by the American Medical Association through its Council on Pharmacy and Chemistry. It lists such unofficial representatives of the newer materia medica, chiefly synthetic or biological, as have been accepted under the rules of the Council. 3 e. A dispensatory is an unofficial commentary on drugs, giving their physical, medical, and pharmaceutical history, with their doses, properties, and uses. Section 11. ADMINISTRATION AND SUPPLY 3. GENERAL. Pharmacies, like all other Army installations, are gov- erned by Army Regulations, amplified or expanded by local regulations and orders promulgated by the station commander and the surgeon. Each pharmacy officer and technician should therefore familiarize himself with the provisions of AR 40-590, 40-1705, TM 38-403, 38-220, and all local regulations pertinent to the pharmacy. 4. SUPPLY. One of the most important administrative functions con- nected with the pharmacy is the maintaining of adequate medicinals and equipment necessary to their proper dispensing. The maintenance of ade- quate supplies in the medical supply is the responsibility of the medical supply officer and the pharmacy officer should maintain close liaison with this department with reference to pharmacy supplies. ’He should assist the medical supply officer in determining the levels of each item required for the pharmacy, basing the requirements on past issue experience and anticipated needs. The medical supply officer will have available all cor- rect supply publications for reference. a. Army Service Forces Medical Supply Catalog. This Catalog lists the items that are stored and issued by the Medical Department. It estab- lishes the official item designation for use in the preparation of requisitions, records, reports, and correspondence concerning medical supplies. b. Nonstandard articles. The addition of many new standard items to the Medical Supply Catalog has decreased the necessity for the use of nonstandard items. The items now listed include those generally recog- nized as essential to medical practice and recourse to nonstandard items will rarely be necessary. Medical officers may find that a compound which they frequently prescribed in civilian practice is not included in the Catalog. However, items have been included which serve the same purpose. Stand- ard or nonstandard supplies required in emergency to save life or prevent suffering may be procured and vouchered to distribution depots under the provisions of AR 40-1705. c. Requisitioning from the medical supply officer. (1) Items ap- pearing in the Army Service Forces Medical Supply Catalog will be requisitioned by the pharmacy officer from the medical supply officer on WD AGO Form 446 (Property Issue Slip). Separate requisitions will be prepared for expendable and nonexpendable items. Examples of requisi- tions are shown in Med. 1, Introduction to Army Service Forces Medical Supply Catalog. (2) Nonstandard items not carried in stock at the medical supply. Items which are nonstandard and which are obtained by local purchase must be sup- ported by certificates showing their necessity. This may be on the requisi- tion itself or accompany it in a separate letter of request. d. Requisitions by the medical supply officer. (1) The source of sup- ply beyond the medical supply officer is the medical distribution depot. Monthly requisitions are submitted by the medical supply officer to the distribution depot to replenish station stocks. 4 (2) In addition, the medical supply officer may purchase articles neces- sary to prevent suffering or distress among the sick and injured from Medical Department funds as outlined in AR 40-1705. 5. ADMINISTRATION. The administration of the pharmacy is carried out by the pharmacy officer under the general supervision of the surgeon and the station commander. a. Pharmacy officer. This officer is in charge of the pharmacy and is responsible for carrying on the work of the drugroom, for general policy, property responsibility, and the handling, storing, and dispensing of nar- cotics, poisons, and alcohol. b. Records. (1) In time of peace and, so far as practicable, in time of war, all prescriptions will be written in the metric system. They will be placed on file in three separate files (each carrying a different series of numbers) as follows: (a) Prescriptions for alcohol or alcoholic liquors and for medicines con- taining opium or any of the salts, derivatives, or preparations of opium or coca leaves. (b) Prescriptions for civilians which do not include articles of the pre- ceding class. (c) All other prescriptions. (2) Prescription files will be subject to inspection by inspectors and station commanders at all times. (3) With reference to b (1) (a) above, a record will be kept of the pharmacy receipts and expenditures of each article specified therein. These items are shown with a (6) in the “Notes” column of the Army Service Forces Medical Supply Catalog. This record is commonly called the Narcotic Register and should be made on WD AGO Form 421, adapted as may be necessary for the purpose, filed in a looseleaf binder as listed in the Army Service Forces Medical Supply Catalog. A separate slip will be kept for each in which liquor or drug is supplied, as, “Morphine sulfate, 1 0z.,” or “Morphine sulfate, 20 gr. hypo, tablets).” The date of receipt thereof from the medical supply will be noted in the left-hand column and the amount in the proper unit, in the debit column. The expenditures will be noted by entering the prescription number in the left-hand column and the amount expended in compounding the pre- scription in the credit column. At least once a month, the slips will be balanced and the quantities remaining on hand will be verified by a Medical Department officer and the facts with the date of verification noted over his signature. (4) With reference to b (1) (b) and (c) above, the methods of filing pre- scriptions may vary with the availability of materials with which permanent records can be made. Pasting the prescriptions in a large filing book has been used extensively, and the book is listed in the Army Service Forces Medical Supply Catalog as, “Book, Prescription Filing,” for this purpose. This method, however, proves time consuming and may be deviated from in any other practicable method. 5 CHAPTER 2 PHARMACEUTICAL MATHEMATICS Section I. METROLOGY 6. GENERAL. Metrology is the study of measurement as applied to ex- tension, volume, and weight. The metric system of measure is employed in the Pharmacopoeia, the National Formulary, and in New and Non- official Remedies. In the general practice of pharmacy, the English linear system is used in measuring extension; the apothecaries’ system in measur- ing weight and volume and in the writing and filling of prescriptions; and the avoirdupois system in measuring weight in commercial transactions including the purchase and sale of drugs and medical supplies. The use of the metric system of measurement was legalized in the United States in 1866 and its use in all medical requirements including the writing and filling of prescriptions was made obligatory in the Medical Department of the U. S. Army in 1894. However, all of the systems mentioned are employed in the Supply Catalogs of the Medical Department. 7. METRIC SYSTEM, a. General. The metric system is decimal and its primary units of volume and weight are derived from the primary unit of extension, the meter, which simplifies the conversion of values as com- pared to the other systems mentioned above. Primary unit of length, the meter, may be defined as 1/40,000,000 of the earth’s circumference, measured across the poles or as l/l 0,000,000 of the earth’s quadrant. Primary unit of volume, the liter, may be defined as the cube of one- tenth of a meter (decimeter), or as the volume occupied by a kilogram of water at its greatest density. Primary unit of weight, the gram, is the weight of a cubic 1/100 meter (cubic centimeter) of water at its greatest density, and weighed in vacuo. Figure 1. Metric weights. 6 b. Metric tables. To simplify measuring, the primary unit of each branch was subdivided into 1000, 100, and 10 secondary parts; secondary units larger than the primary units were established by taking the primary units in multiples of 10, 100, and 1000. All secondary units differ from one another by some power of 10. Fractional parts of the primary units are expressed by adding the Latin prefixes: milli (1/1000), centi (1/100), and deci (1/10) to the names of the primary unit itself. Denominations larger than the primary units are expressed by adding the Greek prefixes: deka (10), hecto (100), and kilo (1000), to the name of the primary unit. Metric table of length Abbreviated form 10 millimeters = 1 centimeter 10 centimeters = 1 decimeter 10 cm = 1 dm 10 decimeters = 1 meter 10 dm = 1 m 10 meters = 1 dekameter 10 dekameters = 1 hectometer 10 hectometers = 1 kilometer 10 Hm = l Km By replacing the primary unit of length with the primary unit of volume or weight, the appropriate table will be derived. The technician may more readily visualize these tables if they are compared to our monetary system which is also a system of decimal progression. Thus— 10 mills =1 cent = $O.Ol 10 cents =1 dime = $O.lO 10 dimes = 1 dollar = $ 1.00 10 mm = l cm =O.Ol m 10 cm =1 dm = 0.10 m 10 dm =1 m =l.OO m Abbreviations of the divisions and multiplications consist of the first letter of the prefix and the first letter of the unit except in the case of the gram which is always abbreviated Gm to differentiate it clearly from the abbreviation for grain which is gr. The first letter of the abbreviation should be capitalized in the case of multiplications to differentiate them from the abbreviations of divisions; thus, dm for decimeter and Dm for dekameter. Metric table of weight Abbreviated form 1000 micrograms = 1 milligram 1000 /Xg = l mg 10 mg = 1 eg 10 cg = l dg 10 dg = 1 Gm 1000 Gm = l Kg 10 milligrams — 1 centigram 10 centigrams = 1 decigram 10 decigrams = 1 gram 1000 grams = 1 kilogram c. Reading the metric system. The reading of metric quantities is similar in many respects to the reading of sums of money. The following analagous readings may serve to enlighten the technician: 50.30 may be read as— Three dimes. Thirty cents. Three hundred mills. 0.3 meter may be read as— Three decimeters. Thirty centimeters. Tfiree hundred millimeters. 7 0.3 gram may be read as Three decigrams. Thirty centigrams. Three hundred milligrams. 0.45 meter may be read as—- 4.5 decimeters. 45 centimeters. 450 millimeters. 0.78 liter may be read as— 7.8 deciliters. 78 centiliters. 780 milliliters. 2.75 grams may be read as— 2.75 grams. 27.5 decigrams. 275 centigrams. 2,750 milligrams. Note. Since the liter is the volume of a cubic decimeter (10 dm)3, the thousandth part of a liter also may be called a cubic centimeter (abbr. cc). Sometimes the word milliliter is shortened to mil. Therefore, milliliter, mil, cubic centimeter, and cc all refer to 1/1000 of a liter. 8. ENGLISH LINEAR MEASURE. Length and area are commonly meas- ured in the English linear measure. The unit of the system is the inch and divisions of the unit are measured in common fractions. Example: 12 inches = 1 ft. 3 feet = 1 yd. 9. APOTHECARIES’ FLUID MEASURE. The unit of the system is the minim and divisions of the unit are expressed in common fractions. In writing prescriptions in the apothecaries’ system, the various denomina- tions are designated by symbols or abbreviations followed by the amount indicated in Roman numerals. For example: n\ = minim; fl.3= fluid dram; fl.g = fluid ounce; 0 = pint. 5 GRAINS 4 GRAINS Figure 2. Apothecaries' weights. 8 10. APOTHECARIES' SYSTEM. This system of weight is now employed only in the writing and filling of prescriptions. The unit is the grain and divisions of the unit are expressed in common fractions. Table of the apothecaries’ fluid system. 60 minims = 1 fluidram. 8 fluidrams = 1 fluidounce = 480 minims. 16 fluidounccs = 1 pint =7,680 minims. 2 pints = 1 quart. 4 quarts = 1 gallon. In writing prescriptions in the apothecaries’ system, the various denomi- nations are designated by certain symbols or abbreviations, followed by the amount indicated in Roman numerals. For example: gr = grains; 9 = scruples; 3 = drams; g=ounces. Table of the apothecaries’ system of weight. 20 grains (gr.) = 1 scruple. 3 scruples = 1 dram = 60 grains, 8 drams = 1 ounce = 480 grains. 12 ounces =1 pound = 5,760 grains. 11. AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHT. Avoirdupois weight is used entirely for commercial transactions. The unit is the grain and divisions of the unit are expressed in common fractions. In the table of avoirdupois weight: 437.5 grains = 1 ounce (oz.). 16 ounces = 1 pound (1b.)—7,000 grains. 12. APPROXIMATE MEASURES. 1 tumblerful = about 8 fluidounccs, or 240 cc. 1 teacupful = about 4 fluidounccs, or 120 cc. 1 wineglassful = about 2 fluidounccs, or 60 cc. 1 tablespoonful = about 4 fluidrams, or 16 cc. 1 dessertspoonful = about 2 fluidrams, or 8 cc. 1 teaspoonful = about 1 fluidram, or 4 cc. One drop (L., gutta, pi., guttae, usually abbreviated gtt.) is often con- sidered as equal to about one minim, but the size of drops varies with the character of the liquid, the temperature, and the surface from which it is dropped. Therefore, one drop should not be considered to equal one minim. Note also that the modern standard teaspoonful is equivalent to about 5 cc, or more than a fluidram. This fact is true of other such household measuring devices. 13. RELATIONSHIP OF THE SYSTEMS, a. General. The pharmacy technician must know not only the various systems of weights and measures, but he must be able to convert weights and measures from one system to those of another; in other words, he must master the relationships of the systems. The conversion of weights and measures of one system to those of another is done by means of equivalents, presented below. The deriva- tion of these equivalents as follows will enable the technician to arrive at an equivalent in several ways should he fail to remember a particular one. (1) Metric and linear measure. Given: 1 m = 39.37 inches. 1 m = 100 cm (metric table) Therefore: —— = 2.54 cm in 1 inch j y.j / 9 Since there are 10 mm in 1 cm, 2.54 cm contains 2.54X10 or 25.4 mm. Therefoi'e: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. (2) Metric and apothecary fluid measures. Given: 1 liter = 1,000 cc. If a liter of any liquid is poured into apothecary graduates, it will be found that the liter of liquid measures 16,230 Hi’s. Therefore: = 16.23 Hi’s in 1 cc. Given: 1 cc = 16.23 Hi’s. As an apothecary fluidounce contains 480 Hi’s, we have— ——- = 29.57 cc in 1 fluidounce 16.23 Given: 1 fluidounce = 29.57 cc and 1 liter = 1,000 cc. Therefore: —= 33.8 fiuidounces in 1 liter. 29.57 Given: 1 pint = 16 fiuidounces and 29.57 cc = l fluidounce. Therefore: 16X29.57 = 473 cc = l pint. Given: 473 cc = l pint and 1,000 cc = l liter. f 1,000 _.. . ... Therefore: ■ •• =2.11 pints = 1 liter. 473 Given: 1 cc = 16.23 minims. Therefore: = 0.06 cc = 1 HI 16.23 (3) Metric and apothecary weights. If a gram weight is placed on a deli- cate balance, it will weigh 15.432 grains. Therefore: 1 Gm = 15.432 grains. Given: 480 grains and 1 Gm = 15.432 grains. Therefore: -^^= 31.1 Gm = 5 (apoth. ounce). Given: 1 Gm = 15.432 grains. 1 Therefore: ■ r =0.0648 Gm = l grain Since 0.0648 Gm is 64.8 milligrams, one grain contains 64.8 milligrams; however, in work involving the calculation of doses, the figure is rounded to 65 mg = 1 grain to facilitate calculations. The following equivalents are obtained by weighing the respective quantities of water: 1 fluidounce of water = 455 grains. 1 minim of water = 0.95 grains. 1 pint of water = 1.04 pounds, avoirdupois, 1 gallon of water = 8.33 pounds, avoirdupois. (4) Metric and avoirdupois equivalents. As the apothecary and avoirdupois grains are identical, the avoirdupois grain is likewise equivalent to 0.0648 Gm or 64.8 mg. Given: 1 oz = 437.5 grains and 1 Gm = 15.432 grains. 437.5 Therefore: =28.35 Gm = l oz or ounce. 15.432 Given: 16 oz = l lb and 28.35 Gm = l oz. Therefore; 16X28.35 = 454 Gm = l lb. Given: 1,000 Gm = l Kg and 454 Gm = l lb. Therefore: = 2.2 lb = 1 Kg. 10 A careful study of the derivation of equivalents will indicate their uses. To convert 12 pints to cc, multiply 12 by the number of cubic centimeters in 1 pint (473). Likewise, if 2,345 cc are to be converted to pints, the 2,345 cc are divided by 473 or divide 2,345 cc by 1,000 (simply by moving the decimal point three places to the left) thus converting 2,345 cc to liters and then multiply the result by 2.11 (the number of pints in a liter). b. Table of approximate equivalents. 1 gram = 15.432 grains. 1 cubic centimeter = 16.23 minims. 1 grain = 64.8 milligrams. 1 meter = 39.37 inches. 1 liter = 33.8 fluidounces or 2.11 pints. 1 inch = 25.4 millimeters or 2.54 centimeters. 1 apothecaries’ ounce = 31.1 grams. 1 apothecaries’ ounce = 2.052 fluidounces. 1 avoirdupois ounce = 28.35 grams. 1 apothecaries’ fluidounce = 29.57 cubic centimeters. 1 pint = 473 cubic centimeters. 1 minim = 0.06 cubic centimeters. 1 gallon = 3.785 liters or 3,785 cubic centimeters 1 pound (lb) =454 grams. 1 kilogram = 2.2 pounds. c. Table of water equivalents 1 fluidounce of water (fl§) =455 grains. 1 minim of water = 0.95 grains. 1 pint of water = 1.04 pounds (av.) or 473 grams. 1 gallon of water = 8.33 pounds (av.) or 3.785 kilograms. 14. ADDITION, SUBTRACTION, MULTIPLICATION, AND DIVISION OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES, a. Metric system. To simplify procedures, express afr lengths in meters, all volumes in cubic centimeters, all weights in grams. Addition. Add 3 Kg, 33 Gm, 3 eg, 433 mg. Solution: 3 Kg= 3X1,000 = 3,000 Gm 33 Gm = 33 Gm 3 eg = 3-f- 100= .03 Gm 433 mg = 433-5-I,ooo= .433 Gm 3,033.463 Gm Subtraction. Subtract 285 cubic centimeters from 5 liters. Solution: 5 liters = 5,000 cc 285 cc Multiplication. Multiply 325 mg by 5. Solution: 325 mgX 5 = 1,625 mg 1,625 mg 4-1,000 = 1.625 Gm 4,715 cc b. English system. To simplify procedures express all units in the smallest unit involved. 11 (1) Addition. apothecaries' weight. Add 5 pounds, 4 ounces, 36 drams, 720 grains. Solution: 5 lb= 5X5,760 gr = 28,800 gr 4oz = 4X 480 gr = 1,920 gr 36 dr = 36X 60 gr = 2,160 gr 720 gr = 720 gr (2) Addition, avoirdupois weight. Add 10 pounds, 14 ounces, ounce, 27 grains. Solution: 10 lb =lO X 7,000 = 70,000 gr 14oz = 14X437.5= 6,125 gr %oz = 34X437.5= 109.37 gr 27 gr = 27 gr 33,600 gr 76,261.37 gr (3) Addition, fluid measure. To add fluid measure, the same principle is involved as in the addition of solid measure. Add 14 gallons, 7 pints, 6 fluidounces. Solution: 14 gal =14X128 fl oz = 1,798 fl oz 7pt =7Xl6floz= 11211 oz 6 fl oz= 6 fl oz 1,916 fl oz (4; subtraction, multiplication, and division. Ihe same principle is involved as in addition. Reduce weights or measures to smallest unit involved and proceed. When final answer is obtained it may be changed back to the next larger unit. Example: 600 apothecaries’ grains would be changed to 600-4-480 (gr in 1 oz) = l oz and 120 gr, or 1 oz and 2 dr. 15. INSTRUMENTS FOR MEASURING, a. Balances. These are in- struments for determining the relative weight of substances. If accurate results are to be obtained the balance should be correctly constructed, skillfully used, and carefully protected from injury. Pharmaceutical bal- ances used in military pharmacies may be classified as follows: (1) Single beam, equal arm balance. In the construction of this balance, a beam is suspended on a knife edge, which divides it into equal arms, and knife edges are placed at each end of the beam on the same plane and at exactly equal distances from the point of suspension to support the pans which carry the substances to be weighed. (2) Torsion balance. The chief differences between the torsion and other balances lies in the entire absence of knife edges and the location of the center of gravity above the fulcrum or point of rotation. The knife edges have been replaced by three steel bands or springs tightly stretched over the edges of the three frames supporting the beam. The center of the beam is fastened to the center of the strained band or spring and at right angles to it, under which condition, by the elasticity or torsion of the band or spring, it will vibrate exacdy as the ordinary beam balanced on knife edges; the pans rest upon similar torsion bands or springs at the ends of the beam in the same manner as the central fulcrum of the beam. (3) Care of a balance. The position chosen for the balance should be upon a level and firm counter, desk, or table, where it will be subjected to little risk of injury from dampness, dust, or corrosive vapors, and where the knife edges will not be liable to become dulled by jarring or other vibrations. The balance and scale pans should not be polished with abra- 12 sive substances but should be cleaned with a soft cloth. The beam should never be left in oscillating position when the balance is not being used. Weights should be put on and replaced with tweezers. The same care should be exercised in cleaning weights as the balance and scale pans. The first step in weighing is to see that the balance is in balance; then place a piece of pan paper in each pan and again see that the balance is in balance. .Put the weights in the right-hand pan and carefully place enough of the substance in the left-hand pan to balance the weights exactly. After removing the substance, check the weights to see that the amount is cor- rect. In weighing substances that injure the scale pans by their chemical action, always use watch glasses or wax paper. Do not exchange one scale pan for the other, as they are balanced in their respective positions. Do not overload the balance in excess of indicated capacity as marked on the balance. c. Graduates. Graduates are vessels for measuring the volume of liquids and are made of glass. They are either conical or cylindrical in shape and are graduated in the metric or the apothecaries’ system, or both. Cylindrical graduates are preferred. The bottom of the meniscus is used as the level in measuring. Figure 3. Graduates. A minim graduate is not reliable for measuring minute quantities be- cause it retains a large amount of liquid by capillarity. Therefore a pipette should be used. Pipettes are glass tubes with a constricted point and graduated on the side. They are used by applying suction to the upper end and holding the liquid in the tube by placing the finger on the upper end while reading off the contents. 13 Figure 4. Devices for measuring small amounts of fluids. Section 11. SPECIFIC GRAVITY 16. DEFINITION. Specific gravity, abbreviated sp. gr., indicates the rela- tion in weight, expressed decimally, between equal volumes of two sub- stances, one of which is a standard, determined at 25° C. and at normal barometric pressure. Distilled water is the standard for liquids and solids, and atmospheric air or hydrogen is the standard for gases. The specific gravity of the standards is expressed by unity, 1.000. 17. SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF LIQUIDS. The determination of the spe- cific gravity of liquids is far more frequently required than is that of solids, and specific gravity flasks (pycnometers), hydrometers, loaded cylinders, and the Mohr-Westphal balance are employed for that purpose. Only the pycnometer and hydrometer will be discussed. 14 a. Pycnometer. Any small flask of 25 or 50 cc capacity with a long, narrow neck and made of thin glass will answer as a specific gravity bottle. Its weight, or tare, is first carefully ascertained and noted; pure water is then poured into the flask until it reaches a convenient distance up into the neck, when a mark should be made with a file at the upper and lower edge of the meniscus or concave surface; having noted the temperature of the water, the flask and contents are weighed, and from this weight the tare of the flask is deducted, the remainder being the weight of that par- ticular volume of pure water at the given temperature. The tare, tempera- ture, and weight of water are carefully etched on the side of the flask, which is now ready to be used for taking the specific gravity of any liquid by filling it to the mark in the neck with the liquid to be tested, then weighing and dividing the net weight of the liquid by the weight of the water, the quotient being the specific gravity of the liquid. Example: A flask weighs 324 grams. It holds up to the mark, 647 grams of water. Filled with sulfuric acid, it weighs 1,511.5 grams. 1,511.5 324 = 1,187.5 grams as the weight of the acid. Now apply the rule—to divide the weight of a given volume of a liquid by the weight of the same volume of water, the specific gravity is— = 1.835, the specific gravity of the acid b. Hydrometers. These instruments are intended to indicate either the density or the specific gravity of liquids, and in some cases also the percentage by volume or weight of certain solutes. They consist of a glass lube having a bulb blown at one end, a little above which the tube is usually expanded cylindrically for a short distance, and then terminates in a long stem in which is securely fastened a graduated scale. The bulb is filled with mercury or small shot, so as to enable the instrument to assume a vertical position when floated in any liquid. Hydrometers, like all floating bodies, displace their own weight of a liquid and sink in it to a depth proportionate to the volume of liquid displaced, which volume is equal in weight to the weight of the instrument; thus, by comparison of volumes displaced, the densities and specific gravities of various liquids can be ascertained. Specific gravity hydrometers are made with the unit mark 1.000 at a point to which the instrument sinks in distilled water at normal temperature, and then have the scale carried above and below this point. The number on the scale at the surface of the liquid repre- sents the specific gravity. 18. SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF SOLIDS. For ascertaining the specific grav- ity of solids the following general rule is applied: . weight of the solid in air Specific gravity =—— - : : ? weight ot an equal volume of water Because of certain physical characteristics, solids are grouped under the following heads when their specific gravity is taken; a. Solids insoluble in and heavier than water. A piece of iron weighs 6.6 Gm in air. Suspended in water it weighs 5.2 Gm. The difference be- tween the weight of the iron in air and that in water is the weight of the water displaced by the iron. Therefore, 6.6 Gm —5.2 Gm = 1.4 Gm, which is the weight of the water displaced. Then the— weight of the substance m air 6.6 . . . —; , '—7 : : 7 = =4.714, sp. gr. of the iron. weight of an equal volume of water 1.4 b. Solids insoluble in but lighter than water. When a solid floats on 15 water it displaces a weight of water equal to its own weight. One that floats on water displaces its own weight of that liquid but not its entire volume, since a part of the solid remains above the surface of the water. In order to obtain the weight of water that the entire volume of solid dis- places, a sinker, that is, a heavier solid, may be attached to the light substance. This enables one to ascertain the weight of water equal to the volume of the exposed (not immersed) part of the solid. The procedure for determining the specific gravity of a light solid is as follows: Weight of the solid, e. g., a piece of wax, in air =9. 01 Weight of the sinker, a piece of lead, in water =B. 82 Weight of both in water = 7. 88 To the weight of the sinker in water = 8. 82 add the weight of the wax in air =9. 01 17. 83 Subtract the weight of both in water =7. 88 The weight of the water displaced by the wax 9. 95 „ . , weight of the wax in air 9.01 _ _ Sp. gr. of the wax = ——— : : =77777 Gm = 0.90 weight 01 an equal volume 9.95 of water c. Solids soluble in water. The procedure in this case is the same as that previously given except that a liquid must be employed in which the solid is insoluble. This necessitates an adjustment because of the difference in the specific gravity of water and the other liquid. This is made by multiplying the specific gravity in reference to the liquid used by the specific gravity of the latter. The following example will illustrate: Gm. A piece of copper sulfate in air weighs 20. 311 The same in oil of turpentine weighs 12. 359 Loss of weight in oil of turpentine ....*, 7. 952 This is also the weight of the oil of turpentine displaced by the copper sulfate. The specific gravity as compared with oil of turpentine is 20 311 = 2.566. This figure must be multiplied by the specific gravity of 7.952 oil of turpentine, which is 0.865. Then, 2.566X0.865 = 2.119, the actual specific gravity of copper sulfate (compared with water). d. Powders insoluble in water. A pycnometer is used for this pur- pose. The procedure is as follows: Fill the bottle with distilled water and weigh. Weigh accurately a quantity of the powder, whose specific gravity is sought, and introduce this, without loss, into the pycnometer; then fill completely with distilled water. See that there are no air bubbles in the bottle, and weigh. For example— Gm. The bottle filled with water weighs 24 Granulated zinc in air weighs 13. 8 Bottle and zinc, filled with water weigh 35. 8 Add 1 and 2 above (24+13.8) 37. 8 Subtract 3, above 35. 8 Weight of water displaced by zinc 2. 0 16 Then: weight oi the zinc in air 13.8 . . . sp. gr. =—— 7 : : 7 = -7-77 = 6.9, sp. gr. of zinc. weight ot an equal volume ol water 2.0 ° e. Powders soluble in wafer. For this purpose the same method is employed as in d above, except that a liquid is selected in which the sub- stance is not soluble. Here an adjustment must be made by multiplying the specific gravity obtained in comparison with the special liquid used by the specific gravity of that liquid. 19. PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS OF SPECIFIC GRAVITY (REDUCING VOLUME TO WEIGHT), a. Metric. 1 cc of water weighs 1 Gm. 1 cc of any liquid with a sp. gr. of 1 weighs 1 Gm. 1 cc of a liquid with a sp. gr. of 2 weighs 1 X 2 or 2 Gm. Iccof a liquid with a sp. gr. of 1.5 weighs 1 XI-5 or 1.5 Gm. Thus: The number of ccXsp. gr. = weight in grams. What is the weight in grams of 1 liter of chloroform having a sp. gr. of 1.48? No. of ccXsp. gr. = weight in grams. 1,000X1.48 = 1,480 Gm, the weight of 1 liter of chloroform What is the volume of 750 Gm of chloroform, sp. gr. 1.47? 750 Since each cubic centimeter weighs 1.47 = 510.2 cc b. Apothecaries’ fluid measure. There is no commensurability of the units between this system and avoirdupois. 1 fl oz of water does NOT weigh 1 ounce. 1 minim of water does NOT weigh 1 grain. But it is known that— 1 fl oz of water at 4° C. weighs 454.6 grains, and that, therefore— 454.6 1 minim of water weighs ■ ■■■ or 0.95 grain. 4oU 1 fl oz of water weighs 454.6 gr. 1 fl oz of any liquid having a sp. gr. of 1 weighs 454.6 gr. 1 fl oz of a liquid having a sp. gr. of 2 weighs 454.6X2 or 909.2 gr. Therefore the weight in grains of a fiuidounce of any liquid is 454.bY.5p. gr. Further, any volume in fluidounces may be changed to grains (and thence to higher units) according to the formula: 454.6X5p. gr. Xnumber of fluidounces = weight in grains. Calculate the weight in grains of 1 pt, 1 fl oz, and 4 dr of sulfuric acid, sp. gr. 1.8. , 454.6X5p. gr, Xnumber of fl oz = weight in grains. 1 pt, 1 fl oz, 4 fl dr = 17.5 fl oz. 454.6X1.8X17.5 = 14,319.9 grains. What is the volume in minims of 480 grs. of chloroform, sp. gr. 1.47? 1m of H2O weighs 0.95 gr. Therefore 0.95X1.45 = 1.3965 grs. per th of CHCI3 —— = 345.3 m of CHCI3 (The answer may be resolved into higher units if desired.) 17 Section 111. SPECIFIC VOLUME 20. DEFINITION, a. Specific volume is the ratio of the volume of one body compared with the volume of an equal weight of another body se- lected as the standard, both bodies having the same temperature, water being the standard unless otherwise stated. Specific volume ratio: ~ .„ , volume of body Specific volume = —: 7 : volume ol an equal weight of water t b. When the specific gravity of a body is known it is unnecessary to apply the above formula, for specific volume is the reciprocal of specific gravity. Therefore: specific volume = 1-i-specific gravity. c. Specific volume is used to calculate the space which a certain weight of a substance will occupy. However, if the calculations are made in the metric system, the same results are obtained by dividing the weight by the specific gravity. Section IV. DENSITY 21. DEFINITION. Density is the relation between the weight of a sub- stance and the volume it occupies. It is a ratio; namely, the ratio between weight and volume—W:V or W/V. Therefore, it may be stated that glycerin has a density of 1.25 Gm/cc, or a specific gravity of 1.25. How- ever, the system of weights and measures used to determine density will alter the figures obtained for the same substance. For example, the follow- ing figures have been found to be correct for the measurements of the density for water: 62.4 Ib/cu ft, 1 Gm/cc, 454.6 gr/fl oz, yet, the sp. gr. of water is 1. Section V. THERMOMETERS 22. GENERAL, a. Thermometers are used for measuring temperatures or intensities of heat but the term is generally limited to those instruments that measure temperature by the expansion of some medium such as mercury or alcohol. While these instruments are alike in principle and construction, they are marked in three different scales, but only two of these are in use in this country. The Pharmacopoeia and National Formu- Centigrade Fahrenheit C F 18 lary recognize only the centigrade or Celsius scale, although the former book has a table of centigrade and Fahrenheit equivalents. The centi- grade scale is used almost exclusively in scientific work the world over while the Fahrenheit scale is the one generally used for manufacturing and household purposes and for taking the temperature of the atmosphere in England, Canada, and the United States. b. As may be noted on the following diagram, freezing point of water is 0° on the centigrade and 32° on the Fahrenheit scale. Boiling point is 100° on the centigrade and 212° on the Fahrenheit scale. However, —4o° is the same on both scales. 23. COMPARISON OF THERMOSTATIC SCALES. See section 111, appendix 11, Thermometric equivalents. Section VI. RATIO AND PROPORTION 24. RATIO, a. Ratio is an expression of the relation of one term to an- other, that is, the amount by which one term is greater or smaller than another, and may be expressed thus 12/4 or 12:4, and is read, 12 is to 4. b. The ratio of two numbers is the quotient obtained by dividing one term by another. The ratio of 12:4 is 3. c. The terms of a ratio may be considered as dividend and divisor, both terms of which may be multiplied or divided by the same number without changing their value. Thus, dividing both terms of the ratio 12:4 by 4, the result is 3:1 and in each case their ratio is 3:1. d. The terms of a ratio taken together form a couplet. e. Ratio can exist only between numbers of the same unit value: as, the ratio of percent to percent or weight to weight, but, not weight to percent. 25. PROPORTION, a. Proportion is the expression of equality be- tween ratios. It is written thus 12;6;;24:12, and is read 12 is to 6 as 24 is to 12. b. The quotients of each couplet are equal: 12-5-6 =2, 24-5-12 =2. c. The first and fourth terms are called the extremes. The second and third terms are called the means. (1) The product of the extremes is equal to the product of the means, 24X6 = 144, 12X12 = 144. Therefore, it is apparent that if three terms of a proportion are given the fourth may be found. , (2) Either extreme may be found by dividing the product of the means by the other extreme. (3) Either mean may be found by dividing the product of the extremes by the other mean. 26. APPLICATION OF PROPORTION. How many grams of 10 percent sulfuric acid can be made from 40 grams of 94 percent acid? Two terms of percent and one term of weight are given and the other term of weight must be determined. Write the proportion and multiply the means, 94X40 and divide by the given extreme, 10, of the proportion to find the unknown extreme. Thus: 10:94::40:X, IOX = 3,760, X = 376 which is the number of grams of 10 percent sulfuric acid that can be made from 40 grams of 94 percent acid. 19 a. Had the problem required the amount of 94 percent acid that could be made from 376 grams of 10 percent acid the following formula would be used: 10:94: :X:376, 94X = 3,760, X= 40 grams of 94 percent acid from 376 grams of 10 percent acid. b. Had it been required to find the strength of 40 grams of acid which, when diluted to 376 grams, would make a 10 percent acid, the following formula is used: 10:X::40:376, 40X = 3,760, X= 94 percent, the strength of acid, 40 grams of which when diluted to 376 grams makes a 10 percent acid. c. If the problem had been to find the strength of acid that could be made by diluting 40 grams of 94 percent acid to 376 grams, the following formula would be used: X:94::40:376, 376 X = 3,760, X = 10 percent, the strength of acid that could be made by diluting 40 grams 94 percent acid to 376 grams. Section Vil. PREPARATION OF SOLUTIONS 27. GENERAL, a. A large proportion of the calculations made during compounding and dispensing is devoted to determining the strength of solutions of various nature. In very dilute solutions, slight errors in calcu- lation may be negligible, yet as the strength of the solution increases, these errors become greater. b. The strength of a solution or mixture is the proportion of active substance of drug to the solvent, vehicle, or base, and is usually expressed in one of two ways—by the percentage method or by the ratio method. The percentage method will be considered first. 28. PERCENTAGE SOLUTIONS, a. “Percent” is an abbreviation of the Latin, “per centum”; “per” meaning “by” and “centum” meaning “hundred.” Ten percent, therefore, means 10 parts in a hundred parts of the total (parts per hundred). A 10 percent solution would therefore contain 10 parts of solute (active ingredient) in every total 100 parts of solution, or every 90 parts of solvent (water unless otherwise indicated). Example: Weight of solution 100 percent or 100 parts Weight of solute 10 percent or 10 parts Weight of solvent 90 percent or 90 parts b. (1) In connection with solutions, percent or percentage has dif- ferent meanings under different circumstances as follows: Percent or per- centage, “weight in weight” (W/W) expresses the number of grams of an active ingredient in 100 grams of the solution. Percent or percentage, “weight in volume” (W/V) expresses the number of grams of an active ingredient in 100 cubic centimeters of the solution. Percent or percentage, “volume in volume” (V/V) expresses the number of cubic centimeters of an active ingredient in 100 cubic centimeters of the solution. (2) When the expression “percent” is used in prescriptions without qualification, it is to be interpreted to mean: for solutions of solids in liquids, percent, weight in volume; for solutions of liquids in liquids, percent, volume in volume; and for solutions of gases in liquids, percent, weight in volume. Unless otherwise stated, percentage figures in the Pharmacopoeia are understood to mean weight by weight (W/W). c. In the calculation of percentage problems it is essential at first for the student to set up a table for each problem as shown in a above. Then 20 the actual amounts of the solute and solvent and total solution may be worked out by proportion and placed alongside corresponding figures in the table. This procedure will enable the technician to check his problem, and eventually this method will be a mental calculation with only the amounts of the actual ingredients to be placed on paper. (1) Weight to volume {W/V). (a) When the amount of percentage solution wanted is given. Example: How many grams of silver nitrate are required to make 1 50 cc of a 10 percent solution? Volume of solution 100 percent 150 cc Volume of solvent 90 percent x cc Weight of solute 10 percent x Gm A proportion having been set up, it is possible to solve for the number of grams of silver nitrate in 150 cc of solution. Substituting grams or cubic centimeters for the percent sign the following proportion is arranged: 100;10::150:x 100 x = 150 x = 15 grams of silver nitrate required. {b) When the amount of solute to be used is given. Example: How much 5 percent solution of boric acid may be prepared from 2% (apothecary) ounces of boric acid? grams per ounce = 77.75 grams.) Volume of solution 100 percent x cc Volume of solvent 95 percent x cc Weight of solute 5:77.75::100:x 5x = 7,775 5 percent 77.75 grams (2) Volume to volume {V/V). The same table will be used in calculating V/V solutions except “weight of solute” will be changed to “volume of solute.” {a) When the amount of percentage solution wanted is given. Example: How much alcohol is used to prepare 150 cc of 70 percent alcohol? Volume of solution 100 percent 150 cc Volume of solvent • 30 percent x cc x = 1,555 cc of a 5 percent solution of boric acid may be prepared. Volume of solute 100:150:;70:x 100 x = 10,500 70 percent x cc x = 105 cc alcohol is required to prepare the solution. (b) For further calculations. With percentage solutions of V/V proceed as already demonstrated. Note. When diluting acids, refer to U.S.P. and "calculate by W/V. (3) Weight to weight {W/W). When calculating solutions which are specified to be prepared by weight or W/W, proceed as outlined in para- graph c (1) above, substituting the word “weight” for the word “volume.” 29. SOLUTION BY RATIO, a. This type of solution is similar to the one just discussed. It is the solution usually designated as 1 in 10, 1 in 500, or 1 in 1,000. Such a statement as 1 in 10 does not mean a total of 11 parts but means in the ratio of 1:10. A 1 in 10 solution is a solution containing 1 part of solute and 9 parts of solvent and would, therefore, be one con- taining 10 parts in all. This would also be a 10 percent solution. These solutions have their strengths indicated by means of ratios and may be termed “solution by parts.” 21 Weight to weight (W/W). Divide the number of grams of solution de- sired by the larger number of the ratio and the quotient will be the number of grams of the drug to be used; subtract the number of grams of the drug from the number of grams of finished solution and the remainder will be the number of grams of solvent to use. b. The following are rules for preparing ratio solutions: Weight to volume (W/V). Divide the number of cubic centimeters of solution desired by the larger number of the ratio; the quotient will be the number of grams of the drug to be used and to this is added enough solvent to make the desired number of cubic centimeters of finished solution. Volume to volume (V/V). Divide the number of cubic centimeters of solu- tion desired by the larger number of the ratio; the quotient will be the number of cubic centimeters of the drug to be used and to this is added enough solvent to make the desired number of cubic centimeters of finished solution. 30. STOCK SOLUTIONS, a. A stock solution is any solution which is too strong for ordinary use, and which therefore must be diluted down to the proper strength before using or dispensing. Stock solutions can be of two kinds: (1) Those which may be purchased. An example of this is concentrated hydrochloric acid, which must be diluted before it can be used medicinally. Any solution of this type is not primarily a stock solution but has other uses. Its strength is therefore stated as weight in weight. (2) Those which are prepared by the technician himself. In solutions of this type, unless otherwise indicated, the strength is given in form of W/V. b. A stock solution may, for example, be said to contain 10 Gm of silver nitrate in each 100 cc of solution or each cubic centimeter will con- tain 0.1 Gm of silver nitrate. Therefore, to make up 60 cc of 1.5 percent- solution using the 10 percent stock, solution of silver nitrate the following chart may be set up: Stock solution 10 percent solution or each cc contains 0.1 Gm of silver nitrate. 60 cc of 1.5 percent solution or 60 cc of solution contains x grams of silver nitrate. 100:1.5::60;x Prescription solution 100 x = 90 x = 0.9 Gm in 60 cc of solution. Therefore, if 0.9 Gm of solute is required, and each cubic centimeter of stock solution contains 0.1 Gm of silver nitrate, 9 cc of stock solution diluted to 60 cc would give the required 1.5 percent. Or, the following formula may be used: 1 of solution required strength of solution on hand 1 required _ , . . . , X- = amount oi stock solution to be used 1 6 log 1.5 40 —= 9.0 cc of stock solution required 40 40© 1 1 1 22 31. SOLUTIONS INVOLVING SOLUBILITY. The solubility of solids is stated in the U.S.P. as follows: “One Gm of boric acid is soluble in 18 cc of water ... at 25° C.” Since 18 cc of water weighs 18 grams, then 1 gram of boric acid dissolved in 18 cc of water will produce 19 grams of solu- tion, the W/W strength can be expressed by the ratio 1:19. The percent strength of any solution is based on its total weight, and hence would be proportional to the ratio 1:19. This ratio may be changed to percent by a number of methods, all of which give the same result. In this case, for the purpose of uniformity refer to the percentage solution table hitherto discussed: Weight of solution = 19 Gm = 100 percent =lOO.OO percent Weight of solvent =lB Gm=(100 —x) percent = 94.74 percent Weight of solute = IGm = x percent = 5.26 percent Then by proportion, 19:1:TOO:x 19x = 100 x = 5.26 If some solvent other than water is used, the number of cubic centimeters of liquid would have to be multiplied by its specific gravity in order to give its weight. The case of boric acid is an interesting one in this respect. Its solubility by volume is exactly the same for alcohol as that of water. The following is a repetition of the calculation of the percentage strength of a saturated solution, except that the solvent is alcohol: “One Gm of boric acid is soluble in 18 cc of alcohol at 25° C.” The specific gravity of alcohol is 0.816, so 18 cc of it will weigh 18 X 0.916 = 14.7 Gm. The saturated solution is then 1:14.7 W/W. Weight of solution 15.7 Gm = 100 percent =lOO.OO percent Weight of solvent 14.7 Gm= (100 —x) percent = 93.64 percent Weight of solute 1.0 Gm = x percent = 6.36 percent Thus a saturated solution of boric acid in water contains 5.26 percent of boric acid, while a saturated solution in alcohol contains 6.36 percent of boric acid, although both are made by dissolving 1 Gm in 18 cc of solvent. 32. DEFINITION, a. Alligation or “the rule of mixtures” is an arith- metical rule relating to the solution of problems concerning the compound- ing or mixing of different ingredients, or ingredients of different qualities or values, and is so named from the method of connecting together the terms in a problem by lines. Section VIII. ALLIGATION b. It is made use of in pharmacy to determine the amounts of two or more strengths of a given substance needed to blend into a new, inter- mediate strength of that substance. It is also applied in making adjust- ments of percentage or ratio strengths, and of specific gravity. 33. ALLIGATION PROBLEMS, a. In what proportion must a 25 per- cent ointment and a 10 percent ointment be mixed to produce al5 per- cent ointment? Rule: Always link together a quantity which is less with one which is preater than the desired bercentape. otherwise the answer will be wronp. Procedure: Subtract 10 from 15 and 15 place the result under the 25; then subtract 15 from 25 and place the result under the 10. 10 25 10 5 23 The ratio obtained is 5:10 or when reduced will read: 1 part of the 25 percent ointment to 2 parts of the 10 percent ointment. b. To find the amount necessary to make a given quantity. Example: How many grams of a 25 percent and a 10 percent ointment are required to make 50 grams of al5 percent ointment? For the first step, proceed as above. 15 10% 25% 10 5 2 parts plus 1 part = 3 parts or grams or cubic centimeters, when dealing with metric units. 50 Gm-i-3 Gm = 16.66 Gm per unit parts. 16.66 GmXl =16.66 Gm of 25 percent ointment. 16.66 GmX2 = 33.32 Gm of ointment. To make 49.98 Gm of 15 percent ointment. By proportion— 3:50::l:x x = 16.66 Gm of 25 percent ointment. 3:50::2:x x = 33.32 Gm of 10 percent ointment. To make 49.98 Gm of 15 percent ointment. c. To find the amount of one ingredient when the amount of the other is given—Example: How many cubic centimeters of water must be used to make a 10 percent solution from 50 cc of a 25 percent solution? Water, starch, petrolatum, or any other diluting agents are always designated as “0” in alligation problems. 6% (water) 3 parts 2 parts 50-j-2 = 25 cc, then, 25X3 = 75 cc of water. d. When more than two substances of different strengths are to be mixed—Example: In what proportion must 8 percent and 10 percent powders be mixed to produce a 4 percent powder? Eight percent and 10 percent are both greater than 4 percent, therefore, starch or some other appropriate diluent should be used as “0 percent.” The 4 is subtracted from both the 8 percent and 10 percent and placed under 0. 4 parts 4 parts 10 parts Or, 5 parts of diluent, 2 parts of 8 percent, and 2 parts of 10 percent. Example: In what proportions should a 3,5, 15, and 20 percent oint- ment be mixed to produce a 10 percent ointment? 24 10% 10 parts of 3 percent ointment. 5 parts of 5 percent ointment. 5 parts of 15 percent ointment. 7 parts of 20 percent ointment. 10 parts 5 parts 5 parts 7 parts 34. GENERAL. When referring to pharmaceutical reference formulas, and even in prescription compounding, it is often necessary to reduce or expand the formula. An error in this particular operation could cause serious damage to the patient. In order to prevent errors in calculations and to facilitate the conversion of formulas, complete tables are included in the U.S.P. giving the equivalent of practically every value of length, volume, and weight employed in pharmacy. Tables are also given for converting metric quantities in pharmaceutical processes to quantities in the avoirdupois system, in the fluid system, and in the apothecaries’ system. For example: grains per liter, grains, ounces, and pounds per fluidounce, per pint and per gallon are given; for cc per liter, minims, fluidounces and pints per fluidounce, per pint and per gallon; and for grams per kilogram, grains and apothecaries’ ounces per pound avoirdupois; also grains and ounces avoirdupois. Using these tables, official formulas which are given in the metric system can be converted into pounds avoirdupois or into fluidounces, pints, or gallons. (See pages 79, 80, and 81.) Section IX. REDUCING AND ENLARGING FORMULAS 35. REDUCING OR ENLARGING A FORMULA, a. To reduce a for- mula, the amount of each ingredient is divided by the total amount speci- fied in the formula and multiplied by the amount desired. Example: Pre- pare 120 cc of solution of potassium arsenite. U.S.P. formula— Arsenic trioxide 10 Gm Potassium bicarbonate 7.6 Gm Alcohol 30 cc Distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make 1,000 cc 120 10 ——— = 1.2 Gm of arsenic trioxide for 120 cc formula. 1,000 -X. 120 *7 6 I'nn'ftXv =0.91 Gm of potassium bicarbonate for 120 cc formula. 1 jUUU -X. 120 30 1 000 XT cc alc°h°l f°r 120 cc formula. Distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make 120 cc. b. To enlarge this same formula to 1,500 cc of solution of potassium arsenite the same procedure is followed. Gm of arsenic .trioxide for 120 cc formula IjUUU Continue as above for other ingredients in the formula. Section X. CALCULATION OF DOSES 36. VARIATION ACCORDING TO AGE. The young and the old require smaller doses than those in the prime of adult life. The following 25 table gives the range of doses, according to age, as used at Guy’s Hospital, London. Age Dose 1 month 1/20 3 months 1/15 6 months 1/10 9 months 1/9 1 year 1/7 2 years 1/6 3 years 1/5 4 years 1/4 5 and 6 years 1/3 Age Dose 7 and 8 years 1/2 10 to 12 years 2/3 13 to 15 years 3/4 18 to 20 years 5/6 21 to 45 years . . 1 50 years 5/6 60 to 70 years 3/4 80 to 90 years 2/3 A rule for estimating doses for children over one year, and known as Young’s Rule, is to divide the age in years by the age plus 12. Thus for a child of 3 years the dose will be 3-5-(3-)-12) or 1/5 of the adult dose. It is well to bear in mind that children, especially very young children, do not tolerate opiates well; consequently smaller doses of opiates than figured by the above rule or table should be given. On the other hand, children can well take proportionately larger doses of calomel and other cathartics and of atropine and arsenic. 37. MEDICINAL INGREDIENTS IN PRESCRIPTIONS, a. The techni- cian should understand the method by which the physician builds up the prescription from the standpoint of the dose of each ingredient, indicating the number of doses to be prepared. The amount of each medicinal material to be taken at a single dose can be observed at a glance, and the total quantity of each ingredient to be used in filling the prescriptions can be found by simple multiplication. Prescriptions for powders and capsules are frequently written in this manner. Liquid prescriptions, on the other hand, are practically always written to indicate the total amount of each ingredient in a given volume. In order to calculate the dose of each ingre- dient, the technician must first determine the total number of doses in the prescription and then divide the indicated quantity of each ingredient by this figure. b. Example: What is the dose of each ingredient in the following pre- scription? 3 . Sodium bromide 30 Potassium bromide 50 Distilled water, to make 120 Directions: Teaspoonful at bed time. Each teaspoonful represents approximately 4 cc. Therefore, 120-5-4 =3O doses. 30 grams of sodium bromide divided by 30 doses equals 1 gram of sodium bromide per dose. 50 grams of potassium bromide divided by 30 doses equals 1.66 grams of potassium bromide per dose. 26 CHAPTER 3 PHYSICAL PROCESSES AND TECHNIQUES 38. METHODS OF HEATING. In order to control and distribute heat, baths of various types are used. Many medicinal products are injured by the application of excessive heat. A bath permits the even distribution of heat to the contents of the container placed within it and avoids the possi- bility of the cracking of such a container (if of glass) through a sudden change in temperature. a. Water baths. Water baths usually consist of copper or Monel metal containers equipped with a number of concentric rings of the same material so fashioned that they form a lid or cover for the apparatus. This allows the technician to make adjustment for various sizes of flasks, evaporating dishes, etc. A short, horizontal tube is provided near the top of the bath for the escape of steam. Since both the water in the bath and the steam arising from it are under atmospheric pressure, the highest temperature obtainable is 100° C., thus preventing damage to any substance which is not injured by heating to that point. If heating is to be continued for a long period, it is necessary to add water from time to time to replace that lost by evaporation. Figure 5. Water bath. b. Sand baths. Sand baths consist of shallow pans usually made of sheet iron and filled to a depth of about x/i inch with fine, dry, clean sand. The vessel to be heated is embedded slightly in the layer of sand which serves to distribute the heat evenly. Care must be observed in the use of this type of bath, since the temperature may rise to a very high point. Hence, the amount of heat must be regulated by adjusting the gas burner. Figure 6. Sand bath. 27 c. Oil baths. Oil baths are prepared by partially filling a metal or enamel ware container with heavy mineral oil, a fixed vegetable oil, par- affin, or glycerin. Such baths will attain a maximum temperature of about 250° C., although disagreeable fumes are usually evolved at temperatures considerably below this. Care must be observed not to heat the oil to its flash point. d. Salt water baths. Salt water baths consist of saturated aqueous solutions of various salts. By selecting the proper salt, temperatures varying from 108° C. to 179° C. may be obtained. e. Air baths. Air baths consist of metal cabinets equipped with one or more shelves and closed by means of a door. Heat is supplied either by gas or electricity; the latter type of equipment is usually thermostatically controlled. Air baths are used principally for drying chemicals for analysis. f. Steam baths. Steam baths are of two types: without and with pressure. In the first type, steam is piped to a metallic vessel resembling a water bath. The vessel to be heated rests on the top of the bath, its undersurface being heated by the incoming steam. As the latter condenses, it is carried off by a drip pipe. A temperature of about 100° C. may be maintained by this method. If steam is used under pressure, it is super- heated to temperatures above 100° C. Steam at atmospheric pressure (14.7 lbs. per sq. in.) has a temperature of 100° C., but under a pressure of 100 lbs. per sq. in., it reaches a temperature of over 164° C. 39. PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF HEAT. a. Evaporation. In pharmacy, evaporation signifies the process of driving off as a vapor the volatile portion of a liquid by the application of heat. Such a liquid may consist of a solution of a nonvolatile substance in water, alcohol, or other solvent; the purpose of this operation is to concentrate the solution or to obtain the solute in a dry form. Evaporation may be hastened by (1) using a shallow evaporating dish which exposes as large a surface of the solution as possible; (2) constant stirring which allows the free escape of the vapors and assures the even heating of the entire quantity of liquid; and (3) the use of sufficient heat. Figure 7. Evaporating dish. b. Distillation. Distillation is the separation of the constituents of a liquid mixture by vaporization and.subsequent condensation of the vapors. Such a separation is made possible by the different boiling points of the various volatile constituents. The equipment necessary for this process consists of a flask, a condenser, and a receiver. The liquid to be subjected to distillation is placed in the flask. When, upon the application of heat, the temperature has reached the boiling point of the lowest-boiling volatile constituent, the vapors of this substance rise to the neck of the flask and pass 28 Figure 8. Distillation equipment. through the side arm, with which it is provided, into the condenser. This device is usually equipped with a water jacket for the purpose of cooling the tube containing the vapors; the latter are, thereby, condensed into liquid form. The distillate (condensate) then drops into the receiver. A troublesome phenomenon called “bumping” often occurs during distilla- tion. It is caused by a sudden release of vapor and may be severe enough to throw some of the liquid into the condenser, thereby contaminating the distillate. It may be controlled by placing a few porcelain chips, bits of broken glass, or glass beads in the flask before application of heat. (1) Steam distillation. This process consists of passing steam into the flask containing the substance to be distilled, which must be immiscible with water, and condensing the vapor. By this means, many volatile organic substances may be distilled without the decomposition which would occur if ordinary distillation were employed. The combined aqueous and organic distillate collects in two layers in the receiver and may be separated easily. (2) Fractional distillation. Frequently in analytical procedure, it is neces- sary to separate a liquid mixture into its components. This may be accom- plished by fractional distillation. In this process, a thermometer is placed within the distilling flask in such a position that its bulb is level with the side arm. Heat is applied to the flask, and when the vapor of the lowest- boiling component begins to pass through the side arm, the temperature is recorded. The resulting distillate is collected as long as the temperature remains approximately constant. As the temperature rises, another receiver is substituted for*the first one, and the new temperature recorded; this procedure is continued until practically all of the liquid has been distilled. If the distilling temperature is so high that at least partial decomposition is likely to occur, the process may be conducted under diminished pressure through the use of an aspirator or vacuum pump. This results in distilla- tion at a temperature considerably below the boiling point at atmospheric pressure. (3) Destructive distillation. This process is applied to dry organic matter 29 for the purpose of separating all volatile substances, the vapors of which are condensed and collected in the usual way. Owing to the fact that little air is present within the system, incomplete combustion occurs, and a carbona- ceous residue remains within the flask. Glass vessels are not well adapted to this technique because of the high temperature involved, and conse- quently, the distilling flask usually consists of an iron oven of special design. (4) Rectification is the purification of volatile substances by distillation. It is used frequently in pharmacy for the purification of alcohol. c. Sublimation. This is the process of distilling volatile solids, the product of which is called a sublimate. On a small scale this can be per- formed with simple equipment. The material is ground or mixed with sand and placed in a flask with a short neck, the end of which passes through a hole in a box which serves as a condenser. Upon careful heating, the volatile material vaporizes, and since the temperature of the box is much lower than that of the flask, the vapor condenses. lodine may be sublimed by heating in a small evaporating dish over which a glass funnel is inverted. d. Fusion. The process of liquefying solid substances by the applica- tion of heat, without the use of a solvent, is fusion. It is applied to solid fats, waxes, etc., to insure an intimate mixture with other substances, for example, in the manufacture of an ointment. e. Desiccation. Desiccation is a dehydration process for removing moist- ure from solid substances. The moisture, thus driven off, is called hygroscopic moisture, as distinguished from that which is chemically combined, as water of crystallization, in some compounds. It should be conducted at as low a temperature as possible; this may be accomplished by exposing the sub- stance to a dry atmosphere at ordinary temperature or by placing it in a drying oven at a moderate temperature. Figure 9. Desiccator. f. Exsiccation. The removal of water of crystallization, or moisture, from a solid crystalline substance by heating it strongly is exsiccation. It is conducted by first exposing the crystals to the air, or to a warm tempera- ture, until they have effloresced, after which they are heated with stirring, 30 until they cease to lose weight. Exsiccated substances should be stored in tightly closed containers. g. Torrefaction. Torrefaction is the process of roasting certain organic substances in order to modify some of their constituents. The amount of heat applied is not sufficient to carbonize the substance. Rhubarb, in the form of coarse, dry powder, loses its cathartic properties, but retains its astringent action when subjected to torrefaction. h. Carbonization. The heating of organic substances, without access to air, until the volatile products have been driven off is carbonization. The charred residue consists of carbon. i. Calcination. The process of separating volatile substances from fixed inorganic matter by the application of heat without fusion is calcination. j. Ignition. Ignition is the process of strongly heating solid, or semi- solid, substances to a definite and limited degree, the residue being the product sought. k. Incineration. Incineration is the process of strongly heating organic substances, without access to air, until all of the carbon has disappeared, the ash which remains being the object sought. Figure 10. Crucible and cover. 40. FILTRATION. Filtration is the process of separating solid material from a liquid by the intervention of a porous medium called a filter. Filters may be made of paper, asbestos, glass wool, siliceous earth, sand, charcoal porous stone, or other insoluble material. The paper filter is usually used in pharmaceutical work, and for most operations, the form used is the plain filter. To fold this type of filter, place a circular sheet of filter paper on the desk, and fold it through the center so as to form a half circle. Again, fold this in the middle. Then, open the paper to a cone-shape; one of the four equal sectors, thus created, will rest against one side of the funnel, and the remaining three sectors will form three thicknesses of paper on the other side. 41. STRAINING OR COLATION. This is the process of separating a solid from a liquid by pouring the mixture upon a cloth or porous material. It differs from filtration in that the medium has larger pores; it can be employed only if the solid material exists in the form of coarse particles. 42. DECANTATION. Decantation is the process of pouring off a super- natant liquid from a quantity of some insoluble solid substance, for example, a precipitate which has been allowed to subside and collect at the bottom of the container. 31 Figure 11. Methods offolding filter paper, a and b steps in folding plain filter shown at top. c-g additional steps for folded plaited filter. 43. PRECIPITATION. Precipitation is the process of separating solid particles from a previously clear liquid by physical or chemical means. It is employed extensively in qualitative and quantitative analysis, as well as in the manufacture of many substances. The precipitant is the chemical in solution which brings about this change; the precipitate is the insoluble substance which separates. The liquid which remains above the precipi- tate is called the supernatant liquid. The addition of an aqueous solution of silver nitrate to an aqueous solution of sodium chloride results in the precipitation of silver chloride, while the other product of the chemical reaction, sodium nitrate, remains in solution. Such a reaction is called a double decomposition. Not all pre- cipitations, however, involve chemical reactions. For example, the addition of alcohol to an aqueous solution of a gum such as acacia causes pre- cipitation. 32 Figure 12. Funnels. 44. COMMINUTION. Comminution is the process of reducing drugs to a finer state of subdivision. The various processes of comminution are as follows: a. Contusion. Contusion is the process of bruising, or crushing, a drug by placing it in a heavy mortar and pounding it with a heavy pestle. b. Trituration. The reduction of a substance to a fine powder by rubbing it in a mortar with a pestle is trituration. c. Grinding and pulverizing. The former term is applied to the reduction of a substance by mechanical means to coarse particles; the latter 33 Figure 13. Mortars and pestles. Figure 14. Mills. 34 is applied to the production of Jine particles. These processes are carried out in drug mills of various types. d. Pulverization by intervention. This is the process of reducing sub- stances to powder through the use of a foreign substance, from which the powder is subsequently freed by some simple method. It is used for substances which are difficult to reduce to powder by ordinary trituration. For example, camphor may readily be triturated, if a few drops of alcohol or ether are added. lodine crystals may be reduced in size by triturating them with a little dry, clean sand; the latter remains behind when a solvent for the iodine is subsequently added. e. Levigation. Levigation is the process of reducing substances to a state of very fine subdivision by triturating them after they have been made into a paste with water or other liquid in which they are I nsoluble. This technique may be performed by the use of either a shallow mortar and properly fitting pestle or a ground glass, or porcelain, slab and a spatula. The process is termed porphyrization when it is performed with a slab and muller made of porphyry. Figure 15. Spatulas. f. Elutriation. Elutriation, or water-sifting, is the process of obtaining a substance in fine powder by suspending the substance in water, in which it must necessarily be insoluble, and allowing the coarser particles to sub- side. Following this, the portion of the water in which the finer particles are suspended is decanted, and the latter are collected and dried. 35 45. SOLUTION, a. A solution is a chemically and physically homo- geneous mixture of two or more substances. The term was originally limited to homogeneous liquid mixtures, but it now includes solid or gaseous homogeneous mixtures. A solution is composed of the dispersed substance or substances, calfed the solute, and the dispersing medium, or solvent. A solution is said to be saturated when the solvent has dissolved as much of any solute as it can hold in solution under specified conditions of tempera- ture and pressure. Under certain conditions, a supersaturated solution may result, for example, when a solution is saturated at one temperature, the excess of solid solute removed, and the solution cooled. b. Two kinds of solutions are generally recognized: (1) Simple solution. This is one in which the solute dissolves without undergoing chemical change; if the solvent -is removed by evaporation, the solute may be recovered unchanged. (2) Chemical solution. This is one in which a chemical reaction occurs when solution is effected, the identity of the solute being changed either by the action of the solvent or of other ingredients of the solution. Evapora- tion of the solvent fails to yield the original substance or substances. c. Conditions which influence the rate and extent of solubility are— (1) Temperature. The application of heat usually increases the rapidity of solution, as well as the concentration of the solute possible for a given amount of solvent. (2) Particle size. Reducing the substance to a finer state of subdivision greatly increases its surface area and consequently hastens the process of solution. (3) Agkation. Stirring a mixture of solute and solvent removes from the surface of the former the concentrated solution which forms about it, there- by increasing the rate of solution. (4) Selection of solvent. If it becomes permissible to choose among several solvents, select the one in which the solute is most readily soluble. d. Important solvents and their properties are— (1) Water. The most useful of all solvents. The majority of the inor- ganic salts, as well as sugar, glycosides, most alkaloidal salts, etc., are water-soluble. (2) Alcohol. Dissolves resins, volatile oils, alkaloids, and many other plant products. Alcohol also possesses valuable preservative properties. (3) Glycerin. A useful solvent, although more limited in application than either water or alcohol. It dissolves the fixed alkalies, a number of neutral salts, pepsin, tannin, gums, etc. In a concentration of 25 percent or more, it exerts a preservative action on solutions. (4) Oils. Fixed oils are used as solvents in liniments and similar prepar- ations. (5) Acid and alkaline solutions. Of limited application. Dilute solutions of acids may be employed as solvents for alkaloids, converting them to readily soluble salts. (6) Miscible solvents. Liquids that mix with each other in all proportions. (7) Immiscible solvents. Immiscible solvents are those that will not mix with each other. (8) Solutions of gases in liquids. The solubility of gases in liquids decreases proportionally with increase in temperature. The solubility of gases in liquids increases proportionally with increase in pressure. 36 Figure 16. Devices jor separating immiscible solvents. 46. EXTRACTION. This is the process of separating mixtures of soluble and insoluble substances contained in drugs through the use of a solvent which is called the menstruum. The purpose of such treatment may be to obtain the soluble portion, or to purify the insoluble portion. The processes of extraction used in pharmacy are as follows: a. Maceration is the process of soaking the properly comminuted drug in the menstruum at room temperature until the cellular structure is thor- oughly penetrated, and the soluble portions softened and dissolved. Digestion is a modification of maceration in which gentle heat is applied to the mixture of menstruum and drug. Unless otherwise specified, the temperature should be from 30° to 40° C. If the menstruum is readily volatile at that temperature, it is necessary to use a reflux condenser in order to recover and return the escaping solvent. b. Infusion is the process of treating vegetable drugs with either hot or cold water, allowing the mixture to stand for a specified time, and separating the aqueous portion from the drug. The drug is not subjected to the process of boiling, though it is common practice to pour boiling water over it and then to cover the vessel. c. Decoction is the process of pouring cold water over the drug, cover- ing the vessel, and after bringing the mixture to the boiling point, boiling it for 15 minutes. After the mixture has cooled to 40° C., the aqueous extract is separated from the drug. d. Percolation is the process in which a powdered drug, contained in a vessel called a percolator, is deprived of its soluble constituents by the descent of a solvent through it. The solution of these active principles in the menstruum is called the percolate. (1) Apparatus. (a) The percolator consists of a cylindrical vessel of glass or metal provided with an orifice at the lower end. 37 Figure 17. Percolators. (6) The receiver for the percolate may be a graduated wide-mouthed bottle placed at the orifice of the percolator. (c) In order to regulate the flow of the percolate, use the following arrangement: Insert a perforated cork, through which passes a short glass tube, into the orifice of the percolator. The upper end of the glass tube should be flush with the upper surface of the cork, and the lower end should project about 3 to 4 cm beyond the lower surface of the cork. Place a tightly fitting rubber tube, at least one-fourth longer than the percolator, over the protruding end of the glass tube. Into the other end of the rubber tube, insert a bent glass tube. The rubber tube can be held in an upright position by hooking the bent glass tube over the top of the percolator during maceration; the rubber tube may be raised or lowered to regulate the flow of the percolate when percolation has started. (2) Steps in operation, (a) Comminution. The drug must be reduced to particles of uniform size, the degree of fineness varying with different drugs, the ease with which the menstruum will dissolve its soluble constituents, the length of time required to perform extraction to exhaustion, and the proportion of menstruum to drug. 38 Figure 18. Percolator with receiver. (b) Maceration. Before packing the drug in the percolator, it is necessary to moisten it with the prescribed menstruum. Unless this is done, the swelling which takes place when the menstruum penetrates the com- pressed, dried cells of the drug, will shut off the flow of percolate. The drug powder may be moistened by placing it in a suitable, shallow container, adding the required quantity of menstruum and thoroughly mixing the latter with the drug by stirring. After the drug has been moistened, the vessel should be covered and allowed to stand for about half an hour in order that the cells may swell to their normal size. (c) Packing of the drug. Place a thin layer of absorbent cotton within the percolator, over its orifice, in order to prevent the escape of any of the drug. Transfer about one-fifth of the moistened drug to the percolator at one time. When the first portions are being added, the percolator is tapped or rotated until the drug presents an even surface. It is now packed with a large cork, which may be affixed to one end of a stout glass rod or tube, or preferably with a “packer” made of hardwood. The first portion should be packed somewhat lightly and each succeeding layer a little more firmly; the last layer is packed quite firmly. A sheet of filter paper of appropriate size is placed upon the surface of the drug and held in place by means of glass stoppers, glass marbles, or pieces of glass rod or tubing. The menstruum is now added in divided portions, care being taken to follow with the succeeding portion before the first has entirely disappeared beneath the surface of the drug; otherwise, fissures will appear in the drug, and extraction will not be uniform, A glass plate is placed over the top of the percolator. As soon as the menstruum has permeated the entire column of drug, the lower orifice is closed either by raising the rubber tubing, as described previously, or by using a clamp on the tubing. The drug is now allowed to macerate for the prescribed length of time. 39 {d) Percolation rate of flow. After the drug has been macerated for the specified length of time, percolation is allowed to proceed at the rate of flow specified by the United States Pharmacopoeia (U.S.P.) in each case: “percolate slowly” means not more than 1 cc. per minute; “percolate at a moderate rate” means at a rate of 1 to 3 cc. per minute; “percolate rapidly” means at a rate of 3 to 5 cc. per minute. These terms are defined upon the basis of 1,000 grams of drug. The rate of flow is regulated as explained in d (1) (r) above. (e) Finishing the process. The official directions are frequently definite in fixing the quantity of percolate to be received from a given quantity of powder, but the often repeated direction to “percolate to exhaustion” at once raises the question of when a drug is exhausted of its activity. This question can be properly answered only by knowing beforehand the active principles of the drug. For example, if the drug’s activity resides in its bitter principles, the absence of bitterness in the percolate in such cases indicates exhaustion; if the drug is used for its coloring matter, the absence of color in the percolate indicates exhaustion, etc. Figure 19. Crystallization. 47. CRYSTALLIZATION, a. Crystallization is the process by which atoms and molecules arrange themselves into definite geometrical patterns called crystals. Substances in which the atoms and molecules are dis- tributed in a random manner throughout the solid are said to be amorphous. The object of producing substances in crystalline form is to obtain them in a high degree of purity. b. The several ways in which crystals are produced are as follows: (1) By cooling a liquid. It is possible to crystallize the liquid itself, in this manner. The most common example of this is the freezing of water to form ice. If benzene is chilled to 5.25° C., it crystallizes. Another illus- tration is offered by melting sulfur in a casserole and partially cooling the fused material until a pellicle forms over the top. If a hole is now punched through the crust, and the remaining molten sulfur poured out, it will be found that crystals of sulfur have formed on the walls of the casserole and on the undersurface of the crust. (2) From a solution, (a) By cooling the solution. This is the method most commonly employed in the preparation of crystals. If cooling takes place slowly, without agitation, the crystals which separate are larger than those obtained by the rapid cooling and stirring of a hot solution. ' (b) By evaporation of the solvent. This process is especially useful where the solvent is more volatile than water, for example, alcohol, ether, chloro- form, or petroleum benzin. In such cases, the chemical is dissolved in the smallest possible quantity of the solvent, the solution filtered into an evaporating or crystallizing dish, and allowed to stand. The spontaneous 40 evaporation of the solvent causes crystals to be deposited in the bottom of the dish. (c) By effecting a change in the character of the solvent. Some substances are soluble in one solvent and insoluble in another. It is, thus, often possible, by the selection of the appropriate solvent, to cause a solute to separate from solution in the form of crystals. (d) By chemical action. The interaction of two solutes, which occurs when their solutions are mixed, may be used to form a new substance which may precipitate from solution. The reaction between a gas and a solution (for example, hydrogen sulfide and solutions of metals) and the reaction between a solid and a solution (for example, metallic iron and cupric sulfate solution, which precipitates metallic copper) furnish other examples of this type. (e) By electrolytic deposition. This method is commonly known as electro- plating, and the deposited metal consists of extremely small crystals. (/) By loss of dissolved gases. Some of the calcium salts found in hard water are held in solution, as calcium bicarbonate, CaH2(GO3)2. On boiling the water, the carbon dioxide in solution is driven off, and the bicarbonate is converted into the insoluble normal carbonate, CaCOa, which is precipitated in a fine crystalline powder. c. Water of crystallization. Many substances, in the act of crystal- lizing, combine with water, and the water, so combined, is termed water of crystallization or water of hydration. The same substance does not always contain the same number of molecules of water of crystallization. Sodium carbonate, for example, may contain 10 H2O (dekahydrate) or 1 HoO (monohydrate); under certain conditions, it may be made to crystallize with 8 H2O or even 5 HoO. Crystals containing water of crystallization frequently lose part, but rarely all, of it on exposure to the air for some time. In doing so, they lose their characteristic transparency, first becom- ing somewhat opaque and then finally crumbling, thereby losing their crystalline form. This change is termed efflorescence. Water of crystallization must be distinguished from interstitial water (water of decrepitation), which is water held mechanically in the inter- stices of crystals; this occurs particularly where the crystals are large and have been formed rapidly. A substance is said to be hygroscopic, if it absorbs water from the atmos- phere; if it dissolves in the water so absorbed, it is said to be deliquescent. 41 CHAPTER 4 CLASSES OF PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS 48. DEFINITION. Waters are aqueous solutions of volatile substances. Aromatic waters are solutions, usually saturated, of volatile oils or other aromatic volatile substances in distilled water. 49. DESCRIPTION. Waters are brilliant, colorless liquids having the odor and taste of the dissolved volatile substance and the density and viscosity of distilled water. 50. GENERAL USES. Waters are generally used as vehicles. 51. METHODS OF PREPARATION. The general methods are those in- dicated in the official processes for preparing aromatic waters. 52. OFFICIAL PROCESSES FOR AROMATIC WATERS. Aromatic waters are prepared by the following U.S.P. general processes; a. Distillation. Place the odoriferous portion of the plant or drug from which the aromatic water is to be prepared in a suitable still with sufficient distilled water, and distill most of the water, carefully avoiding the development of empyreumatic odors through the charring or scorching of the substances. Separate the excess of oil and preserve or use the clear aqueous portion, filtered if necessary. b. Solution. The volatile oil or other specified volatile substance. . . 2 cc. or 2 Gm. Distilled water, a sufficient quantity Section I. WATERS (AQUAE) To make 1000 cc. Shake the volatile substance (suitably comminuted if a solid) with 1000 cc. of distilled water in a capacious bottle, and repeat the shaking several times during a period of about 15 minutes. Set the mixture aside for 12 hours or overnight, filter through wetted filter paper, and pass enough distilled water through the filter to make the product measure 1000 cc. e. Alternative solution method. The following method of preparing aromatic waters by solution is alternative with the method just prescribed. Thoroughly incorporate the volatile oil (or the suitably comminuted volatile solid) with 15 Gm. of purified talc or with a sufficient quantity of purified siliceous earth or pulped filter paper. Add 1000 cc. of distilled water and thoroughly agitate the mixture several times during 10 minutes. Then filter the mixture, returning the first portions, if necessary, to obtain a clear filtrate and add enough distilled water through the filter to make the product measure 1000 cc. 53. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. Among the many typical examples of official waters prepared by the general processes are the following: Anise Water, Cinnamon Water, and Peppermint Water. 42 54. EXCEPTIONS. The following official waters are exceptions in that they are not prepared by the general processes: a. Chloroform Water, U.S.P., prepared as follows: Chloroform, dis- tilled water; of each a sufficient quantity. To a convenient quantity of distilled water contained in a dark amber-colored bottle, add enough chloroform to maintain a slight excess after the mixture has been repeatedly and thoroughly agitated, taking care that there is always an excess of chloroform present. When chloroform water is to be dispensed, decant the quantity required from the separated chloroform, b. Distilled Water, U.S.P., prepared by purifying water by distillation. e. Sterilized Distilled Water, U.S.P., prepared by sterilizing distilled water and protecting it from contamination. d. Water for Injection, U.S.P., prepared by distilling and sterilizing water freshly in such a manner that it is free from pyrogens. e. Rose Water, U.S.P., prepared by diluting the Stronger Rose Water with an equal volume of distilled water. f. Bitter Almond Water, N.F., prepared by dissolving 1 cc. of oil of bitter almond in enough distilled water to make 1000 cc. g. Hamamelis Water, N.F., prepared as follows: Macerate recently cut and partially dried dormant twigs of Hamamelis virginiana for about 24 hours in about twice their weight of water; then distill until not more than 850 cc. of distillate is obtained for each 1000 Gm. of the twigs taken; add 150 cc. of alcohol to each 850 cc. of distillate; mix thoroughly. h. Phenolated Water, N.F., prepared by mixing 22 cc. of liquefied phenol with enough distilled water to make 1000 cc. i. Redistilled Water, N.F., a specially distilled water originally in- tended for use in ampuls but now largely displaced for that purpose by Water for Injection, U.S.P. Section 11. SOLUTIONS (LIQUORES) 55. DEFINITION. The title, solution, as used for an official class of preparations is applied, with few exceptions, to aqueous solutions of non- volatile substances. Each of these solutions has a concentration that has been established through tradition and use. 56. DESCRIPTION. The official solutions vary greatly in color, density, and viscosity, according to the nature of the solutes. All of them are transparent and in most cases they are brilliant. 57. GENERAL USES. There are no general uses for the official solutions; the use of each is determined by its respective ingredients. 58. METHODS OF PREPARATION. There are no general methods for the preparation of the official solutions; each is prepared by a process appropriate for the particular substances involved. In many cases simple solution, or the addition of the substances directly to the solvent, is em- ployed; in other cases the substances to be dissolved are formed in the process of manufacture as the result of chemical action. 59. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The formula of each of the following list of typical official solutions may be found in appendix 111 under the name of the principal ingredient of the respective solution. 43 Selected list of solutions from the U.S.P. XII: Solution of arsenious acid. Solution of amaranth. Solution of ammonia, diluted. Solution of ammonia, strong. Solution of calcium hydroxide. Solution of three chlorides, isotonic. Solution of chloroazodin. Solution of cresol, saponated. Solution of epinephrine hydrochloride. Solution of formaldehyde. Solution of hydrogen peroxide. Solution of iodine. Solution of iodine, strong. Solution of magnesium citrate. Solution of potassium arsenite. Solution of sodium chloride, isotonic. Selected list of solutions from the N.F. VII: Solution of boric acid. Solution of aluminum acetate. Solution of ephedrine sulfate. Solution of merbromin, surgical. Solution of coal tar. Solution of potassium iodide. Solution of sodium borate, compound. Solution of sodium hypochlorite, diluted. Section 111. EMULSIONS (EMULSA) 60. DEFINITION. An emulsion is a heterogeneous system consisting of two liquid phases, one of which is dispersed as minute droplets in the other. The liquid which is broken up into minute droplets is known as the dis- persed, discontinuous, or internal phase; the liquid surrounding the drop- lets is known as the dispersion medium, the continuous phase, or the external phase. Usually one of the phases is an oil and the other is water. If the internal phase is the oil, the emulsion is termed an oil-in-water or o/w emulsion. If the internal phase is aqueous, the emulsion is termed a water-in-oil or w/o emulsion. The typical pharmaceutical emulsion is of the oil-in-water type. 61. DESCRIPTION. Pharmaceutical emulsions are usually somewhat viscid and resemble milk, which is a natural emulsion. 62. GENERAL USES. Emulsions serve as a means of presenting more palatable mixtures of oils and aqueous solutions and of insuring uniformity of dosage of such mixtures. The oil-in-water emulsions are more readily miscible with the contents of the intestines than are the oils, which may be advantageous. 63. METHODS OF PREPARATION. The emulsifying agents employed determine the method to be used in preparing emulsions. Acacia is the most common emulsifying agent in oil-in-water emulsions. There are two general methods of preparing an eijiulsion when acacia is employed. The more common is known as the Continental method and the other, the English method. 44 a. Continental method. In this method, 1 Gm. of finely powdered acacia is thoroughly mixed in a clean, dry mortar or bottle with each 4 cc. of fixed oil, or 2 cc. of volatile oil, to be emulsified. Then 2 cc. of water for each 1 Gm. of acacia is added all at once and the mixture promptly and thoroughly triturated or agitated until a thick, white primary emul- sion is formed. This is then diluted to the desired volume. b. English method. In this method a mucilage is prepared by adding water to granulated acacia and triturating it until the acacia is dissolved. The oil is then added in small portions, triturating after each addition, adding small quantities of water from time to time as necessary to form the emulsion. e. Other emulsifying agents such as tragacanth, agar, egg yolk, and gelatin require special methods for use in each case. 64. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The formula of each of the following typical official emulsions may be found in Appendix 111 under the name of the principal ingredient of the respective emulsion: U.S.P. XII emulsions: Emulsion of cod liver oil. Emulsion of oil of turpentine. Emulsion of liquid petrolatum. Section IV. SYRUPS (SYRUPI) 65. DEFINITION. Syrups are concentrated aqueous solutions of sucrose containing flavoring or medicinal substances. 66. GENERAL USES. Many of the syrups are used as vehicles. Their viscosity and sweet taste cause them to be a preferred form for the ad- ministration of some drugs, particularly the expectorants. 67. METHODS OF PREPARATION. There are two general methods for the preparation of syrups: a. Adding sucrose to a specially prepared solution or extraction of the medicinal agent. b. Adding the medicinal agent to simple syrup. In preparing syrups, the sucrose may be dissolved with the aid of heat, by agitation, or by percolation. The process to be used depends on the ingredients of the syrup and the time available for completing its manu- facture. 68. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official syrups are typical of the class: Selected list of syrups from the U.S.P. XII: Syrup (simple). Syrup of citric acid. Syrup of hydriodic acid. Syrup of orange. Syrup of tolu balsam. Syrup of ipecac. - Syrup of wild cherry. Syrup of sarsaparilla, compound. Selected list of syrups from the N.F. VII: Syrup of cherry. Syrup of squill. 45 Section V. MUCILAGES (MUCILAGINES) 69. DEFINITION. Mucilages are liquid or semisolid solutions or suspen- sions of gums or mucilaginous substances in water. 70. DESCRIPTION. Mucilages are transparent or translucent, viscid liquids or semisolids, usually pale yellowish or almost colorless. 71. GENERAL USES. Mucilages are used as demulcents, emollients, lubricants, and pharmaceutical suspending agents. 72. METHODS OF PREPARATION. There are no general methods for the preparation of mucilages; each is prepared by a process appropriate for the particular substances involved. 73. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following mucilages are typical official examples of the class: U.S.P. XII mucilages: Mucilage of Acacia. Mucilage of Tragacanth. N.F. VII mucilage: Mucilage of Chondrus. Section VI. MIXTURES (MISTURAE) 74. DEFINITION. Mixtures are aqueous preparations containing in- soluble substances intended for internal use. 75. DESCRIPTION. Mixtures are'usually opaque liquids requiring agi- tation to disperse the insoluble material throughout the liquid portion before pouring. Their color varies with the nature of the ingredients. 76. GENERAL USES. There are no general uses for mixtures; the use of each is determined by its respective ingredients. 77. METHODS OF PREPARATION. There are no general methods for the preparation of mixtures; each is prepared by a process appropriate for the particular substances involved. In each case the objective is to have the insoluble material in very fine particles so that it may be dis- persed readily by agitation. 78. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official mixtures are typical of the class: U.S.P. XII mixture: Chalk mixture. Selected list of mixtures, N.F. VII: Mixture of opium and glycyrrhiza, compound. Mixture of rhubarb and soda. Expectorant mixture. Section VII. MAGMAS (MAGMATA) 79. DEFINITION. Magmas are liquid preparations resembling mixtures, in which the insoluble substances are usually precipitated in a very fine state of subdivision and remain in suspension for a considerable length of time. 46 80. DESCRIPTION. Magmas are rather viscid liquids and often resemble cream or milk. 81. GENERAL USES. There are no general uses for magmas; the use of each is determined by its respective ingredients. 82. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Precipitation in a manner produc- ing very fine particles is the general method of preparing magmas. An exception is Magma of Bentonite which is prepared by maceration. 83. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official magmas are typical examples of the class: U.S.P. XII magma: Magnesia magma. N.F. VII magmas: Magma of bentonite. Magma of bismuth. Section VIII. LOTIONS (LOTIONES) 84. DEFINITION. Lotions are liquid preparations, usually aqueous, con- taining insoluble substances intended for external application. 85. DESCRIPTION. Lotions vary greatly in color and viscosity accord- ing to the nature of the ingredients. 86. GENERAL USES. There are no general uses for lotions; the use of each is determined by its respective ingredients. 87. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Precipitation, hydration, and pro- longed trituration are the processes used in preparing lotions so that the particle size of the insoluble portion will be very small. The nature of the ingredients determines which process is to be employed. 88. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following are typical official examples of the class: Selected list of N.F. VII lotions: Calamine lotion. Calamine lotion, phenolated. White lotion. Section IX. GLYCERITES (GLYCERITA) 89. DEFINITION. Glycerites are liquid or semisolid solutions of medicinal substances in glycerin. 90. DESCRIPTION. Glycerites are either viscid liquids or semisolids. They arc hygroscopic and either transparent or translucent. 91. GENERAL USES. Glycerites are employed as convenient stable solutions of the respective drugs which may readily be diluted with water. 47 92. METHODS OF PREPARATION. There are no general methods for the preparation of glycerites; each is prepared by a process appropriate for the particular substances involved. 93. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The formula of each of the following typical official glycerites may be found in appendix 111 under the name of the principal ingredient of the respective glycerite: U.S.P. XII glycerites: Glycerite of tannic acid. Glycerite of starch. Glycerite of boroglycerin.. Section X. SPIRITS (SPIRITUS) 94. DEFINITION. Spirits are alcoholic solutions of volatile substances. 95. DESCRIPTION. Spirits are brilliant liquids having the characteristic odor and color of the dissolved volatile substances. 96. GENERAL USES. There are no general uses for the spirits; the use of each is determined by its respective ingredients. 97. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Most of the spirits are prepared by simple solution; a few involve simple solution and maceration; a few are prepared by distillation. For any spirit of a volatile oil, for which no specific formula is provided, the general formula of the National Formulary VII may be followed. It directs that 65 cc of the volatile oil be dissolved in enough alcohol to make 1000 cc of the spirit. 98. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official spirits are typical examples of the class: Selected list of spirits, U.S.P. XII: Spirit of ammonia, aromatic. Spirit of orange, compound. Spirit of camphor. Whisky. Spirit of peppermint. Brandy. Selected list of spirits, N.F. VII: Spirit of ethyl nitrite. Spirit of chloroform. Spirit of myrcia, compound. 99. DEFINITION. Elixirs are aromatic, sweetened, hydroalcoholic solu- tions. 100. DESCRIPTION. Elixirs are brilliant liquids having an aromatic odor and pleasant taste. The color of elixirs varies according to the nature of the ingredients; some are artificially colored. 101. GENERAL USES. Used internally, elixirs vary in use according to the ingredients. Many of them are used as vehicles. Section XI. ELIXIRS (ELIXIRIA) 48 102. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Simple solution is the general process employed in preparing elixirs. They are clarified by filtration through talc or a similar agent until brilliantly clear. 103. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official elixirs are typical examples of the class; U.S.P. XII elixirs: Aromatic elixir. Elixir of phenobarbital. Selected list of elixirs, N.F. VII: Elixir of three bromides. Elixir of pepsin, compound. Elixir of potassium bromide. Elixir of terpin hydrate. Elixir of terpin hydrate and codeine. Section XII. COLLODIONS (COLLODIA) 104. DEFINITION. Collodions are liquid preparations having as their base or vehicle a solution of pyroxylin in a mixture of ethyl oxide and alcohol. 105. DESCRIPTION. Collodions are transparent liquids having the odor of ether. They volatilize rapidly when exposed to the air, first thickening and then solidifying. They are not miscible with water. 106. GENERAL USES. Collodions are used for local, external applica- tion, the evaporation of the solvent leaving a protective film and localizing the action of any drug contained in it. The escharotic drugs are those most commonly used in a collodion vehicle. 107. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Collodions are prepared by simple solution, avoiding moisture and exposure to open flame. 108. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official collodions are typical examples of the class: Collodions, U.S.P. XII: Collodion. Flexible collodion. Collodion, N.F. VII: Salicylic collodion. 109. DEFINITION. Liniments are liquid or, rarely, semisolid prepara- tions intended for external application. Usually they are of an oily or irritant nature and are applied with friction. 110. DESCRIPTION. Liniments vary greatly in color, viscosity and odor according to the nature of the ingredients. 111. GENERAL USES. Liniments are ordinarily used as vehicles for drugs which act as counterirritants or anodynes. Section XIII. LINIMENTS (LINIMENTA) 49 112. METHODS OF PREPARATION. There are no general methods for the preparation of liniments; each is prepared by a process appropriate for the particular substances involved. Many of them are prepared by simple solution. 113. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official liniments are typical examples of the class: Liniments, U.S.P. XII: Camphor liniment. Camphor and soap liniment. Chloroform liniment. Liniment of soft soap. Section XIV. INFUSIONS (INFUSA) 114. DEFINITION. Infusions are aqueous preparations containing the water-soluble constituents of vegetable drugs, extracted by means of hot or cold water. 115. DESCRIPTION. Infusions are liquid preparations resembling the beverage, tea, which is ordinarily made by infusion. They should be pre- pared freshly. Their color varies with the nature of the drug extracted. 116. GENERAL USES. There are no general uses for infusions; the use of each is determined by its respective ingredients. 117. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Unless otherwise specified, infu- sions are prepared by the following general formula: The drug, coarsely comminuted 50 Gm. Distilled water, to make 1000 cc. Moisten the drug, in an earthenware vessel, provided with a cover, with 50 cc. of cold distilled water, and allow it to stand for 15 minutes. Then add 900 cc. of boiling distilled water, cover the vessel tightly, and allow it to stand for 30 minutes. Then strain the mixture and pass enough dis- tilled water through the strainer to make the infusion measure 1000 cc. If the activity of the infusion is affected by the temperature of boiling water, only cold distilled water should be used. Caution: The drug concentration of an infusion representing a potent drug should be specified by the physician. 118. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. There are no official examples of infu- sions prepared by this general process. Section XV. TINCTURES (TINCTURAE) 119. DEFINITION. Tinctures are alcoholic liquid preparations of vege- table or animal drugs or, in a few instances, of chemicals, and so prepared that each tincture contains the therapeutic constituents from a definite quantity of the drug or chemical. 120. DESCRIPTION. Tinctures are transparent liquids varying in color according to the nature of the drugs from which they are extracted. 121. GENERAL USES. There are no general uses for tinctures; the use of each is determined by its respective constituents. 50 122. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Tinctures are prepared by perco- lation (Process P), by maceration (Process M), by solution, or by dilution of the respective fluidextract. They are usually made so that for potent drugs, each 100 cc of the tincture represents 10 Gm of the drug; for less potent drugs, each 100 cc of the tincture represents 20 Gm of the drug; for fresh drugs, each 100 cc of the tincture represents 50 Gm of the fresh drug. 123. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official tinctures are typical examples of the class: Selected list of tinctures, U.S.P. XII: Tincture of sweet orange peel. Tincture of tolu balsam. Tincture of belladonna. Tincture of benzoin. Tincture of benzoin, compound. Tincture of digitalis. Tincture of gentian, compound. Tincture of hyoscyamus. Tincture of iodine. Tincture of iodine, mild. Tincture of nux vomica. Tincture of opium. Tincture of opium, camphorated. Selected list of tinctures, N.F. VII: Tincture of cudbear. Tincture of ferric chloride. Tincture of vanilla. Section XVI. VINEGARS (ACETA) 124. DEFINITION. Vinegars are liquid preparations resembling tinc- tures in which the drug is extracted with a menstruum of diluted acetic acid. 125. DESCRIPTION. Vinegars are transparent liquids having the odor of acetic acid. Their color varies according to the nature of the drug extracted. 126. GENERAL USES. There are no general uses for vinegars; the use of each is determined by its respective constituents. 127. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Vinegars are prepared by macer- ation. 128. TYPICAL EXAMPLE. The following official vinegar is typical of the class: Vinegar of squill, N.F. VII. Section XVII. FLUIDEXTRACTS (FLUIDEXTRACTA) 129. DEFINITION. Fluidextracts are liquid preparations of vegetable drugs, containing alcohol as a solvent or preservative, and so prepared that each 1 cc of the fluidextract contains the therapeutically active or im- portant constituents of 1 Gm of the drug. 51 130. DESCRIPTION. Fluidextracts are dark colored liquids. 131. GENERAL USES. There are no general uses for fluidextracts; the use of each is determined by its respective constituents. Fluidextracts serve as a convenient, stable form of the drug. 132. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Fluidextracts are prepared by percolation according to the following processes: Process A, percolation with one alcoholic menstruum; Process B, percolation with two menstrua; Process C, fractional or divided percolation; Process D, extraction with water; and Process E, pressure percolation. 133. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official fluidextracts are typi- cal examples of the class: Selected list of fluidextracts, U.S.P. XII: Fluidextract of cascara sagrada. Fluidextract of cascara sagrada, aromatic. Fluidextract of ergot. Section XVIII. OLEORESINS (OLEORESINAE) 134. DEFINITION. Pharmaceutical oleoresins are liquid preparations of drugs containing volatile oils and resins, obtained by extraction of the drugs with ether, acetone or alcohol, and subsequent distillation of the solvent from the dissolved oleoresins. 135. DESCRIPTION. Pharmaceutical oleoresins are viscid liquids. Their color depends on the nature of the drugs extracted. 136. GENERAL USES. There are no general uses for the pharmaceutical oleoresins; the use of each is determined by its respective constituents. 137. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Pharmaceutical oleoresins are pre- pared by percolation and subsequent evaporation of the volatile solvent from the percolate. 138. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official oleoresin is a typical example of the class: Oleoresin of aspidium, U.S.P. XII. Section XIX. EXTRACTS (EXTRACTA) 139. DEFINITION. Extracts are concentrated preparations of vegetable or animal drugs obtained by extracting the active constituents of the re- spective drugs with suitable menstrua, evaporating all or nearly all of the solvent and adjusting the residual masses or powders to the prescribed standards. 140. DESCRIPTION. Extracts are in three forms; dry powders, known as powdered extracts; plastic masses, known as pilular extracts; and semi- liquids or those of syrupy consistence. 141. GENERAL USES. There are no general uses for extracts; the use of each is determined by its respective constituents. 52 142. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Extracts are prepared by perco- lation and subsequent evaporation of the percolate. The product is then adjusted to prescribed standards by the addition of suitable diluents. 143. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official extracts are typical of the class: >. Selected list of extracts, U.S.P. XII: Extract of belladonna. Extract of cascara sagrada. Extract of glycyrrhiza. Extract of glycyrrhiza, pure;* Extract of hyoscyamus. Extract of malt. 144. DEFINITION. Powders are intimate mixtures of medicinal sub- stances in dry, pulverized form. 145. DESCRIPTION. Powders vary in color according to the nature of their ingredients. They may be in undivided bulk form or in divided dosages in papers. 146. GENERAL USES. There are no general uses for powders; the use of each is determined by its respective ingredients. 147. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Powders are generally mixed by placing the most potent of the ingredients in a mortar, adding about an equal quantity of a less potent ingredient, and triturating thoroughly. Then successive portions of less potent ingredients are added and the trituration continued until the product is of uniform fineness. A sieve may be used to insure uniformity in fineness. If the powder is to be in divided dosages, the quantity indicated for each dosage is weighed and placed on a paper. The paper is then folded, inclosing the powder. 148. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following powders are typical official examples of the class: Divided powders: Compound effervescent powders, U.S.P. XII. Undivided powders: Powder of ipecac and opium, N.F. VII. Compound chalk powder, U.S.P. XII. Section XX. POWDERS (PULVERES) Section XXI. CAPSULES (CAPSULAE) 149. DEFINITION. Capsules are individual doses of medicine inclosed in cases usually made of gelatin. 150. DESCRIPTION. The most common type of capsules is that in which the medicine in the form of a dry powder is inclosed in colorless, transparent cases made of hard gelatin. These are in sizes universally designated by the numbers, 5,4, 3,2, 1,0, 00, and 000, with the No. 5 having a capacity of about one grain of acetylsalicylic acid or other substance of similar density, and the No. 000 having a capacity of about fifteen grains. A second type is made of soft gelatin and commonly incloses oils. 53 Figure 20. Capsules. A third type is made from starch and is commonly called a konseal, cachet, or wafer. 151. GENERAL USES. The capsule is a popular form of administering medicines because it masks the taste and releases the medicine promptly in the stomach. 152. METHODS OF PREPARATION. In preparing hard gelatin cap- sules, the ingredients are thoroughly mixed as indicated under Powders. The smallest size of empty capsule which will hold the dosage of medicine conveniently is selected. One empty capsule is placed on the right-hand balance pan with the weights for the contents of one capsule. The cap is removed from an empty capsule and the body of it, held between thumb and forefinger, is filled by pressing it into a layer of the medicine on a flat surface such as a pill tile. When the body of the capsule is filled, the cap is replaced and the whole is put on the left-hand balance pan, check- ing the weight of its contents. If too little or too much of the medicine has been inclosed, the cap is removed and the proper adjustment made. This process is continued until the desired number are filled. They are then placed in a clean, dry towel and shaken carefully to remove any medicine adhering to the surface of the capsule. In filling hard gelatin capsules with oils a pipette is used and the cap- side is sealed by moistening the cap before putting it on the body of the capsule. It may be moistened by pressing it against a piece of moist absorbent cotton. Soft gelatin capsules are filled by rather complicated machines at the plants of pharmaceutical manufacturers. 54 153. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official capsules are typical examples of the class: Selected list of capsules, U.S.P. XII: Digitalis capsules. Halibut liver oil capsules. Pentobarbital sodium capsules. Section XXII. TRITURATIONS (TRITURATIONES) 154. DEFINITION. Triturations are dilutions of potent substances in the form of fine powders. 155. DESCRIPTION. Triturations are dry, fine, white- or light-colored powders. 156. GENERAL USE. The general use of a trituration is to insure ade- quate accuracy and uniformity of dosage of potent substances. 157. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Unless otherwise directed, tri- turations are prepared by the following official general formula: The medicinal substance 10 Gm. Lactose, in moderately fine powder 90 Gm. Place the medicinal substance, previously reduced, if necessary, to a moderately fine powder, in a mortar. Add about an equal volume of the lactose and triturate the powders thoroughly. Then add successive portions of the lactose, triturating the mixture thoroughly after each addition until the medicinal substance is intimately mixed with the lactose and reduced to a fine powder. 158. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following unofficial triturates are typi- cal examples of the class: Trituration of atropine sulfate. Trituration of strychnine sulfate. Section XXIII. PILLS (PILULAE) 159. DEFINITION. Pills are spherical or ovoid masses of medicinal sub- stances intended for administration by mouth. 160. DESCRIPTION. Pills usually weigh from 0.05 Gm. to 0.5 Gm. and frequently are coated with gelatin or colored sucrose. 161. GENERAL USES. Because they are compact and easily swallowed, pills are used in administering relatively potent substances, but they have been replaced to a great extent by tablets. 162. METHODS OF PREPARATION. The first step in making pills is to prepare the mass. This is accomplished by mixing the ingredients thoroughly as described under Powders and then adding enough of an excipient such as liquid glucose to form a plastic mass when it is triturated with the ingredients. The second step in the process is the division of the mass. It is divided into the individual dosages by rolling it into a cylinder 55 and cutting this cylinder or “pipe” into a number of equal segments cor- responding to the number of pills to be made. The third and final step is the finishing of the pills, making them into spherical or ovoid form. This is done by rotating the segments between the thumb and finger until nearly spherical and then rolling them under a disc known as a pill finisher until they are very smooth and of uniform shape. Figure 21. Devices used in making pills. 163. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official pills are typical of the class: Pills of ferrous carbonate, U.S.P. XII. Compound pills of mild mercurous chloride, N.F. VII. Section XXIV. TABLETS (TABELLAE) 164. DEFINITION. Tablets are molded or compressed masses of medic- inal substances, usually in discoid form. 165. DESCRIPTION. Tablets usually weigh from 0.05 Gm. to 1 Gm., with about 0.3 Gm. being the most common size. Molded tablets, com- monly known as tablet triturates, are discoid, uncoated, and weigh about 0.05 Gm. They are composed of one or more potent substances in a vehicle of lactose and sucrose. Compressed tablets are double-convex, discoid, and contain only the medicinal substances with a small quantity of a dis- integrating agent. They may be coated. 166. GENERAL USES. Tablets can be made very economically by the manufacturer; they are a convenient dosage form for patient; and they disintegrate readily in the stomach so that rapid action of the medicine is possible. These advantages have caused tablets to be used as the popular dosage form of a wide variety of medicinal substances. 167. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Molded tablets are prepared by mixing the finely powdered medicinal substances with a vehicle composed of about 90 percent of lactose and 10 percent of sucrose. This mixture is thoroughly moistened with diluted alcohol and pressed into the holes of a perforated plate or die. The die is placed on a base studded with pegs which eject the material from the die in the discoid form of the tablet. It is then allowed to dry and harden. If the tablet is to be used for making a solution for parenteral use it is called a hypodermic tablet and its vehicle must be a special lactose or other substance which will dissolve readily and completely. 56 Compressed tablets are prepared by placing the medicinal substances in granular form into a machine consisting of one or more dies and punches which compress the material into the desired form. These may then be coated or may be used uncoated. Figure 22. Tablet triturate mold. 168. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official tablets are typical examples of the class: Selected list of tablets, U.S.P. XII: Acetophenetidin tablets. Acetylsalicylic acid tablets. Atropine sulfate tablets. Nicotinic acid tablets. Codeine sulfate tablets. Digitalis tablets. Morphine sulfate tablets. Strychnine sulfate tablets. Sulfanilamide tablets. Sulfapyridine tablets. Sulfathiazole tablets. Thiamine hydrochloride tablets. Thyroid tablets. Poison tablets of mercury bichloride, large. Poison tablets of mercury bichloride, small. Section XXV. OINTMENTS (UNGUENTA) 169. DEFINITION. Ointments are semisolid fatty or oily preparations of such a consistency as to be easily applied to the skin, gradually liquefying when in contact with it, 170. DESCRIPTION. Ointments vary in color according to the nature of their ingredients. The vehicle of an ointment is generally of a greasy character and the medicinal substances combined with it are always in- tended to be in very fine particles, uniformly distributed. 171. GENERAL USES. For the external application of medicinal sub- stances, ointments have long been a preferred form. In addition to the action of the medicinal substances combined with them, the fatty vehicles are emollient and protective and, therefore, valuable in the many cases where such action is advantageous. 57 172. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Ointments are prepared by the following processes: simple mechanical incorporation, solution, emulsifi- cation, levigation, and fusion. A special technique is required for each process in order that the finished product may be satisfactory. 173. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official ointments are typical examples of the class; Ointments, U.S.P. XII: Boric acid ointment. Tannic acid ointment. Ethyl aminobenzoate ointment. White ointment. Yellow ointment. Rose water ointment. Belladonna ointment. Chrysarobin ointment. Ammoniated mercury ointment. Strong mercurial ointment. Mild mercurial ointment. Yellow mercuric oxide ointment. lodine ointment. Phenol ointment. Pine tar ointment. Sulfur ointment. Zinc oxide ointment. Selected list of ointments, N.F. VII: Ointment of benzoic and salicylic acids. Ointment of mild mercurous chloride. Ointment of ichthammol. Section XXVI. PASTES (PASTAE) 174. DEFINITION. Pastes are preparations of medicinal substances made into adhesive, plastic form with vehicles such as soaps, pectin, and, in some cases, petrolatum. 175. DESCRIPTION. Pastes vary greatly in appearance according to the nature of their ingredients. Many of them are very firm semisolids resembling ointments having a high percentage of medicinal substances. 176. GENERAL USES. Dermatologists use pastes in many cases where both pi’otective action and a high concentration of the medicinal sub- stances are desired. 177. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Pastes are prepared by the pro- cesses used in making ointments. Levigation is usually involved. 178. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official pastes are typical of the class: Selected list of pastes, N.F. VII: Acetylsalicylic acid paste, compound. Pectin paste. Pectin paste, thin. Zinc oxide paste. Zinc oxide paste with salicylic acid. 58 Section XXViI. SUPPOSITORIES (SUPPOSITORIA) 179. DEFINITION. Suppositories are solid bodies adapted for introduc- tion into different orifices of the human body, and melting, softening, or dissolving at body temperature. 180. DESCRIPTION. Suppositories arc usually of the following types, weights, and shapes: rectal, 2 Gm., tapered; vaginal, 4 to 10 Gm., globular or oviform; urethral, 2 to 4 Gm., pencil-shaped. Theobroma oil and glycer- inated gelatin are the most common vehicles for suppositories. 181. GENERAL USES. For the local application of medicinal substances, as in hemorrhoids, suppositories are commonly used. Occasionally, sup- positories are used in administering medicinal substances when administra- tion by mouth is not practicable. 182. METHODS OF PREPARATION. For suppositories made with theo- broma oil, the medicinal substances in fine particles are mixed thoroughly with about an equal weight of grated theobroma oil and then the remainder of the theobroma oil is incorporated and the mixture triturated until a plastic mass is formed. The mass is rolled into a cylinder of the proper length and divided into the required number of equal parts which are then formed into the desired shape. If the process of cold compression is preferred, the mass instead of being rolled into a cylinder is placed in a special compressor which forms it into suppositories of the desired shape. If the process of fusion is preferred, the medicinal substances are mixed as before and then incorporated with the remainder of the theobroma oil which has previously been melted. When the mixture has cooled to 38° C. and is about to congeal, it is poured into cooled molds and kept well- cooled until the suppositories have hardened, when they may be removed from the molds. Figure. 23. Suppository mold. 59 For suppositories made with glycerinated gelatin, the medicinal sub- stance, if solid and soluble in distilled water or glycerin, or if a miscible liquid, is mixed with a little distilled water and sufficient glycerin added to make the weight of the mixture one-half that of the finished mass. An equal weight of melted glycerinated gelatin is thoroughly incorporated with it and the mixture is poured into molds and cooled. If the medicinal substances are insoluble in water or glycerin, they are thoroughly triturated with sufficient glycerin to make the weight of the mixture one-half that of the finished mass and then the process completed as above described. 183. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following suppositories are typical ex- amples of the class: Tannic acid suppositories. Suppositories of boroglycerin, N.F. VII. Section XXVIII. PLASTERS (EMPLASTRA) 184. DEFINITION. Plasters are solid preparations intended for external application and adhesive at body temperature. 185. DESCRIPTION. Plasters consist of a mixture having pressure- sensitive adhesive properties, spread evenly upon fabric, the back of which may be coated with a water-repellent film. They are dispensed in rolls of varying lengths and widths on spools, or in sheets protected by paper folders. 186. GENERAL USES. Plasters are used for protection of the skin against abrasion; for mechanical support; and for medicinal effect by slow absorp- tion of the medicinal agent. 187. METHODS OF PREPARATION. Plasters are generally prepared by spreading the plaster mass evenly upon fabric. The mass is a mixture of rubber, resins, and waxes, with one or more fillers of absorbent powder, such as zinc oxide or starch, and with the specified medicinal agent, if any. 188. TYPICAL EXAMPLES. The following official plasters are typical of the class: Adhesive plaster, U.S.P. XII. Belladonna plaster, U.S.P. XII. 60 CHAPTER 5 TOXICOLOGY 189. DEFINITIONS, a. Toxicology is the branch of science which treats of the nature, properties, effects, identification, and antidotal treatment of poisons. b. Poisoning may be acute or chronic. Acute poisoning is caused by taking an overdose of any drug or other toxic agent and the symptoms usually follow promptly after its ingestion. Chronic poisoning occurs when drugs are taken over a long period of time in excess of the patient’s ability to tolerate them. The treatment of chronic poisoning will not be considered in this manual as it is not of an emergency nature. c. An antidote is any measure or agent which will remove, prevent the absorption of, or counteract the physiologic effects of a poison. 190. DIAGNOSIS OF ACUTE POISONING. This type of poisoning is to be suspected whenever any person, previously in good health, suddenly becomes ill, with unconsciousness, convulsions, or intense nausea and vomiting. The diagnosis can often be confirmed by the history, the patient’s stating that he has taken poison, or by finding unconsumed poison nearby. Corrosive poisons such as strong acids, alkalies, phenol, and mercuric- chloride cause grey or white patches in mouth and throat. Phenol, ether, chloroform, alcohol, and some toxic gases may be identified by their odor. But often the diagnosis cannot be made by such simple means and first aid must always be given at once without waiting to identify the poison. 191. TREATMENT OF ACUTE POISONING BY THE PHARMACIST TECH- NICIAN. a. The medical officer must be sent for immediately. b. First aid must be applied by the pharmacist technician. c. Separate the patient from the poison as fast as possible. (1) If the poison has been inhaled, carry the patient into fresh air. (2) If the poison has been swallowed, and if copious vomiting has not occurred already, vomiting should be induced by placing a finger down the throat, or by emetics such as warm water to which large amounts of sodium chloride or mustard have been added. Whether vomiting is induced or spontaneous, the washing of the stomach should be aided by having the patient, if conscious, drink large amounts of water between the bouts of vomiting. If a stomach tube is handy and one has experience in inserting it, this is the best method of washing out the stomach except when corrosive poisons have been taken. (3) If a corrosive poison is on the skin or gets in the eye, wash it off repeatedly with large quantities of water. In the case of concentrated H2SO4 on the skin, it should be wiped off before washing. d. Antidotes should be administered only when the poison has been identified and its antidote is known and is immediately available. This is seldom the case, so antidotes are of value only rarely. A list of those easily available follows; they should be washed out of the stomach after using by mouth: 61 For strong acids—weak alkalies such as magnesium oxide. For strong alkalies—weak acids such as highly diluted HCI. For phenol—equal parts water and glycerin, a vegetable oil. For HgCl2—eggs or milk. For iodine—starch. e. General measures. Put the subject at rest. If breathing stops or is depressed, pull the tongue forward and start artificial respiration. If the patient has convulsions, protect tongue by a gag between the teeth. If pulse is absent or weak, elevate the feet and legs. Do not overtreat the patient. 62 CHAPTER 6 VETERINARY PHARMACOLOGY 192. GENERAL. Essentially the same drugs are used in animals as are employed in man. The storage and compounding of these drugs is the same irrespective of their use in animals or man. The same methods of administration are employed. In general, the action of a drug is the same for all species, but there arc some noteworthy exceptions. Emetics frequently do not produce emesis in horses. Morphine and its derivatives, which act as sedatives in the human, canoot be depended upon to exhibit this action in the horse and always produces excitement in the cat. Dogs tolerate relatively larger doses of morphine, but smaller doses of strychnine, than do men. Purga- tives require longer to act in the herbivora than in the carnivora or omnivora. However, the greatest and most important difference between the preparation of drugs intended for humans, and those drugs intended for animals, is in the dosage. 193. DOSAGE. This is influenced by many factors, especially: a. Species. The size of the animal is the chief factor. The dosages given in the table below are those for an adult horse of average size. The dose for a dog will be roughly one-sixteenth that for a horse, but the size of the animal is of importance in accurately determining the required dosage. b. Age. Young animals require less than do adults. The dose for a 1-year colt is about }/% the adult dose; a 2-year colt and a ,3-year colt % the adult dose. c. Temperament. Nervous and high strung animals are believed by many people to be more susceptible to the action of certain drugs than phlegmatic ones, and consequently such animals may be given slightly smaller doses of active drugs. d. Idiosyncrasy. Rarely an animal will be found which is more sus- ceptible to the action of certain drugs than other animals. Similarly, an occasional animal may be found less susceptible. The cause of such idio- syncrasy is not known. e. Nature of the disease. The action of drugs varies with the state of the body, or organ, acted upon. Therefore, disease may have a con- trolling influence on the dosage. t f. The preparation employed. The rate of absorption of a drug varies with the form in which it is given. As a rule, liquids are absorbed more rapidly than solids, alcoholic solutions more rapidly than aqueous, un- coated pills more rapidly than coated pills. g. Time of administration. If given after meals, delay in emptying of the stomach may delay absorption of a drug. Elowever, the stomachs of herbivora are rarely empty and, in such animals, the time of administra- tion is of less importance. h. Method of administration. The same methods are used for ani- mals as are used for man, but a few differences should be noted. The oral 63 method presents more difficulty in animals, but they can be induced to swallow a powdered drug by mixing the drug with the animal’s food, or by placing the drug in capsules, and adding the capsules to the animal’s food, or by injecting capsules into the animal’s throat. Liquid preparations may be added to the animal’s water, or given with a syringe, or through a stomach tube. Drugs are also given to animals by subcutaneous or intradermal injec- tion, by intravenous injection, by rectum, and by inhalation. Drugs are also applied locally to the skin of animals. The preparation of drugs for these various forms of administration in animals does not differ from that employed for similar administration to man. The strength and preparation of medicaments to be applied locally to the skin, mucous membranes, or eyes of animals do not differ materially from that used by man. The dosage of drugs commonly employed inter- nally in horses is given in the table below: Dosage of drugs commonly employed internally for adult horses (Oral dose given unless otherwise stated.) Acetanilid 15-30 grams. Alcohol 30-60 cubic centimeters in 500 cubic centimeters water. Aloes 45-75 grams in form of ball or in a capsule. Ammonia, aromatic spirit 30-60 cubic centimeters in 500 cubic centimeters water. Ammonium carbonate 10-25 grams in ball, solution, or mucilaginous drink. Ammonium chloride 4-15 grams. Arecolinc hydrobromide As cathartic, 30-60 milligrams sub cutaneously, repeated once or twice at 15-30 minute intervals. In laminitis 30-60 milligrams daily. Arsenic trioxide 0.2-0.3 gram, as solution of potas- sium arsenite 8-30 cubic centi- meters. Bismuth subcarbonate 4-15 grams. Bismuth subnitrate 4-15 grams. Camphor 4-15 grams. Cannabis As the extract, 2-8 grams; as the fluidextract,1 16-30 cubic centi- meters by mouth; intravenously, for narcosis, 5-10 cubic centi- meters. Chalk, prepared 30-60 grams. Charcoal 30-60 grams. Chloral hydrate As a sedative, 30-60 grams; as a narcotic, 75-125 grams. Given in about 500 cubic centimeters water. Chloroform As a carminative, 4-8 cubic centi- meters; as an anaesthetic, by in- halation. Creosote 4-15 cubic centimeters. 64 Ether As a carminative, 30-60 cubic centi- meters; in the form of spirit, 90- 180 cubic centimeters; as an an- aesthetic, by inhalation. Ferrous sulfate 5-12 grams; as the exsiccated salt, 4-8 grams. Gentian 15-30 grams; as the fluidextract, 15-30 cubic centimeters. Ginger 8-30 grams. Glycerin Diluted with 2-3 parts of water. Linseed oil 300-500 cubic centimeters. Mercuric chloride. 0.1-0.2 gram. Mercurous chloride (calomel) 4-8 grams. Nux vomica As the fluidextract, 2-8 grams; as the extract, 0.5-1 gram. Oil, tar, rectified 8-15 cubic centimeters. Oil, turpentine, rectified As a carminative, 30-60 cubic centi- meters, diluted with a fixed oil; as an anthelmintic, 60-120 cubic centimeters. Phenothiazine .As an anthelmintic, 30-50 grams. Potassium iodide 5-10 grams. Potassium nitrate 8-15 grams. Quinine sulfate 8-30 grams. Sodium bicarbonate. . . .- 15-60 grams. Sodium chloride As 0.9% solution intravenously, 1-4 litres. Sodium sulfate 250-1000 grams in water. Spirit of ethyl nitrite (sweet spirit of nitre). 30-90 cubic centimeters in water. Strychnine sulfate 16-60 milligrams. Sulfanilamide Initial dose 75 grams per 1,000 lbs. body-weight; then 25 grams per 1,000 lbs. body-weight every 8 hours. 65 APPENDIX I MEDICAL TERMS Section I. DEFINITIONS (with examples) Acidifying agent. One which increases the amount of acid in the body, blood, or urine. Ammonium chloride. Addiction. A state in which the subject finds it difficult or impossible to stop taking a drug. Opium and its derivatives, especially morphine; and cocaine, are the drugs most likely to cause addiction. Alkalizing agent. One which increases the amount of alkali in the body, blood, or urine. Sodium bicarbonate. Amebae. Animals of microscopic size. Certain types cause disease in man, while other types are harmless. Amebicide. An agent capable of destroying amebae. Emetine hydrochloride. Analeptic. A restorative agent, usually one which produces awakening of a narcotized patient. Metrazol. Analgesic. A drug which relieves pain. Morphine sulfate, codeine sulfate, acetylsalicylic acid. Anesthetic, general. A drug used to abolish sensation and produce complete unconsciousness. Ether, cyclopropane, pentothal. Anesthetic, local. A drug used to abolish local sensation without producing unconsciousness. Procaine. Anhidrotic. An agent which lessens the secretion of sweat. Atropine sulfate. Anodyne. {See Analgesic.) Antacid. A drug which counteracts or neutralizes acids or acidity. Sodium bicarbonate, magnesium trisilicate. Anthelmintic. A drug used to destroy intestinal worms. Hexylresorcinol, tetrachloroethylene. Antianemic. A drug which causes an increase in the red cells and hemoglobin in the blood. Ferrous sulfate. Antiasthmatic. A drug which tends to relieve or prevent asthma. Ephedrine sulfate, epinephrine hydrochloride. Antibacterial. A drug which detroys bacteria or inhibits their multiplica- tion. Sulfonamides. Antibiotic. A substance obtained from living organisms that kills or inhibits growth of bacteria. Penecillin. Anticoagulant. An agent which prevents the coagulation of the blood. Sodium citrate. Antiketogenic. The property of preventing the excess accumulation of ketones in blood and urine. Antiluetic. {See Antisyphilitic.) Antimalarial. A drug used to combat malaria. Quinacrine hydrochloride, quinine sulfate. Antipellagric. A substance having a beneficial effect in the deficiency disease known as pellagra. Antipruritic. A drug which relieves itching. Phenol* (in dilute solution). Antipyretic. A drug which reduces fever without specifically curing the disease causing the fever. Acetylsalicylic acid. Antirheumatic. A drug used in treating rheumatism. Sodium salicylate. 66 Antiscorbutic. An agent used for the prevention and treatment of scurvy. Ascorbic acid. v Antiseptic. A drug which stops or limits bacterial growth. Tr. iodine. Anti syphilitic. A drug used in the treatment of syphilis. Mapharsen. Aperient. A mild laxative. Sodium phosphate. Ascaricide. A drug which destroys the parasitic worm, ascaris, in the gastro- intestinal tract. Santonin.' Astringent. A drug which, by its local action, precipitates tissue proteins and so forms a protective covering. Bacteria. Organisms of microscopic size; some types are capable of causing disease in man, other types are entirely harmless. Blood pressure. The pressure of the blood as measured in the arteries. Cardiac. Related to the heart. Cardiac stimulant. A drug which stimulates the heart. Digitalis. Caustic. An agent capable of destroying or corroding the soft tissues of the body. Chromic acid, silver nitrate, phenol. Central nervous system. The brain and spinal cord. Cerebral stimulant. A drug with stimulant action predominantly on the higher centers of the brain. Amphetamine. Contrast media. Material, opaque to X-rays, used in outlining the shape of hollow organs in X-ray photography. Counterirritant. An agent which produces superficial irritation and is used to relieve the discomfort of an adjacent or deep-seated abnormal process. Black mustard. Cyanosis. A condition in which the parts normally colored red by the blood, e.g. the lips, nail-beds, and mucous membranes, take on a bluish tint. Cycloplegic. A drug which paralyzes the focusing muscle of the eye. Atro- pine, homatropine. Deliquescence. The property of attracting fluid from the atmosphere. Cal- cium chloride is a deliquescent substance. Demulcent. An agent used to soothe and protect inflamed or abraded tissues, particularly the mucous membranes. Glycerin, tragacanth. Detergent. A cleansing agent. Liquid soap, soft soap. Disinfectant. A agent which destroys microorganisms. Formaldehyde solution. Distention. The inflation of a hollow organ or body cavity by gas, fluid, or solid; for example, the intestines containing abnormal amounts of gas distend the abdomen. Diuretic. A drug which increases the formation of urine. Mercurophylline, mersalyl, theophylline. Ecbolic. (See Uterine stimulant.) Edema. An unusual accumulation of lymph in any tissue, leading to a swelling of the part. Emetic. A drug which produces vomiting. Apomorphine hydrochloride. Emmenasopue. A drug used to produce or increase the menstrual flow. Stilbestrol. Emollient. A drug used externally to soften or soothe the skin. Liquid petrolatum, olive oil. Eschar otic. (See Caustic.) , Estrogen. Estrogenic substance, a substance which stimulates the sexual functions of the female and causes menstruation. Expectorant. A drug which promotes the secretion of mucus from the respiratory tract. Febrifuge. {See Antipyretic.) 67 Galaclagogue. An agent which increases the secretion of milk. Anterior pituitary hormone (prolactin). Germicide. {See Disinfectant.) Hematinic. {See Antianemic.) Hemoglobin. The substance which gives the blood its red color. The oxygen in the blood is carried by it. Hemostatic. An agent used to check external hemorrhage by local appli- cation. Epinephrine hydrochloride, chromic acid. Hermetic. Impervious to air. Hormone. A chemical substance produced in some organ, which when transported by the blood stream to other tissues, evokes specific physio- logical activity. Hypnotic. A drug used to produce sleep. Chloral hydrate, barbiturates (barbital, pentobarbital, phenobarbital). Immunize. To render an animal or man resistant to a disease by injecting small but slowly increasing amounts of the causative agent, or some sub- stance related to it. Irritant. A drug inducing irritation. Mustard. Keratolytic. An agent which removes or softens hardened skin such as corns and calluses. Salicylic acid. Ketones. Substances of definite chemical composition which are products of the body’s metabolism and may reach abnormal levels in such diseases as diabetes mellitus. Laxative. A mild cathartic. Liquid petrolatum. Metabolism.■ The chemical processes by which living things convert food- stuffs into their body tissues and utilize foods for the production of energy. Microscopic. Too small to be seen by the unaided eye but visible when magnified under the microscope. Miotic. A drug which causes contraction of the pupil of the eye. Physos- tigmine salicylate. Mydriatic. A drug which causes dilation of the pupil of the eye. Atropine sulfate, homatropine hydrobromide. Narcotic. A drug which produces stupor or complete unconsciousness. Opium, anesthetics (general). Nutrient. A substance providing food or nourishment. osmotherapeutic. A curative agent acting by means of osmosis; for example, the property of attracting fluid through living membranes. Oxytocic. {See Uterine stimulant.) Parasite. An animal or plant living from the food or substance of another animal without contributing to its welfare. Parasiticide. A drug used to destroy parasites, usually those on the surface of the body. Sulfur, ammoniated mercury ointment. Parasympathetic nervous system. A portion of the nervous system, stimulation of which leads to miosis, bronchoconstriction, cardiac slowing, increased secretions, and increased activity of the gastrointestinal tract. Postpartum. Following childbirth. Pyrogen. A substance, often of unknown chemical composition, which, after subcutaneous or intravenous injection in man, causes a fever of brief duration. Respiratory stimulant. An agent which increases the rate and depth of respiration. Carbon dioxide. Sedative. A drug which quiets restlessness or excitement. Sodium bromide. Specific. A drug which has special curative effects against a certain disease. Quinine in malaria. Stimulate. To increase the activity of any organ. 68 Styptic. (See Hemostatic.) Sulfonamides. A class of drugs of related chemical composition; it includes sulfanilamide, sulfadiazine, sulfathiazole, sulfapyridine, sulfamerazine, and succinylsulfathiazole. Sympathetic nervous system. A portion of the nervous system, stimulation of which leads to mydriasis, dilation of the bronchioles, speeding of the heart, vasoconstriction, rise in blood pressure, sweating and decrease in activity of the gastrointestinal tract. Sympathomimetic. A drug which produces action similar to that which follows stimulation of the sympathetic nervous system. Epinephrine. Synthetic. Manufactured from simpler materials by a chemical process. Tapeworm. A worm, flattened like a tape, often found as a parasite in the muscles and the intestines of animals, and occasionally in the intestines of man. Teniacide {teniafuge). A drug used to destroy tapeworms. Aspidium. Uterine stimulant. A drug which increases the contractions of the uterus. Ergonovine maleate. Vasoconstrictor. A drug which narrows the smaller blood vessels and thereby tends to raise arterial blood pressure. Epinephrine hydrochloride, ephedrine sulfate. Vasodilator. A drug which widens the smaller blood vessels and thereby tends to lower arterial blood pressure. Glyceryl trinitrate. Vesicant. A substance which, when applied to the skin in sufficient amount for a sufficient time, will cause blisters. Viscid. Sticky, the property characteristic of paste or glue. Vitamins. Substances other than essential foodstuff's, some of known, others of unknown chemical composition, whose absence from the diet leads to disease. Section 11. LATIN WORDS AND ABBREVIATIONS Abbreviations or short forms Expanded forms Meaning a. auris ear aa. ana of each a. ante cibos before meals ad ad to, up to add. adde add ad lib. ad libitum at pleasure agit, agita shake alb. albus white aq. aqua water b. bis twice bene bene well b.i.d. bis in die twice a day c cum with cap. capiat let the patient take caps. capsula a capsule caps. amyl. capsulae amylaceae cachets chart. charta paper, a powder in paper chart, cerat. charta cerata waxed paper chartul. chartula a small paper coch. amp. cochleare ampium a tablespoonful coch. mag. cochleare magnum a tablespoonful 69 Abbreviations or short forms Expanded forms Meaning coch. med. cochleare medium a dessertspoonful coch. mod. cochleare modicum a dessertspoonful coch. parv. cochleare parvum a teaspoonful collyr. collyrium an eye wash d. dies a day d. dosis a dose da da give d. dentur tales doses give such doses dieb. alt. diebus alternis every other day disp. dispensa, dispensetur dispense div. divide divide dos. dosis a dose ejusd. ejusdem of the same et et and ex aq. ex aqua with water e. ex modo praescripto after the manner pre- scribed, as directed flav. flavus yellow ft. fiat, fiant make gtt. gutta, guttae a drop, drops hor. hora an hour h.s. hora somni at bedtime m. misce mix mitt. rnitte send no. numero in number non non not non rep. non repetatur do not repeat O. Octarius a pint ocul. oculus the eye o.d. oculo dextro in right eye 0.1. oculo laevo in left eye o.s. oculo sinistro in left eye o. oculo utroque in each eye p. post cibos after meals p.ae. partes aequales equal parts per per by means of p.o. per os ' by mouth placebo placebo to please or satisfy p. pro re nata as occasion arises, as needed pro tus. i pro tussi for the cough q. quater in die four times a day qq. hr. quaque hora every hour q.q.h. quaque quarta hora every four hours q.r. quantitas recta the quantity is correct q.s. quantum sufficit a sufficient quantity recipe take sig. signa, signetur label, let it be labeled s sine without s.a. secundem artem according to the art s.c., sub cut. sub cutem subcutaneous s.o.s. si opus sit if needed ss. semis -half 70 Abbreviations or short forms Expanded forms Meaning stat. statim immediately s. spiritus vini rectificatus alcohol tal. tales such t. ter in die three times a day ut diet. ut dictum as directed v. vel or virid. viridis green 71 APPENDIX II REFERENCE TABLES Section I. MATHEMATICAL DATA Equivalents of Weights and Measures Metric, Avoirdupois and Apothecaries Note: The values, given for the relation of weight to measure and vice versa, are for water at the temperature of 4° C. (39.2° F.) in vacuo. For ordinary, practical purposes these values may be used without correction. Weights Metric Measures Weight and Measure Apothecaries Avoirdupois Fluid Fluid- Grains ounces Ozs. Grains Lbs. Ozs. Grains Gm. or cc.* Ounces Minims and - fractions 15432.4 32 72.4 2 3 119.9 1000 33 391.1 33.815 15360.0 32 2 3 47.5 995.311 33 314.9 33.656 15060.5 31 180.5 2 2 185.5 975.906 33 33 15046.5 31 166.5 2 2 171.5 975 32 465.3 32.969 14880.0 31 2 2 5.0 964.208 32 290.1 32.604 14660.7 30 260.7 2 1 223.2 950 32 59.5 32.124 14604.1 30 204.1 2 1 166.6 946.333 32 32 14400.0 30 2 400.0 933.104 31 265.2 31.553 14274.9 29 354.9 2 274.9 925 31 133.7 31.279 14147.8 29 227.8 2 147.8 916.760 31 31 14000.0 29 80.0 2 907.185 30 324.6 30.676 13920.0 29 1 is 357.5 902.001 30 240.4 30.501 13889.1 28 449.1 1 15 326.6 900 30 207.9 30.433 13691.4 28 251.4 1 15 128.9 887.187 30 30 13562.5 28 122.5 1 15 878.835 29 344.4 29.718 13503.3 28 63.3 1 14 378.3 875 29 282.2 29.588 13440.0 28 1 14 315.0 870.897 29 215.6 29.449 13235.0 27 275.0 1 14 110.0 857.614 29 29 13125.0 27 165.0 1 14 850.486 28 364.3 28.759 13117.5 27 157.5 1 13 430.0 850 28 356.4 28.742 12960.0 27 .... 1 13 272.5 839.794 28 190.8 28.397 12778.6 26 298.6 1 13 91.1 828.041 28 '28 12731.7 26 251.7 1 13 44.2 825 27 430.6 27.897 12687.5 26 207.5 1 13 822.136 27 384.1 27.800 12480.0 26 1 12 230.0 808.690 27 165.9 27.346 12345.9 25 345.9 1 12 95.9 800 27 24.9 27.052 12322.3 25 322.3 1 12 72.3 798.469 27 27 12250.0 25 250.0 1 12 793.787 26 404.6 26.842 12000.0 25 1 11 187.5 777.587 26 141.1 26.294 11960.1 24 440.1 1 11 147.6 775 26 99.1 26.206 11865.9 24 345.9 1 11 53.4 768.896 26 26 11812.5 24 292.5 1 11 765.437 25 423.8 25.883 11574.3 24 54.3 1 10 199.3 750 25 173.3 25.361 11520.0 24 1 10 145.0 746.484 25 116.2 25.242 11409.5 23 369.5 1 10 34.5 739.323 25 25 11375.0 23 335.0 1 10 737.088 24 443.7 24.924 11188.5 23 148.5 1 9 251.0 725 24 247.5 24.516 11040.0 23 1 9 102.5 715.380 24 91.4 24.190 10953.1 22 393. i 1 9 15.6 * 709.750 24 24 10937.5 22 377.5 1 9 708.738 23 463.6 23.966 By the “cc.” in this table is meant the one-thousandth part of the liter or a milliliter (ml,). 72 Weights Metric Weight and Measure Gm. or cc. * Measures Grains Apothecaries Ozs. Grains Avoirdupois Lbs. Ozs. Grains Fluid Ounces Minims Fluid- ounces and fractions 10802.6 22 242.6 1 8 302.6 700 23 321.7 23.670 10560.0 22 1 8 60.0 684.277 23 66.5 23.139 10500.0 21 420.6 1 8 680.389 23 3.4 23.007 10496.7 21 416.7 1 7 434.2 680.177 23 . • • • 23 10416.8 21 336.8 1 7 354.3 675 22 396.0 22.825 10080.0 21 1 7 17.5 653.173 22 41.7 22.087 10062.5 20 462.5 1 7 652.039 22 23.3 22.049 10040.4 20 440.4 1 6 415.4 650.604 22 22 10031.0 20 431.0 1 6 406.0 650 21 470.2 21.980 9645.2 20 45.2 1 6 20.2 625 21 64.4 21.134 9625.0 20 25.0 1 6 623.690 21 43.2 21.090 9600.0 20 1 5 412.5 622.070 21 16.8 21.035 9584.0 19 464.0 1 5 396.5 621.031 21 — 21 9259.4 19 139.4 1 5 71.9 600 20 138.6 20.289 9187.5 19 67.5 1 5 595.340 20 63.0 20.131 9127.6 19 7.6 1 4 377.6 591.458 20 20 9120.0 19 1 4 370.0 590.966 19 472.6 19.983 8873.6 18 233.6 1 4 123.6 575 19 212.9 19.444 8750.0 18 110.0 1 4 566.991 19 82.8 19.173 8671.2 18 31.2 1 3 358.7 561.885 19 19 8640.0 18 1 3 327.5 559.863 18 447.2 18.932 8487.8 17 327.8 1 3 175.3 550 18 287.1 18.598 8312.5 17 152.5 1 3 538.641 18 102.7 18.214 8214.8 17 54.8 1 2 339.8 532.312 18 • • • • 18 8160.0 17 1 2 285.0 528.759 17 422.3 17.880 8102.0 16 422.6 1 2 227.0 525 17 361.3 17.753 7875.0 16 195.0 1 2 510.291 17 122.5 17.255 7758.5 16 78.5 1 1 321.0 502.739 17 17 7716.2 16 36.2 1 1 278.7 500 16 435.6 16.907 7680.0 16 1 1 242.5 497.656 16 397.5 16.828 7437.5 15 237.5 1 1 481.942 16 142.4 16.297 7330.4 15 130.4 1 330.4 475 16 29.8 16.062 7302.1 15 102.1 1 302.1 473.167 16 16 7200.0 15 1 200.0 466.552 15 372.6 15.776 7000.0 14 280.6 1 453.592 15 162.3 15.338 6944.6 14 224.6 is 382.i 450 15 104.0 15.217 6845.7 14 125.7 15 283.2 443.594 • 15 15 6720.0 14 15 157.5 435.449 14 347.8 14.725 6562.5 13 322.5 15 425.243 14 182.2 14.379 6558.8 13 318.8 14 433.8 425 14 178.2 14.371 6389.3 13 149.3 14 264.3 414.021 14 14 6240.0 13 14 115.0 404.345 13 322.9 13.673 6172.9 12 412.9 14 47.9 400 13 252.4 13.526 6125.0 12 365.0 14 396.893 13 202.0 13.421 5932.9 12 172.9 13 245.4 384.448 13 13 5787.1 12 27.1 13 99.6 375 12 326.6 12.681 5760.0 12 13 72.5 373.242 12 298.1 12.621 5687.5 11 407.5 13 368.544 12 221.9 12.462 5476.6 11 196.6 12 226.6 354.875 12 12 5401.3 11 121.3 12 151.3 350 11 400.8 11.835 5280.0 11 12 30.0 342.138 11 273.3 11.569 5250.0 10 450.6 12 340.194 11 241.7 11.504 5020.2 10 220.2 11 207.7 325.302 11 11 5015.5 10 215.5 11 203.0 325 10 475.i 10.990 Equivalents of Weights and Measures—Continued By the “cc.” in this table is meant the one-thousandth part of the liter or a milliliter (ml ). 73 Equivalents of Weights and Measures—Continued W eights Metric Weight and Measure Gm. or cc.* Measures Grains Apothecaries Ozs. Grains Avoirdupois Lbs. Ozs. Grains Fluid Ounces Minims Fluid- ounces and fractions 4812.5 10 12.5 n 311.845 10 261.6 10.545 4800.0 10 10 425.0 311.035 10 248.4 10.518 4629.7 9 309.7 10 254.7 300 10 69.3 10.144 4563.8 9 243.8 10 188.8 295.729 10 10 4375.0 9 55.0 10 283.495 9 281.4 9.586 4320.0 9 9 382.5 279.931 9 223.6 9.466 4244.0 8 403.9 9 306.4 275 9 143.5 9.299 4107.4 8 267.4 9 169.9 266.156 9 9 3937.5 8 97.5 9 255.146 8 301.3 8.628 3858.1 8 18.1 8 358.1 250 8 217.8 8.454 3840.0 8 8 340.0 248.828 8 198.7 8.414 3651.0 7 291.6 8 151.0 236.583 8 8 3500.0 7 140.0 8 226.796 7 321.1 7.669 3472.3 7 112.3 7 409.8 225 7 292.0 7.608 3360.0 7 7 297.5 217.724 7 173.9 7.362 3194.7 6 314.7 7 132.2 207.010 7 7 3086.5 6 206.5 7 24.0 200 6 366.2 6.763 3062.5 6 182.5 7 198.447 6 341.0 6.710 2880.0 6 6 255.0 186.621 6 149.0 6.311 2738.3 5 338.3 6 113.3 177.437 6 6 2700.7 5 300.7 6 75.7 175 5 440.4 5.918 2625.0 5 225.0 6 170.097 5 360.9 5.752 2400.0 5 5 212.5 155.517 5 124.2 5.259 2314.9 4 394.9 5 127.4 150 5 34.7 5.072 2281.9 4 361.9 5 94.4 147.865 5 5 2187.5 4 267.5 5 141.748 4 380.7 4.793 1929.0 4 9.0 4 179.0 125 4 108.9 4.227 1920.0 4 4 170.0 124.414 4 99.4 4.207 1825.5 3 385.5 4 75.5 118.292 4 4 1750.0 3 310.0 4 113.398 3 400.6 3.835 1543.2 3 103.2 3 230.7 100 3 183.1 3.381 1440.0 3 3 127.5 93.310 3 74.5 3.155 1388.9 2 428.9 3 76.4 90 3 20.8 3.043 1369.1 2 409.1 3 56.6 88.719 3 3 1312.5 2 352.5 3 85.049 2 420.4 2.876 1234.6 2 274.6 2 359.6 80 2 - 338.5 2.705 1157.4 2 197.4 2 282.4 75 2 257.3 2.536 1080.3 2 120.3 2 205.3 70 2 176.2 2.367 960.0 2 2 85.0 62.207 2 49.7 2.104 925.9 1 445.9 2 50.9 60 2 13.9 2.029 912.8 1 432.8 2 37.8 59.146 2 2 875.0 . 1 395.0 2 56.699 1 440.3 1.917 771.6 1 291.6 1 334.1 50 1 331.5 1.691 617.3 1 137.3 1 179.8 40 1 169.2 1.353 480.0 1 1 42.5 31.1035 1 24.9 1.052 463.0 1 25.5 30 1 6.9 1.014 456.380 1 18.88 29.5729 1 1 437.5 1 28.350 460.is 0.959 385.8 25 405.78 0.845 308.6 20 324.62 0.676 154.3 10 162.31 0.338 15.4324 1 16.23 0.0338 1 0.06480 1.0517 0.0022 0.9508 0.06161 1 0.0021 * By the “cc.” in this table is meant the one-thousandth part of the liter or a milliliter (ml.). 74 Equivalents of Weights and Measures—Continued From 480 grains down Metric weight Minims Metric weight Minims Grains and measure Gm. or cc.* (of water at 4® C.) Grains and measure Gm. or cc. * (of water at 4° C.) 480 [i 5 31.103 504.8 240 [4 5 15.552 252.4 478.4 31 503.2 231.5 15 243.5 475.4 30.805 500 228.2 14.786 240.0 463.0 30 486.9 218.75 [V2 oz. 14.175 230.1 456.4 29.573 480 [1 f5 216.1 14 227.2 450 29.160 473.3 210 13.608 220.9 447.5 [1 oz! 29 470.7 200.6 13 211.0 437.5 28.350 460.2 199.7 12.938 210.0 432.1 427.9 28 27.725 454.5 450 185.2 12 194.8 420 [7 5 27.216 441.7 180 [3 3 11.664 189.3 416.7 27 438.2 171.1 11.090 180.0 401.2 26 422.0 169.8 11 178.5 399.3 25.876 420 154.3 10 162.3 390 25.272 410.2 150 9.720 157.8 385.8 25 405.8 142.6 9.242 150.0 380.3 24.644 400 138.9 9 146.1 370.8 370.4 24.028 24 390 389.5 123.5 8 129.8 360 [6 5 23.328 378.6 120 [2 3 7.776 126.2 354.9 23 373.3 114.1 7.393 120.0 342.3 22.180 360 109.375 [}4 oz. 7.087 115.0 339.5 22 357.1 108.0 7 113.6 330 21.384 347.1 100 6.480 105.2 324.1 21 340.9 95.1 6.161 100.0 313.8 20.331 330 92.6 6 97.4 308.6 20 324.6 80 777.2 “ 76.1 61.7 5.184 5 4.929 4 84.1 81.2 80.0 64.9 300 [5 3 19.440 315.5 60 [1 3 3.888 63.1 293.2 19 308.4 87.0 3.697 60.0 285.2 18.483' 300 54.6875 [ys oz. 3.544 57.5 277.8 18 - . 292.2 47.5 3.081 50.0 270 17.496 ' . 284.0 50 3.240 52.6 262.4 17 ' ' - : 275.9 46.3 3 . 48.7 256.7 16.635 270 42.8 2.772 45.0 246.9 16 - 259.7 40 2.592 42.1 38.0 2.464 40.0 ; ■ - - 33.3 2.156 35.0 j 30.9 , 2 32.5 .. ■. • * By the “cc.” in this table is meant the one-thousandth part of the liter or a milliliter (ml.). Equivalents of Weights and Measures—Continued From 30 grains down Weights from 5 grains down Metric weight and Minims Milligrams Grains measure (of water (mg.) Grains at 4° C.) Gm. or cc. * 30 [H 5 1.944 31.55 324 mg. 5 28.52 1.848 30 292 mg. 4M 23.77 1.540 25 259 mg. 4 20 1.296 21.04 227 mg. 3M 19.02 1.232 20 194 mg. 3 15.4324 1 16.23 162 mg. 2 h 9 15 0.972 15.78 97 mg. 1H 14.26 0.924 15 65 mg. 1 14 0.907 14.72 13.31 0.863 14 60.7 mg. 'He 13 0.842 13.67 58.3 mg. Ho 12.36 0.801 13 56.7 mg. H 12 0.778 12.63 52.6 mg. 'He 11.41 0.739 12 51.8 mg. H 11 0.713 11.57 48.6 mg. H 10.46 0.678 11 44.5 mg. 'He A(\ r H 1 \J • J II1££ • 10 0.648 10.52 36.4 mg. He 9.51 0.616 10 32.4 mg. H 9 0.583 9.46 8.56 0.554 9 28.3 mg. He 8 0.518 8.41 25.9 mg. H 7.72 0.5 8.12 24.3 mg. He 7.61 0.493 8 20.2 mg. He 7 0.454 7.37 ' 16.2 mg. H 6.66 0.431 7 12.1 mg. He 6 0.389 6.31 8.1 mg. H 5.70 0.370 6 4.0 mg. He Ho %}»£* iiig. 5 0.324 5.26 2.6 mg. He 4.75 0.308 5 2.2 mg. Ho 4 0.259 4.20 1.8 mg. He 3.80 0.246 4 1.6 mg. Ho 3 0.194 3.15 1.3 mg. Ho 2.85 0.185 3 1.1 mg. Ho 2 0.130 2.11 1.0 mg. He 1.90 0.123 2 0.6 mg. H 0 0 1 0.06480 1.0518 0.5 mg. Has 0.9508 0.06161 1 0.4 mg. H 60 0.3 mg. H10 0.2 mg. H 20 0.1 mg. He o * By the “cc.” in this table is meant the one-thousandth part of the liter or a milliliter (ml.). 76 Equivalents of Linear Measures Metric to English Centimeters Inches Centimeters Inches Millimeters Inches In decimal fractions — In 32ds. ISO 59.06 55 21.65 25.4 1 8% 2 145 57.09 53.3 21 25 0.98 140 55.12 50.8 20 24.0 0.94 139.7 55 50 19.69 23.8 0.94 *%2 135 53.15 48.3 19 23.0 0.91 2H 2 130 51.18 45.7 18 22.2 0.88 2%2 127.0 50 45 17.72 22.0 0.87 125 49.21 43.2 17 21.0 0.83 120 47.24 40.6 16 20.6 0.81 2%2 115 45.28 40 15.75 20 0.79 114.3 45 38.1 15 19.1 0.75 2H2 110 43.31 35.6 14 19.0 0.75 105 41.34 35 13.78 18.0 0.71 101.6 40 33.0 13 17.5 0.69 2H2 100 39.37 30.5 12 17.0 0.67 99.1 39 30 11.81 16.0 0.63 96.5 38 27.9 11 15.9 0.62 2A2 95 37.40 25.4 10 15 0.59 94.0 37 25 9.84 14.3 0.56 l%2 91.4 36 22.9 9 14.0 0.55 90 35.43 20.3 8 13.0 • 0.51 88.9 35 20 7.87 12.7 0.50 lH 2 86.4 34 17.8 7 12.0 0.47 85 33.46 15.2 6 11.1 0.44 2 . 83.8 33 15 5.91 11.0 0.43 81.3 32 12.7 5 10 0.39 80 31.50 10.2 4 9.5 0.38 1H2 78.7 31 10 3.94 9 0.35 76.2 30 9 3.54 8.7 0.34 1H2 75 29.53 8 3.15 8 0.31 73.7 29 7.6 3 7.9 0.31 l%2 71.1 28 . 7 2.76 7.1 0.28 %2 70 27.56 6 2.36 7 0.28 68.6 27 5.1 2 6.4 0.25 %2 66.0 26 5 1.97 6 0.24 65 25.59 4 1.57 5.6 0.22 1A 2 63.5 25 3 1.18 5 0.20 61.0 24 2.54 1 4.8 0.19 9s2 60 23.62 2 0.79 4 0.16 58.4 23 1 0.39 3.2 0.12 2 55.9 22 3 0.12 2.4 0.09 H 2 2 0.08 1.6 0.06 A 2 1 0.04 0.8 0.03 A 2 0.1 0.0039 77 Equivalents of Linear Measures English to Metric Inches in Feet Meters Centimeters Inches Mini- Inches in decimal Millimeters meters fractions fractions 25 7.620 762.0 34 863.6 'He 1.000 25.40 24 7.315 731.5 33 838.2 'He 0.9375 23.81 23 7.010 701.0 32 812.8 H 0.8750 22.22 22 6.706 670-.6 31 787.4 'H 6 0.8125 20.64 21 6.401 640.1 30 762.0 % 0.7500 19.05 20 6.096 609.6 29 736.6 'He 0.6875 17.46 19 5.791 579.1 28 711.2 % 0.6250 15.88 18 5.486 548.6 27 685.8 He 0.5625 14.29 17 5.182 518.2 26 660.4 H 0.5000 12.70 16 4.877 487.7 25 635.0 He 0.4375 11.11 15 4.572 457.2 24 609.6 H 0.3750 9.52 14 4.267 426.7 23 584.2 He 0.3125 7.94 13 3.962 396.2 22 558.8 H 0.2500 6.35 12 3.658 365.8 21 533.4 He 0.1875 4.76 11 3.353 335.3 20 508.0 H 0.1250 3.18 10 3.048 304.8 19 482.6 He 0.0625 1.59 9 2.743 274.3 18 457.2 Hi 0.03125 0.79 8 2.438 243.8 17 431.8 H* 0.01562 0.40 7 2.134 213.4 16 406.4 H 0 0 0.01000 0.25 6 1.829 182.9 15 381.0 Moo 0.00500 0.127 5 1.524 152.4 14 355.6 M20 0.00312 0.08 4 1.219 121.9 13 330.2 ?3 0.667 16.93 3 0.9144 91.44 12 304.8 H 0.333 8.47 2 0.6096 60.96 11 279.4 H 0.800 20.32 1 0.3048 30.48 10 254.0 H 0.600 15.24 0.9 0.2743 27.43- 9 228.6 H 0.400 10.16 • 0.8 0.2438 24.38 8 203.2 0.100 2.54 0.7 0.2134 21.34 7 . 177.8 0.6 0.1829 18.29 6 152.4 0.5 0.1524 15.24 5 127.0 0.4 0.1219 12.19 4 101.6 0.3 0.0914 9.144 3 76.2 •• . r 0.2 0.0610 6.096 2 50.8 0.1 0.0305 3.048 1 25.4 Table for Converting Metric Quantities in Pharmaceutical Processes to Quantities in Avoirdupois Weight Grams to grains, etc. (Product measured) Grains per fluidounce Grains, etc. per pint Grains, etc., per gallon Grams per liter Ounces Ounces Pounds Ounces avoir. Grains avoir. Grains avoir. avoir. Grains 1 0.46 7.3 58.4 2 0.91 14.6 116.8 3 1.37 21.9 175.3 4 1.83 29.2 233.7 5 2.28 36.5 292.1 6 2.74 43.8 350.5 7 3.19 51.1 408.9 8 3.65 58.4 i 30.0 9 4.10 65.7 i 88.0 10 4.56 73.0 i 147.0 20 9.13 146.0 2 293.0 30 13.69 219.1 4 3.0 40 18.26 292.1 5 149.0 50 22.82 365.1 6 296.0 60 27.38 i 0.6 8 5.0 70 31.95 i 73.7 9 152.0 80 36.51 i 146.7 10 299.0 90 41.08 i 219.7 12 8.0 100 45.64 i 292.7 13 154.0 200 91.28 3 148.0 i 10 > 309.0 300 136.92 5 3.0 2 8 26.0 400 182.56 6 296.0 3 5 180.0 500 228.20 8 151.0 4 2 334.0 600 273.84 10 6.0 5 0 51.0 700 319.47 11 299.0 5 13 204.0 800 365.11 13 154.0 6 10 360.0 900 410.75 15 10.0 7 8 76.0 1000 i 18.89 16 302.0 8 5 231.0 Example; To make 1 gallon. Hard Soap 60 Gm. Camphor 45 Gm. Oil of Rosemary 10 cc. Alcohol 700 cc. Water, sufficient to make 1000 cc. Camphor and Soap Liniment (Table I) 8 oz. 5 grs. ,T ~ .1 40 Gm 5 oz. 149 grs.l (Table D( 5 Gm 292.! |rs.) (Table II) 1 fl. oz. 134 min. (Table II) 5 pts. 9 fl. oz. 288 min. or 1 gallon 79 Table for Converting Metric Quantities in Pharmaceutical Processes to Quantities in Apothecaries Measure Cc. lo minims, etc. (Product measured) Cc. per liter Minims per fluidounce Minims, etc. per pint Minims, etc., per gallon FI. oz. Minims Pints Fl. oz. Minims 1 0.48 7.68 61 2 0.96 15.36 123 3 1.44 23.04 184 4 1.92 30.72 246 5 2.40 38.40 307 6 2.88 46.09 369 7 3.36 53.76 430 8 3.84 61.44 i 12 9 4.32 69.12 1 73 10 4.80 76.80 1 134 20 9.60 153.60 2 269 30 14.40 230.40 3 403 40 19.20 307.20 5 58 50 24.00 384.00 6 192 60 28.80 460.80 7 326 70 33.60 i 57.60 8 461 80 38.40 i 134.40 10 115 90 43.20 i 211.20 11 250 100 48.00 i 288.00 12 384 200 96.00 3 96.00 t 9 288 300 144.00 4 384.00 2 6 192 400 192.00 6 192.00 3 3 96 500 240.00 8 4 600 288.00 9 288.00 4 12 384 700 336.00 11 96.00 5 9 288 800 384.00 12 384.00 6 6 192 900 432.00 14 192.00 7 3 96 1000 480.00 16 8 80 Table for Converting Metric Quantities in Pharmaceutical Processes to Quantifies in Apothecaries Weight Parts per 1000 to grains, etc., per pound avoirdupois Grams per kilogram Grains and apothecaries ounces per pound avoirdupois Grains and ounces avoirdupois per pound avoirdupois Ounces Grains Ounces Grains 1 # 7 7.0 2 14 14.0 3 21 21.0 4 28 28.0 5 35 35.0 6 42 42.0 7 49 49.0 8 56 56.0 9 63 63.0 10 70 70.0 20 140 140.0 30 210 210.0 40 280 280.0 50 350 350.0 60 420 420.0 70 i 10 i 52.5 80 i 80 i 122.5 90 i 150 i 192.5 100 i 220 i 262.5 200 2 ' 440 3 87.5 300 4 180 4 350.0 400 5 400 6 175.0 500 7 140 8 — 600 8 360 9 262.5 700 10 100 11 87.5 800 11 320 12 350.0 900 13 60 14 175.0 1000 14 280 16 Example: To make 1 pound avoirdupois. Camphor Liniment Camphor 200 Gm. Cottonseed Oil 800 Gm. To make 1000 Gm. (Table III) 3 oz. 87.5 grs. (Table III) 12 oz. 350.0 grs. or 1 pound avoirdupois Percentage Solutions Percentage concentrations of solutions are expressed as follows: Percent “weight in weight” (w/w) expresses the number of grams of an active constituent in 100 grams of solution. Percent “weight in volume” (w/v) expresses the number of grams of an active constituent in 100 cubic centimeters of solution. Percent “volume in volume” {v/v) expresses the number of cubic centi- meters of an active constituent in 100 cubic centimeters of solution. When “percent” is used in prescriptions without qualification, it means; for solutions of solids in liquids, percent weight in volume; for solutions of liquids in liquids, percent volume in volume; and for solutions of gases in liquids, percent weight in volume. For example, a 1 percent solution is prepared by dissolving 1 gram of a solid or 1 cubic centimeter of a liquid 81 in sufficient of the solvent to make 100 cubic centimeters of the solution. A solution of the same strength may be prepared by apothecaries weight and measure by dissolving 4.5 grains (more accurately 4.5457 grains) ol a solid or 4.8 minims of a liquid in sufficient of the solvent to make 1 fluidounce of the solution at 25° C. In dispensing prescriptions, slight 'changes in volume owing to varia- tions in room temperature may be disregarded. Hydrogen lons and pH Many of the compounds which are pharmacologically important are acids, bases, or salts. In aqueous or hydroalcoholic solution they tend, in great or small degree, to dissociate into their respective ions. The con- centration and activity of hydrogen ions in a solution influences the con- centrations of the anions, cations, and undissociated molecules present in the solution. These factors, in many instances, affect the stability, thera- peutic activity, and pharmaceutical elegance of medicaments in aqueous or hydroalcoholic solutions. Some Principles of Acid-Base Equilibrium and pH. The dissociation of acids may be represented by the type description: AH H+ +A - In a similar manner the dissociation of substituted ammoniums may be represented by + H+ The dissociation of the metallic hydroxides may be represented by BOH-B-i- + OH- For the purpose of this discussion, salts, certain acids, and the hydroxides of the alkali metals are assumed to be completely dissociated in dilute aqueous solution. At equilibrium the ordinary mass action equation will hold as a first approximation for weak acids: [H+] [A-] [AIJ. = Jk [HA] (1) [HA] [H+]’ . (2) where the brackets indicate molar concentration of each ionic or molecular species. The constant, Kfl, is the classical dissociation constant of the acid. The value of Ka is markedly different for various acids, and for the same acid it is appreciably affected by the presence and concentrations of various [A~] ions in solution. The ratio 4n equation (2) is seen to depend upon the value of Ka and the concentration of hydrogen ions. Assuming that rA-l Ka remains constant, the ratio prfrq can be changed only by changing the [HAJ value of [H+]. This can be accomplished by the addition of a strongly dissociated acid which increases [H+] or the addition of a strongly dis- sociated base which will decrease the value of [H+]. fA-] Furthermore, the ratio j may be changed by the addition of the acid itself or its salt, but not directly as the ratio of these added quantities, for }H+] will have been changed also. The magnitudes of [H+] vary enormously, that is, from one to one ten- millionth squared or 10~14. The desirability of an exponential or loga- 82 rithmic scale of expression is at once apparent. The system generally adopted is that devised by Sorenson, namely, the use of the symbol pH, which is defined as the negative logarithm of the hydmgen-ion concentration. Hence— PH= -log [H+] or log —j The relation of pH to [H+] may be seen in the following table: pH Normality in terms of hydrogen ions Normality in terms of hydroxyl ions 0 1 IQ-14 1 10-1 10-13 2 10-2 10-12 3 10-3 10-11 4 10-4 10 1 o 5 10-5 10-9 6 10-6 10-8 Neutral point 7 10-7 10-7 8 10-8 10-6 9 10~9 10-5 10 io-10' 10-4 11 10-11 10-3 12 10-12 10-2 13 10-13 10-1 14 10 14 1 The logarithmic nature of this system should be borne in mind con- stantly in considering changes in hydrogen-ion concentration and its con- notation in terms of pH as illustrated in the following table; . ' . [H+] pH Times increased or decreased Corresponding change 10 1.00 5 0.70 2 0.30 1.5 0.18 1.1 0.04 1.05 0.02 1.023 0.01 Equation (2) may be written - - log[RA]+losirrpH (4) [A-] . 1 Obviously when the ratio r T--ry is unity, log will be equal to pH. L ti A j 1 Also, when pH is greater than log by two units, practically the entire compound exists as species A-. When pH, however, is less than log by two units, practically the entire compound exists as species HA. When 1 pH has a value lying within ±2 units log —, there will be relatively large proportions of each species present. The standard device generally used in the determination of hydrogen-ion concentration is the hydrogen half-cell. 83 A hydrogen half-cell consists of a noble metal electrode, immersed in a solution containing hydrogen ions or substances capable of supplying such ions at the activity Symbolized by (H+), under a definite partial pressure of hydrogen, Ph2, and supplied with a catalyst such as platinum black to facilitate the half-reaction; H2^2H++2e. When two such half-cells are placed in liquid junction, the electromotive force E of the cell is defined by— RT (H+yjp^ E F (H+)VF^+ “ (5) Where (H+)'is the activity of the hydrogen ions in the half-cell having the greater hydrogen-ion activity, P'h2 is the hydrogen pressure in the same half-cell and EL is the potential jump at the liquid junction of the half-cells. The latter is not eliminated but is reduced to a small, usually- neglected value, by making the junction with saturated potassium chloride solution. The ultimate standard of reference is the hydrogen half-cell in which the hydrogen-ion activity is unity and the hydrogen pressure is one atmos- phere. If this half-cell were used in conjunction with another half-cell of lower hydrogen-ion activity and the hydrogen pressure were the same in the two half-cells, then— RT1 1 E = T"ln (H+) °r (6) at 20° C., E = 0.0581 log (y) The foregoing ultimate standard of reference is not used in practice and it is impossible either to eliminate entirely the liquid junction poten- tial or to calculate it with exactitude. Therefore for pharmacopoeial purposes the following is adopted for approximate measurements: Hg Hg2Cl2, KCI (Sat. Soln.) Solution of unknown pH Pt, H 2 (1 atmos.) Employing this cell at 20° C., pH may be calculated by the following equation: E —0.2488 pH~ 0.0581 (8) The electromotive force is measured by means of a potentiometer. When the standard 0.05 molar potassium biphthalate solution is em- ployed in the foregoing cell, in place of the solution of unknown pH at 20° C., the cell has an electromotive force of 0.4797 volt, corresponding to pH 3.974. These half-cells employed under the prescribed conditions constitute the reference device for pH measurements for the solutions of the Phar- macopoeia. For pharmacopoeial purposes various electrodes may be em- ployed at the discretion of the operator which are capable of as great a degree, or a greater degree, of accuracy than that set forth in the colori- metric method, namely, =‘=o.l pH. When the electrometric method is employed for hydroalcoholic solutions and the electromotive force developed converted into pH, the conversion is based on the assumption that the equation holds for hydroalcoholic solutions as it does for aqueous solutions. Strictly speaking this condition does not obtain. Therefore the values expressed as pH are relative and subject to change with varying concentrations of alcohol. 84 The term pH is expressed generally by an integer and two significant decimals. The reliability of the value of the figures in the second decimal place is dependent largely on the method employed in carrying out the determination. For pharmacopoeial purposes, the expression is given with one decimal only. For practically all purposes of this text, this degree of accuracy is considered sufficient. However, the method to be described is capable of a higher degree of accuracy. Determination of pH. For convenience the colorimetric method of de- termining hydrogen-ion concentration has been adopted for pharmaco- poeial purposes and is to be employed where pigments or proteins present in the solution do not vitiate its use. In these instances the potentiometric method must be employed. The principle of the colorimetric method depends upon the assumption that an indicator in the same concentration will exhibit the same transition shade in different aqueous solutions if the hydrogen-ion concentrations of the solutions are the same. Having then a series of buffer solutions of definite hydrogen-ion concentrations, comparisons can be made between the shades of color produced in the buffer solutions and that produced by the same indicator in the solution to be tested. As it was stated previously, the K„ of an acid is affected by the ionic strength of the solution, likewise the Ka of indicators is affected also. This influences the color transition range of the indicator. The electrometric method measures the activity of the hydrogen ions (H+) and to obtain the same value by the colorimetric method in solutions of various ionic strengths, a correction, known as the salt-error correction, must be em- ployed. In addition, the kinds of ions present in solution and their pre- cipitating influence on the indicator affect the accuracy of the colorimetric method. For pharmacopoeial purposes, where the complexity of the medicaments make a simple application of these corrections impossible, the corrections are ignored. Directions for pH measurements. In the determination of an unknown pH value, a suitable indicator must first be found. Only indicators which show an intermediate color between the extreme acid and alkaline colors can be used. The first step in the choice of a suitable indicator is the determination of the approximate pH value of the solution under investigation. A few simple tests will usually supply the necessary information. Add a drop or two of phenolphthalein T.S. to a small portion of the solution. If the indicator remains colorless, the pH of the solution is less than 8.4. A second test is conducted in the same manner, using methyl orange T.S. as the indicator. If the solution assumes the alkaline color (yellow), the pH of the solution is greater than 4.4 and lies somewhere between 4.4 and 8.0. A few more tests with methyl red (pH interval 4.2-6.3), bromo- thymol blue (6.0-7.6), and phenol red (6.8-8.4) will give a close enough approximation of the pH value to show which indicator may be success- fully used in the determination. Instead of testing small amounts of the liquid with indicator solutions, the spot method, using indicator papers, may be substituted. Also, by using a universal indicator in place of the several indicator solutions sug- gested above, some time may be saved. When the approximate pH value has been determined and a suitable indicator agreed upon, a 3-, 5-, or 10-cc. portion of the unknown solution (depending upon the amount of the liquid available), is transferred to a hard, resistant glass test tube approximately 15 cm. long and 1.5 cm. ±0.5 mm. bore, and a measured amount of the indicator solution added. As a 85 rule, 0.10 to 0.20 cc. of a 0.05 per cent indicator solution, added from a 1-cc. pipette, graduated to 0.01 cc. per 10 cc. of the solution being tested, constitutes a proper indicator concentration. Transfer from 4 to 6 portions of the buffer solutions, the pH values of which overlap that of the unknown solution, to test tubes and treat in exactly the same way as the solution being analyzed. The same amounts of indicator must be added to the unknown and to the buffer solutions. It is also essential that the test tubes used be of the quality and type already indicated. The color of the unknown solution is then compared with the colors of the buffer solutions and the pH value of the solution thus de- termined. In judging the colors, observe them against a white background with the light transmitted through the whole length of the tube. A suitable colorimeter may also be used, although it is not necessary in routine work. A sufficient number of reference solutions must be taken so that the color of the unknown falls between two of the series, differing by not more than 0.20 pH. The pH of the unknown can thus be easily approximated to within 0.1 and with practice to 0.05. With buffer solutions differing by 0.1 pH unit or less, the experimental error can be reduced to about 0.02 pH. Other colorimetric methods capable of the same or a greater degree of accuracy than that required by the Pharmacopoeia may be employed at the discretion of the operator. The dissociation constants of indicators hold for aqueous solutions only. Alcohol changes this value and therefore for alcoholic solutions a correc- tion factor must be used or the potentiometric method employed. Indicators and Preparation of Their Solutions The indicators used for colorimetric pH determinations are either weakly acid or weakly basic. Most of the indicators, however, used for this pur- pose, such as the phthaleins and sulfonated phthaleins, behave like weak acids. The usual concentration of the indicator solution is 0.05 per cent. From 0.1 to 0.2 cc. of the indicator solution is generally used for 10 cc. of the liquid being examined. Solutions of indicators of the basic type and of the phthaleins are pre- pared by dissolving them in alcohol. In preparing solutions of indicators containing an acid group, this group must first be neutralized with sodium hydroxide. The procedure is as follows; One-tenth (0.100) Gm. of the indicator is triturated in an agate mortar with the volume of twentieth-normal sodium hydroxide specified in the following table, or with its equivalent of fiftieth-normal sodium hydroxide. When the indicator has dissolved the solution is diluted with carbon- dioxide-free distilled water to make 200 cc. (0.05 per cent). The solutions should be kept in stoppered bottles, and protected from light. Molecular Color Indicator pH range weight change Solvent Methyl yellow 2.9- 4.0 225 Red-yellow Alcohol Bromophenol blue 3.0 4.6 669 Yellow—blue 3.0 cc. N/20 NaOH Methyl red 4.2- 6.3 269 Red-yellow 7.4 cc. N/20 NaOH Bromocresol purple 5.2 6.8 540 Yellow-purple 3.7 cc. N/20 NaOH Bromothynlol blue 6.0- 7.6 624 Yellow-blue 3.2 cc. N/20 NaOH Phenol red 6.8- 8.4 354 Yellow-red 5.7 cc. N/20 NaOH Thymol blue 8.0- 9.6 466 Yellow-blue 4.3 cc. N/20 NaOH Thymolphthalein 9.3-10.5 430 Colorless-blue Alcohol Table of pH Indicators 86 Solutions Used in Preparation of Buffer Solutions Fifth-molar hydrochloric acid and fifth-molar sodium hydroxide (car- bonate free) dre prepared and standardized according to directions given under standard solutions. , 1. Potassium biphthalate solution. Dissolve 40.836 Gm. of reagent potassium biphthalate in distilled water and dilute to 1000 cc. to prepare a fifth- molar solution for use in preparing the buffer solutions. 2. Monopotassium phosphate solution. Dissolve 27.240 Gm. of reagent monopotassium phosphate in distilled water and dilute to 1000 cc. to make a fifth-molar solution for use in preparing the buffer solutions. 3. Boric acid and potassium chloride solution. Dissolve 12.404 Gm. of reagent boric acid and 14.912 Gm. of reagent potassium chloride in distilled water and dilute to 1000 cc. to prepare a fifth-molar solution of these mixed salts. 4. Potassium chloride solution. Dissolve 14.912 Gm. reagent potassium chloride in distilled water and dilute to 1000 cc. to make a fifth-molar solution for use in preparing the buffer solutions. 5. Potassium biphthalate solution for hydrogen electrode. Solution (1) diluted with three volumes of distilled water at 20° C. prepares twentieth-molar potassium biphthalate solution for checking the hydrogen electrode. pH HCI-KCI mixtures 1.1 94.56 cc. M/5 HCI 5.44 cc. M/5 KCI Dilute to 200 cc. 1.2 75.10 cc. M/5 HCI 24.90 cc. M/5 KCI Dilute to 200 cc. 1.3 59.68 cc. M/5 HCI 40.32 cc. M/5 KCI Dilute to 200 cc. 1.4 47.40 cc. M/5 HCI 52.60 cc. M/5 KCI Dilute to 200 cc. 1.5 37.64 cc. M/5 HCI 62.36 cc. M/5 KCI Dilute to 200 cc. 1.6 29.90 cc. M/5 PICI 70.06 cc. M/5 KCI Dilute to 200 cc. 1.7 23.76 cc. M/5 HCI 76.24 cc. M/5 KCI Dilute to 200 cc. 1.8 18.86 cc. M/5 HCI 81.14 cc. M/5 KCI Dilute to 200 cc. 1.9 14.98 cc. M/5 HCI 85.02 cc. M/5 KCI Dilute to 200 cc. 2.0 11.90 cc. M/5 HCI 88.10 cc. M/5 KCI Dilute to 200 cc. 2.1 9.46 cc. M/5 HCI 90.54 cc. M/5 KCI Dilute to 200 cc. 2.2 7.52 cc. M/5 HCI 92.48 cc. M/5 KCI Dilute to 200 cc. BUFFER MIXTURES OF CLARK AND LUBS pH Phthalate-HCI mixtures 2.2 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 46.60 cc. M/5 HCI Dilute to 200 cc. 2.4 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 39.60 cc. M/5 HCI Dilute to 200 cc. 2.6 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 33.00 cc. M/5 HCI Dilute to 200 cc. 2.8 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 26.50 cc. M/5 HGI Dilute to 200 cc. 3.0 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 20.40 cc. M/5 HCI Dilute to 200 cc. 3.2 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 14.80 cc. M/5 HCI Dilute to 200 cc. 3.4 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 9.95 cc. M/5 HCI Dilute to 200 cc. 3.6 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 6.00 cc. M/5 HCI Dilute to 200 cc. 3.8 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 2.65 cc. M/5 HCI Dilute to 200 cc. pH Pkthalate-NaOH mixtures 4.0 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 0.40 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 4.2 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 3.65 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 4.4 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 7.35 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc, 4.6 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 12.00 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 4.8 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 17.50 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 5.0 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 23.65 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 5.2 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 29.75 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 5.4 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 35.25 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 5.6 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 39.70 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 5.8 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 43.10 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 6.0 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 45.40 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 6.2 50 cc. M/5 KHPhthalatc 47.00 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 87 pH KHiPU i-NaOH mixtures 5.8 50 cc. M/5 KH2PO4 3.66 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 6.0 50 cc. M/5 KH2PO4 5.64 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 6.2 50 cc. M/5 KH2PO4 8.55 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 6.4 50 cc. M/5 KH2PO4 12.60 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 6.6 50 cc. M/5 KH2PO4 17.74 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 6.8 50 cc. M/5 KH2PO4 23.60 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 7.0 50 cc. M/5 KH2PO4 29.54 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 7.2 50 cc. M/5 KH2PO4 34.90 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 7.4 50 cc. M/5 KH2PO4 39.34 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 7.6 50 cc. M/5 KH2P04 42.74 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 7.8 50 cc. M/5 KH2P04 45.17 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 8.0 50 cc. M/5 KH2PO4 46.85 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. pH Boric Acid, KCI-NaOH mixtures 7.8 50 cc. M/5 H 3803, M/5 KCI 2.65 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 8.0 50 cc. M/5 H 3803, M/5 KCI 4.00 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 8.2 50 cc. M/5 H 3803, M/5 KCI 5.90 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 8.4 50 cc. M/5 H 3803, M/5 KCI 8.55 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 8.6 50 cc. M/5 H 3803, M/5 KCI 12.00 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 8.8 50 cc. M/5 H 3803, M/5 KCI 16.40 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 9.0 50 cc. M/5 H 3803, M/5 KCI 21.40 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 9.2 50 cc. M/5 H3803j M/5 KCI 26.70 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 9.4 50 cc. IVI/5 H 3803, M/5 KCI 32.00 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 9.6 50 cc. M/5 H 3803, M/5 KCI 36.85 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 9.8 50 cc. M/5 H 3803, M/5 KCI 40.80 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. 10.0 50 cc. M/5 H 3803, M/5 KCI 43.90 cc. M/5 NaOH Dilute to 200 cc. Hydrogen-lon Concentration (pH) of Some Official Substances The hydrogen-ion concentrations, expressed as pH, of the substances in the following table are given for informative purposes only, and are not intended to be construed as a means for the determination of the purity of these substances. In practice, variations from these figures may fre- quently be found, as a slight excess of acid or base is, in many instances, desirable and even necessary to insure stability and other qualities in con- nection with the use of these substances. When only one figure is given in the table it represents the theoretical pH, or the one generally agreed upon in the literature. For the majority of the alkali-and alkaline earth-salts an approximate range is given within which the pH of these substances, as they usually occur on the market, will fall. Some deviations from these values may, however, be expected, as the presence of even a very slight excess of base or acid in these salts, or of carbon dioxide in their solutions, exercises a pronounced influence upon the hydrogen-ion concentration. Substance , Concentration pH Acid acetic 0.1 molar 2.9 Acid benzoic Saturated solution 2.8 Acid boric 0.1 molar 5.1 Acid citric 0.1 molar 2.1 Acid hydriodic 0.1 molar 1.0 Acid hydrochloric 0.1 molar 1.0 Acid hypophosphorous 0.1 molar 1.5 Acid lactic 0.1 molar 2.4 Acid nitric 0.1 molar 1.1 Acid phosphoric 0.1 molar 1.5 Acid salicylic Saturated solution 2.4 Acid sulfuric 0.05 molar 1.2 Acid tartaric 0.1 molar 1.9 88 Substance Concentration pH Acid trichloroacetic 0.1 molar 1.2 Alum (ammonium) 0.05 molar 4.6 Alum (potassium) 0.1 molar 4.2 Ammonium bromide 0.1 molar 4.6 Ammonium chloride 0.1 molar 4.6 Ammonia water 0.1 molar 11.3 Apomorphine hydrochloride 1 in 300 4.8 Arsphenamine 1 in 20 3.0 Atropine Saturated solution 9.5 Atropine sulfate 1 in 100 5.4 Barbital sodium 0.1 molar 9.4 Caffeine citrated 1 in 25 2.3 Caffeine with sodium benzoate 1 in 25 7.4 Calcium bromide 0.2 molar 7.0-8.0 Calcium chloride 0.2 molar 6.5-7.5 Calcium hydroxide Saturated solution 12.3 Calcium lactate 1 in 25 6.0-7.0 Cinchonidine sulfate Saturated solution 6.4 Cocaine hydrochloride 0.1 molar 4.5 Codeine Saturated solution 9.8 Codeine phosphate 0.1 molar 4.5 Codeine sulfate 0.1 molar 5.0 Emetine hydrochloride 1 in 50 5.6 Ephedrine 1 in 200 10.8 Ephedrine hydrochloride 1 in 200 5.9 Homatropine hydrobromide 1 in 100 5.4 Magma magnesia 10.6 Magnesium sulfate 0.2 molar 6.0-7.0 Morphine sulfate 0.1 molar 4.8 Physostigmine salicylate 1 in 200 5.8 Pilocarpine nitrate 1 in 100 4.8 Potassium acetate 0.1 molar 9.7 Potassium bicarbonate 0.1 molar 8.2 Potassium bromide 0.2 molar 6.5-8.0 Potassium carbonate 0.1 molar 11.6 Potassium hydroxide 0.1 molar 13.5 Potassium iodide 0.2 molar 7.0-9.0 Potassium nitrate 0.2 molar 6.5-7.5 Potassium and sodium tartrate 0.2 molar 7.0-8.0 Procaine hydrochloride 0.1 molar 6.0 Quinidine sulfate 1 in 200 6.4 Quinine Saturated solution 8.8 Quinine bisulfate lin2s 3.5 Quinine dihydrochloride lin2s 2.6 Quinine hydrobromide 1 in 25. 6.4 Quinine hydrochloride 1 in 25 6.4 Quinine sulfate Saturated solution 6.2 Quinine and urea hydrochloride..... 1 in 20 3.1 Sodium acetate 0.1 molar 8.9 Sodium benzoate 0.1 molar 8.0 Sodium bicarbonate 0.1 molar 8.2 Sodium biphosphate r .0.1 molar 4.5 Sodium borate 0.1 molar 9.2 Sodium bromide 0.2 molar 6.5-8.0 89 Substance Concentration pH Sodium cacodylate 0.1 molar 7.8 Sodium carbonate 0.1 molar 11.6 Sodium chloride 0.2 molar . .6.7-7.3 Sodium hydroxide 0.1 molar 13.5 Sodium iodide 0.2 molar 8.0-9.5 Sodium phosphate (dibasic)........ .0.1 molar 9.5 Sodium salicylate 0.2 molar 5.0-6.0 Sodium sulfadiazine 0.01 molar 8.75 Sodium sulfadiazine Saturated solution 9.90 Sodium sulfapyridine 0.01 molar 10.10 Sodium sulfapyridine Saturated solution 10.85 Sodium sulfathiazole. . 0.01 molar 9.20 Sodium sulfathiazole Saturated solution 9.65 Sodium sulfate 0.2 molar 6.0-7.5 Sodium thiosulfate 0.2 molar 6.5-8.0 Strychnine nitrate 1 in 250 5.7 Strychnine sulfate 1 in 100 5.5 Sulfadiazine Saturated solution 5.75 Sulfanilamide Saturated solution 7.15 Sulfapyridine Saturated solution 6.65 Sulfathiazole Saturated solution. ....... 5.90 Theobromine with sodium salicylate. . 1 in 100 10.3 90 Natural numbers 0 i 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Proportional parts 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0000 0043 0086 0128 0170 0212 0253 0294 0334 0374 4 8 12 17 21 25 29 33 37 11 0414 0453 0492 0531 0569 0607 0645 0682 0719 0755 4 8 11 15 19 23 26 30 34 12 0792 0828 0864 0899 0934 0969 1004 1038 1072 1106 3 7 10 14 17 21 24 28 31 13 1139 1173 1206 1239 1271 1303 1335 1367 1399 1430 3 6 10 13 16 19 23 26 29 14 1461 1492 1523 1553 1584 1614 1644 1673 1703 1732 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 15 1761 1790 1818 1847 1875 1903 1931 1959 1987 2014 3 6 8 11 14 17 20 22 25 16 2041 2068 2095 2122 2148 2175 2201 2227 2253 2279 3 5 8 11 13 16 18 21 24 17 2304 2330 2355 2380 2405 2430 2455 2480 2504 2529 2 5 7 10 12 15 17 20 22 18 2553 2577 2601 2625 2648 2672 2695 2718 2742 2765 2 5 7 9 12 14 16 19 21 19 2788 2810 2833 2856 2878 2900 2923 2945 2967 2989 2 4 7 9 11 13 16 18 20 20 3010 3032 3054 3075 3096 3118 3139 3160 3181 3201 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 19 21 3222 3243 3263 3284 3304 3324 3345 3365 3385 3404 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 22 3424 3444 3464 3483 3502 3522 3541 3560 3579 3598 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 15 17 23 3617 3636 3655 3674 3692 3711 3729 3747 3766 3784 2 4 6 7 9 11 13 15 17 24 3802 3820 3838 3856 3874 3892 3909 3927 3945 3962 2 4 5 7 9 11 12 14 16 25 3979 3997 4014 4031 4048 4065 4082 4099 4116 4133 2 *3 5 7 9 10 12 14 15 26 4150 4166 4183 4200 4216 4232 4249 4265 4281 4298 2 3 5 7 8 10 11 13 15 27 4314 4330 4346 4362 4378 4393 4409 4425 4440 4456 2 3 5 6 8 9 11 13 14 28 4472 4487 4502 4518 4533 4548 4564 4579 4594 4609 2 3 5 6 8 9 11 12 14 29 4624 4639 4654 4669 4683 4698 4713 4728 4742 4757 1 3 4 6 7 9 10 12 13 30 4771 4786 4800 4814 4829 4843 4857 4871 4886 4900 1 3 4 6 7 9 10 11 13 31 4914 4928 4942 4955 4969 4983 4997 5011 5024 5038 1 3 4 6 7 8 10 11 12 32 5051 5065 5079 5092 5105 5119 5132 5145 5159 5172 1 3 4 5 7 8 9 11 12 33 5185 5198 5211 5224 5237 5250 5263 5276 5289 5302 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 34 5315 5328 5340 5353 5366 5378 5391 5403 5416 5428 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 35 5441 5453 5465 5478 5490 5502 5514 5527 5539 5551 1 2 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 36 5563 5575 5587 5599 5611 5623 5635 5647 5658 5670 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 37 5682 5694 5705 5717 5729 5740 5752 5763 5775 5786 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 38 5798 5809 5821 5832 5843 5855 5866 5877 5888 5899 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 39 5911 5922 5933 5944 5955 5966 5977 5988 5999 6010 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 40 6021 6031 6042 6053 6064 6075 6085 6096 6107 6117 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 41 6128 6138 6149 6160 6170 6180 6191 6201 6212 6222 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 42 6232 6243 6253 6263 6274 6284 6294 6304 6314 6325 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 43 6335 6345 6355 6365 6375 6385 6395 6405 6415 6425 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 44 6435 6444 6454 6464 6474 6484 6493 6503 6513 6522 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 45 6532 6542 6551 6561 6571 6580 6590 6599 6609 6618 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 46 6628 6637 6646 6656 6665 6675 6684 6693 6702 6712 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 47 6721 6730 6739 6749 6758 6767 6776 6785 6794 6803 1 2 3 4 5 5 6 7 8 48 6812 6821 6830 6839 6848 6857 6866 6875 6884 6893 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 49 6902 6911 6920 6928 6937 6946 6955 6964 6972 6981 1 2 3 4 4 -5 6 7 8 50 6990 6998 7007 7016 7024 7033 7042 7050 7059 7067 1 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 51 7076 7084 7093 7101 7110 7118 7126 7135 7143 7152 1 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 52 7160 7168 7177 7185 7193 7202 7210 7218 7226 7235 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 53 7243 7251 7259 7267 7275 7284 7292 7300 7308 7316 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 54 7324 7332 7340 7348 7356 7364 7372 7380 7388 7396 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 Logarithms of Numbers 91 Logarithms of Numbers Natural numbers 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 Pro 3 jort 4 ion 5 al p 6 arts 7 8 9 55 7404 7412 7419 7427 7435 7443 7451 7459 7466 7474 1 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 7 56 7482 7490 7497 7505 7513 7520 7528 7536 7543 7551 1 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 7 57 7559 7566 7574 7582 7589 7597 7604 7612 7619 7627 1 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 7 58 7634 7642 7649 7657 7664 7672 7679 7686 7694 7701 1 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 59 7709 7716 7723 7731 7738 7745 7752 7760 7767 7774 1 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 60 7782 7789 7796 7803 7810 7818 7825 7832 7839 7846 1 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 61 7853 7860 7868 7875 7882 7889 7896 7903 7910 7917 1 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 62 7924 7931 7938 7945 7952 7959 7966 7973 7980 7987 1 1 2 3 3 4 5 6 6 63 7993 8000 8007 8014 8021 8028 8035 8041 8048 8055 1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 64 8062 8069 8075 8082 8089 8096 8102 8109 8116 8122 1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 65 8129 8136 8142 8149 8156 8162 8169 8176 8182 8189 1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 66 8195 8202 8209 8215 8222 8228 8235 8241 8248 8254 1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 67 8261 8267 8274 8280 8287 8293 8299 8306 8312 8319 1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 68 8325 8331 8338 8344 8351 8357 8363 8370 8376 8382 1 1 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 69 8388 8395 8401 8407 8414 8420 8426 8432 8439 8445 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 5 6 70 8451 8457 8463 8470 8476 8482 8488 8494 8500 8506 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 5 6 71 8513 8519 8525 8531 8537 8543 8549 8555 8561 8567 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 72 8573 8579 8585 8591 8597 8603 8609 8615 8621 8627 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 73 8633 8639 8645 8651 8657 8663 8669 8675 8681 8686 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 74 8692 8698 8704 8710 8716 8722 8727 8733 8739 8745 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 75 8751 8756 8762 8768 8774 8779 8785 8791 8797 8802 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 5 76 8808 8814 8820 8825 8831 8837 8842 8848 8854 8859 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 5 77 8865 8871 8876 8882 8887 8893 8899 8904 8910 8915 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 78 8921 8927 8932 8938 8943 8949 8954 8960 8965 8971 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 79 8976 8982 8987 8993 8998 9004 9009 9015 9020 9026 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 80 9031 9036 9042 9047 9053 9058 9063 9069 9074 9079 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 81 9085 9090 9096 9101 9106 9112 9117 9122 9128 9133 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 82 9138 9143 9149 9154 9159 9165 9170 9175 9180 9186 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 83 9191 9196 9201 9206 9212 9217 9222 9227 9232 9238 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 84 9243 9248 9253 9258 9263 9269 9274 9279 9284 9289 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 85 9294 9299 9304 9309 9315 9320 9325 9330 9335 9340 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 86 9345 9350 9355 9360 9365 9370 9375 9380 9385 9390 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 87 9395 9400 9405 9410 9415 9420 9425 9430 9435 9440 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 88 9445 9450 9455 9460 9465 9469 9474 9479 9484 9489 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 89 9494 9499 9504 9509 9513 9518 9523 9528 9533 9538 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 90 9542 9547 9552 9557 9562 9566 9571 9576 9581 9586 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 91 9590 9595 9600 9605 9609 9614 9619 9624 9628 9633 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 92 9638 9643 9647 9652 9657 9661 9666 9671 9675 9680 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 93 9685 9689 9694 9699 9703 9708 9713 9717 9722 9727 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 94 9731 9736 9741 9745 9750 9754 9759 9763 9768 9773 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 95 9777 9782 9786 9791 9795 9800 9805 9809 9814 9818 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 96 9823 9827 9832 9836 9841 9845 9850 9854 9859 9863 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 97 9868 9872 9877 9881 9886 9890 9894 9899 9903 9908 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 98 9912 9917 9921 9926 9930 9934 9939 9943 9948 9952 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 99 9956 9961 9965 9969 9974 9978 9983 9987 9991 9996 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 92 Section 11. CHEMICAL DATA Atomic Weights Adopted by the International Committee on Chemical Elements (1941) Oxygen 16.0000 Name Symbol Atomic num- ber Atomic weight N ame Symbol Atomic num- ber Atomic weight Aluminum A1 13 26.97 Molybdenum. . Mo 42 95.95 Antimony Sb 51 121.76 Neodymium... Nd 60 144.27 Argon A 18 39.944 Ne Ni N 10 28 7 20.183 58.69 14.008 Arsenic As 33 74.91 Barium Ba 56 137.36 Nitrogen Beryllium Be 4 9.02 Osmium Os 76 190.2 Bismuth Bi 83 209.00 Oxygen O 8 16.0000 Boron B 5 10.82 Pd P 46 15 106.7 30.98 Bromine Br 35 79.916 Phosphorus. . . Cadmium Cd 48 112.41 Pt K 78 19 195.23 39.096 Calcium Ca 20 40.08 Potassium Carbon C 6 12.010 Praseodymium Pr 59 140.92 Cerium Ce 58 140.13 Protactinium. . Pa 91 231 Cesium Cs 55 132.91 Ra Rn Re 88 86 75 226.05 222 186.31 Chlorine Cl 17 35.457 Chromium Cr 24 52.01 P-henium Cobalt Co 27 58.94 Rh Rb 45 37 102.91 85.48 Columbium. . . . Cb 41 92.91 Rubidium.... Copper Cu 29 63.57 Ruthenium. . . Ru 44 101.7 Dysprosium. . . . Dy 66 162.46 Samarium.... Sm 62 150.43 Erbium Er 68 167.2 Sc Se Si Ag 21 34 14 47 45.10 78.96 28.06 107.880 Europium Eu 63 152.0 Fluorine F 9 19.00 Gadolinium. . . . Gd 64 156.9 Silver Gallium Ga 31 69.72 Na Sr 11 38 22.997 87.63 Germanium.... Ge 32 72.60 Strontium Gold Au 79 197.2 Sulfur s 16 73 52 32.06 180.88 127.61 Hafnium FIf 72 178.6 Ta Te Helium He 2 4.003 Tellurium Holmiurn Ho 67 164.94 Tb T1 65 81 159.2 204.39 Hydrogen H 1 1.0080 Thallium Indium In 49 114.76 Th Tm Sn Ti VV 90 69 50 22 74 232.12 169.4 118.70 47.90 183.92 Iodine I 53 126.92 Iridium Ir 77 193.1 Iron Fe 26 55.85 Krypton Kr 36 83.7 Tungsten Lanthanum. . . . La 57 138.92 Uranium U 92 238.07 Lead Pb 82 207.21 Vanadium.... V 23 50.95 Lithium Li 3 6.940 Xe Yb 54 70 131.3 173.04 Lutecium Lu 71 174.99 Ytterbium. . . . Magnesium. . . . Mg 12 24.32 Yttrium Y 39 88.92 Manganese.... Mn 25 54.93 Zinc Zn 30 65.38 Mercury Hg 80 200.61 Zirconium.... Zr 40 91.22 Atomic and Molecular Weights Acetaldehyde (acetic aldehyde). . CH3CHO 44.05 Acetanilid C 6HSNH.CH3CO 135.16 Acetic anhydride (CH3GO)2O 102.09 Acetone (CH3)2CO 58.08 Acetophenetidin GIOHI3O2N 179.21 Acetylcholine chloride CH3C0.0CH2GH2(CH3)3N.CI 181.663 Acid, acetic HC2H302 60.05 anhydride (See Acetic anhydride.) 93 Acid, acetylsalicylic HC7H402C2H302 180.15 aminoacetic C2HSO2N 75.07 - aminonaphthosulfonic 1,2,4-HCioHBO4NS.^H2O .. . 248.25 arsenic H3Aso4.^H20 150.94 ascorbic CeHsOe 176.12 —— aurochloric (chlorauric acid) HAuCI4.4H20 412.10 benzoic HC7HSO2 122.12 boric H 3803 61.84 —— bromauric (aurobromhydric acid). .HAuBr4.5H20 607.95 butyric HC4H7O2 88.10 —— chlorauric (See Aurochloric acid.) —— chloroplatinic H2PtCI6-6H20 518.08 cholic > C24H4005 308.56 chromic (chromium trioxide) Cr08 100.01 cinnamic (cinnamylic acid) HC9H7O2 148.15 citric H3C6H507.H20 210.14 anhydrous HsCeEUO? 192.12 diethyl-barbituric (See Barbital.) formic HCHO2 46.03 gallic HC7H505.H20 188.13 ’anhydrous HC7HSOS 170.12 hydriodic (See Hydrogen iodide) HI + water hydrobromic (See Hydrogen bromide) HBr+water hydrochloric (See Hydrogen chloride) HCl+water hydrocyanic (See Hydrogen cyanide) HCN -f water hypophosphorous HPH2O2 66.00 iodic HIO3 175.93 iodooxyquinolinesulfonic 7-8-5 C9H6INSO4 351.13 lactic HC3HSO3 90.08 rnandelic HCBH7O3 152.14 molybdic H2Mo04 161.97 nicotinic HC6H4O2N 123.11 nitric HNO3 63.02 oleic HC18H3302 282.45 oxalic H 2 126.07 anhydrous H2C204 .- 90.04 palmitic HC16H3102 256.42 perchloric HCIO4 100.47 phenoldisulfonic 254.23 phenylcinchoninic (See Cinchophen.) phosphomolybdic (approx.) P206.24M003.51H20 4515.58 phosphoric H3PO4 98.00 phosphorous H2PHO3 82.00 phosphotungstic (approx.) . P20512W03.42H20 3681.67 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued 94 Acid, picric (See Trinitrophenol.) picrolonic CioHglNUOs 264.20 pyrogallic (See Pyrogallol.) salicylic HC7HSO3 138.12 selenous H2Se03 128.98 stearic HC18H3502 284.47 sulfanilic sulfosalicylic HC7H5065.2H20 254.21 —— sulfuric. H2SO4 98.08 tartaric H2C4H406 150.09 trichloroacetic HC2C1302 163.40 —— uric C5H4N403 168.11 valeric (valerianic acid). . .HCSH9O2 102.13 Aconitine C34H47N011 645.72 Alcohol (ethyl) C2HSOH 46.07 Allyl isothiocyanate C3HSNCS 99.15 Allyl-thiocarbamide (thiosinamine) C3HSN2CSH3 116.18 Alum (See Aluminum and potassium sulfate and Aluminum and ammonium sulfate.) Aluminum Al 26.97 Aluminum and ammonium sul- fate (alum) AINH4(504)2-12H20 453.32 Aluminum and ammonium sul- fate anhydrous AINH4(SO4)2 237.13 Aluminum and potassium sulfate (alum) AIK(SO4)2-12H20 474.38 Aluminum and potassium sulfate anhydrous AIK(SO4)2. • 258.19 Aluminum hydroxide Al(OH)3 77.99 oxide A 1203 101.94 sulfate A12(504)3-18H20 666.41 anhydrous. . . . A12(504)3 342.12 Amaranth C2oHiiN2OioSNa3 604.48 /7-Aminoacetophenone CsHgNO 135.16 Aminopyrine C13H170N3 231.29 Ammonia NH3 17.03 Ammonium acetate NH4C2H3O2 77.08 benzoate NH4C7HSO2 139.15 bicarbonate NH4HCO3 79.06 bromide NHUBr 97.96 carbamate NH4NH2CO2 78.07 carbonate (normal).. (NH4)2CO3 96.09 (U. S. P.) (approx.) NH4HCO3NH4NH2CO2 157.13 chloride NH4CI 53.50 citrate, dibasic hydroxide NH4OH 35.05 hypophosphite NH4PH2O2. 83.04 iodide NH4I 144.96 molybdate (NH4)6M07024-4H20 1235.95 nitrate NH4NO3 80.05 oxalate (NH4)2C204.H20 142.12 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued 95 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued Ammonium oxalate anhydrous.. . (NH4)2C204 124.10 phosphate (NH4)2HPO4 132.07 salicylate NH4C7HSO3 155.15 sodium phosphate (See Sodium ammonium phosphate.) sulfate (NH4)sSO4 132.14 sulfide (NH4)2S 68.14 tartrate (NH4)2C4H406 184.15 thiocyanate NH4SCN 76.12 vanadate (metavanadate) . . NH4VOs 116.99 Amyl alcohol (See Isoamyl alcohol.) nitrite CSHIINO2 117.15 Amylene hydrate CSHIIOH 88.15 Anethol CioHjoO 148.20 Aniline (phenylamine) C6HSNH2 93.12 sulfate (C6HSNH2)2H2SO4 284.32 Antimonous oxide Sb2Os 291.52 Antimony Sb 121.76 Antimony and potassium tartrate K(SbO)C4H4O6.H>H2O 333.94 anhydrous K(SbO)C4H4Ofi 324.93 Antipyrine CIIHI2N2O 188.22 Apomorphine hydrochloride Ci7Hi7O2NHCI.3^H2O 312.79 Argon A 39.944 Arsenic As 74.91 Arsenic pentoxide (arsenic acid anhydride) As2Os 229.82 trioxide (See Arsenous oxide.) Arsenous iodide (arsenic triiodide) Asls 455.67 oxide (arsenic trioxide). A. 5203 197.82 -- sulfide AS2S3 246.00 Arsphenamine C12H1202N2A52.2HC1.2H20.. . 475.01 Ascaridol C10H1602 168.23 Aspidospermine C22H3ON 202 354.48 Atropine C17H2303N 289.36 —— sulfate (Ci 7H2303N) 2H2SO.J. H2O 694.82 Auric chloride AuCls 303.57 Azure A (methylene azure) Ci4Hi4CIN3S 291.79 Barbital sodium Barium Ba 137.36 Barium carbonate BaCOs 197.37 chloride 8aC12.2H20 244.31 anhydrous BaCl2 208.27 chromate BaCro4 253.37 hydroxide 8a(0H)2.8H20 315.50 nitrate Ba(NO:i)2 261.38 sulfate .BaSO4 233.42 Benzaldehyde CeHSCHO 106.12 Benzene (benzol) QgHr 78.11 Benzidine (CfiH4)2(NH2)2 184.23 Benzocaine (See Ethyl arninobenzoate.) B«nzosulfimide (See Saccharin.) BeryHium (gbiinum) Be 9.02 Betaeucaine hydrochloride (See Eucaine hydrochloride.) Betanaphthol GIOH7OH 144.16 Bismuth Bo 209.00 Bismuth citrate BiCeHuO? 398.10 nitrate (normal) Bi(NC>3)s.SEI2O 485.10 phosphate BiPO4 303.98 subcarbonate (approx.).. [(Bio)2Co3]2 H2O 1038.04 subgaliate (approx.). . . .8i(0H)2C7H505 412.13 subnitrate (approx.). . . .Bi(OH)2NOs 305.02 subsalicylate (approx.).. 8i(0H)2C7H503 380.13 sulfide Bi2S3 514.18 trioxide Bi2Os 466.00 Borax (See Sodium borate.) Borneol CIOHI7OH *. . . 154.24 Bornyl acetate CiOHi7C2H3O2 196.28 Boron B 10.82 Boron trioxide B2Os 69.64 Bromine Br 79.916 Bromoform CHBr3 252.77 Bromocresoi purple CeECSOsC^eEIoCEIsBrOEQo.. 540.23 Brucine C2sH26N204.4H20 466.52 anhydrous C2sEI26N2C)4 394.45 Butacaine sulfate (Ci8H30N202)2.H2504 710.95 Butyl aminobenzoate CIIHISO2N. 193.24 Cadmium Cd 112.41 Cadmium chloride CdC12.2H20 219.36 anhydrous....CdCl2 183.32 iodide ...Cdl2 366.25 sulfate 3Cd504.8H20 769.54 anhydrous CdSO4 208.47 Caffeine CsHioN4O2.H2O 212.21 anhydrous CBHioN4O2 194.19 Calcium Ca 40.08 Calcium biphosphate Ca(H2P04)2.H20 252.09 bromide Ca8r2.2H20 235.94 anhydrous Caßr2 199.91 carbonate CaCO3 100.09 chloride.'. CaCl2.2H20 147.03 anhydrous CaCl2 110.99 gluconate CaCi2PI22Oi4.H2O 448.39 glycerophosphate GaCsEEPOe-HoO 228.16 anhydrous CaCsEEPOe 210.15 hydroxide Ca(OH)2 74.10 hypophosphite Ca(PH2O2)2 170.07 iodobehenate Ca(C2iH42ICO2)2 971.03 lactate Ca(C3H503)2.5H20 308.30 anhydrous —— mandelate —— oxide (lime) CaO 56.08 phosphate, tribasic Ca3(P04)2 310.20 sulfate . Ca504.2H20 172.17 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued 97 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued Calcium sulfate anhydrous CaSO4 136.14 sulfide (monosulfide). . .CaS 72.14 Camphor CioHjeO 152.23 monobromated CioHisßrO 231.14 Capryl alcohol (secondary N-Octanol) C 8H17OH 130.22 Carbarsone C7H9ASN2O4 260.07 Carbon C 12.010 Carbon dioxide CO2 44.01 disulfide CS2 76.13 monoxide CO 28.01 tetrachloride CCI4 153.84 Garbromal C7Hi3N2O2Br 237.11 Cephaeline C14H1902N 233.30 Cerium Ce 140.13 Cerium oxalate Ce2(C204)3.10H20 724.48 Ceric sulfate, anhydrous Ce(SO4)2 332.25 Cesium Cs 132.91 Chloral hydrate C2CI3H302 165.42 Chloramine-T C 7H7CIN02SNa.3H20 281.70 Chloranil (tetrachlorobenzo- quinone) C6C1402 245.89 Chloroazodin C2H4CI2N6. 183.01 Chlorobutanol C4H7C130 177.47 Chlorine Cl 35.457 Chloroform CHC13 119.39 Cholesterol (cholesterin) C27H450H 386.64 Chromium Cr 52.01 Chromium oxide Cr2Os 152.02 Chromium trioxide (chromic acid) CrOs 100.01 Chromotropic acid CioHBOBS2.2H2O 356.32 Ginchonidine Gi9H22N2O 294.38 sulfate (Ci9H22N20)2.H2504.3H20. . . 740.89 anhydrous.. (Ci9H22N20)2.H2504 686.84 Cinchonine Ci9H22N2O 294.38 Cinchonine sulfate (Ci9H22N20)2H2504.2H20.... 722.87 sulfate anhydrous... . (Ci9H22N20)2H2504 686.84 Cinchophen (phenylcinchoninic acid) HCi6HIOO2N 249.26 Cineol (eucalyptol) CioHisO 154.24 Cinnamic aldehyde G9HBO 132.15 Citral ClOH160 152.23 Cobalt Co 58.94 Cobaltous acetate C0(C2H302)2.4H20 249.09 chloride C0C12.6H20 237.95 anhydrous.... CoCl2 129.85 nitrate C0(N03)2.6H20 291.05 anhydrous.... C0(N03)2 182.96 sulfate CoS04.7H20 281.11 (dried) CoS04.2H20 191.03 Cocaine C17H21N04 303.35 hydrochloride 98 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued Codeine (methylmorphine) C18H2103N.H20 317.37 anhydrous CIBH2IO3N 299.36 phosphate C18H2103NH3P04.13/2H20.... 424.39 anhydrous CIBH2IO3NH3PO4 397.36 sulfate (Ci8H2i03N)2H2504.5H20.... 786.87 anhydrous Colchicine C22H25N06 399.43 Columbium Cb 92.91 Congo red C32H22N6OeS2Na2 696.66 Coniine CgHiyN 127.22 Copper Cu 63.57 Cotarnine Cotarnine chloride C12H14G103N.H20 273.71 Cresol C6H4(CH3)OH 108.13 Crystal violet. (See Methylrosaniline chloride.) Cupric acetate H2O 199.67 Cupric sulfate CU504.5H20 249.71 anhydrous CuSO4 159.63 sulfide CuS 95.63 Cyclopropane C3H6 42.08 /-Cystine C6H12N20452 240.29 Dextrose CePligOe-PDO 198.17 anhydrous CeHiaOc 180.16 Dihydromorphinone hydro- chloride CI7HI9O3N.HCI 321.80 Diiodofluorescein G20PT00512 584.12 />-Dimethylaminoazobenzene /j-Dimethylaminobenzaldehyde... Dimethylgiyoxirae (CPI3)2C2(NOH)2 116.12 Dinitrophenylhydrazine 198.14 Dioxane C4H402 88.10 Dipentene >.CioHie 136.23 Diphenylamine Diphenylhydantoin C15H12N202 252.25 Diphenylhydantoin sodium Dilhiazone (diphenylthio- carbazone) CI3HI2N4S 256.32 Dithymol diiodide. (See Thymol iodide.) Dysprosium Dy 162.46 Emetine C29H40N204 480.63 hydrochloride, anhydrous C29p140N204.2P1Cl 553.56 Eosin Y C2oHeßr4osNa2 691.91 Ephedrine, anhydrous CIOHISNO 165.23 hemihydrate CioHisNo.3^H2o 174.24 hydrochloride CioPtisNO.HCl 201.69 sulfate (C10H16N0)2.H2504 428.53 Epinephrine, anhydrous C9H1303N 183.20 hemihydrate Erbium Er 167.2 Ergonovine maleate Ci9H23N302.C4H404 441.47 Ergotamine tartrate (C33pi35N505)2-H2C4H406 1313.39 99 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued Ergotoxine ethanesulfonate Erythrityl tetranitrate G4H6(N03)4 302.12 Estradiol benzoate C25H2803 376.47 Estrone C18H2202 270.36 Ether (ethyl oxide) (C2HS) 20 74.12 Ethyl acetate C2H5C2H302 88.10 aminobenzoate C9HIIO2N 165.19 carbamate ■ CO(OC2HS)NH2 89.09 chaulmoograte C20H3602 308.49 chloride C2HSCI 64.52 nitrite C2HSNO2 75.07 oxide. (See Ether.) cyanoacetate COH7O2N 113.11 Ethylene C 2H4 28.05 Ethylenediamine C2EI4(NH2)2 60.10 Ethylene tetrachloride. (See Tetrachloroethylene.) Ethylhydrocupreine hydrochloride C2iH28N202HCl 376.92 Ethylmorphine hydrochloride... . G19H2303NHC1.2H20 385.88 anhydrous CI9H23O3NHCI 349.85 Eucaine hydrochloride (beta).. . .CISH2IO2NHCI.H2O 301.81 anhydrous CISH2IO2NHCI 283.79 Eucalyptol CioHigO 154.24 Eugenol CXOHI2O2 164.20 Eucatropine hydrochloride CI7H2&O3N.HCI 327.84 Europium Eu 152.0 Ferric acetate Fe(C2H3O2)3 232.98 ammonium sulfate FeNH4(504)2.12H20 .. 482.20 anhydrous FeNH4(SO4)2 266.01 Ferric chloride anhydrous FeCl3 162.22 hydroxide Fe(OH)3 106.87 1 hypophosphite Fe(PH2O2)3 250.84 nitrate Fe(No3)s 241.87 oxide Fe2Os 159.70 sulfate (tersulfate), anhydrous Fe2(SO4)3 399.88 Ferrous carbonate FeGOs 115.86 iodide Fel2 309.69 lactate Fe(C3H503)2.3H20 288.04 oxide FeO 71.85 sulfate FeS04.7 FI20 278.02 anhydrous FeS04 151.91 exsiccated (approx.) (FeSO4)2-3H20 357.87 sulfide FeS 87.91 Ferrum Fe 55.85 Fluorescein (resorcinolphthalein). C20H1205 332.30 sodium C2oHioosNa2 376.27 Fluorine F 19.00 100 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued Formaldehyde CH20 30.03 Furfural C 4H30.CH0 96.08 Gadolinium Gd 156.9 Galactose CeHiaOe 180.16 Gallium Ga 69.72 Germanium Ge 72.60 Glucose (grape sugar). {See Dextrose.) Glycerin (glycerol) C 3H6(0H)3 92.09 Glyceryl triacetate C 9H1406 218.20 trinitrate * (nitroglycerin) C3H5(N03)3 227.09 Gold Au 197.2 Gold chloride (chlorauric acid). . HAuC14.4H20 412.10 Hafnium Hf 178.6 Helium He 4.003 Hexamethylenamine. (See Methenamine.) Hexylresorcinol CI2Hi802 194.26 Histamine phosphate C5H9N3.2H3P04 307.15 Hoimium Ho 164.94 Homatropine Ci6H2iO3N 275.34 hydrobromide Cl 6H2i03NHBr 356.26 Hydrastine C2iH2iOeN 383.39 hydrochloride C2iH2]O6NHCI 419.85 Hydrastinine hydrochloride CuHnO2NHCI 225.67 Hydrogen H 1.0080 Hydrogen bromide HBr 80.92 chloride HCI * 36.47 cyanide HCN 27.03 dioxide. {See Hydrogen peroxide.) iodide HI 127.93 peroxide H 202 34.02 sulfide H2S 34.08 Hydroxylamine hydrochloride. . . NH2OH.HCI 69.50 Hyoscine. {See Scopolamine.) Hyoscyamine Ci7H23O3N 289.36 hydrobromide Ci7H23O3NHBr 370.29 Indigo carmine {See Sodium indigotindisulfonate.) Indium In 114.76 lodeosin (tetraiodo-fluorescein). .C20H81405 835.94 lodine 1 126.92 lodine pentoxide I 2 333.84 lodoform CHI 3 393.78 lodophthalein sodium C2OH8I4O4Na2.3H2O 919.99 Iridium Ir 193.1 Iron Fe . . 55.85 Iron salts {See Ferric and Ferrous.) Isatin CBHsO2N 147.13 Isoamyl alcohol CSHIIOH 88.15 Isobutyl alcohol (CH3)2CHCH2OH 74.12 Krypton Kr. 83.7 Lactose (milk sugar) Ci2H220n.H20 360.31 101 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued Lanthanum La 138.92 Lead Pb 207.21 Lead acetate Pb(G2H302)2.3H20 379.35 anhydrous Pb(C2H3O2)2 325.30 basic (See Lead subacetate.) carbonate, basic (PbCO3)2Pb(OH)2 775.67 chloride PbCl2 278.12 chromate PbCrC>4 323.22 dioxide Pb02 239.21 iodide Pbl2 461.05 monoxide (lead oxide) PbO 223.21 nitrate Pb(NOs)2 331.23 subacetate Pb(C2H302)2.2Pb(0H)2 807.75 sulfate PbS04 303.27 sulfide PbS 239.27 Lime. (See Calcium oxide.) Limonene CioHie 136.23 Linalyl acetate CioHi7C2H3O2 196.28 Lithium Li 6.940 Lithium benzoate bromide Lißr 86.86 carbonate Li2CC>3 73.89 citrate Li3C6H507.4H20 281.98 salicylate LiC7HSO3 144.05 Lutecium Lu , , 174.99 Magnesia. (See Magnesium oxide.) Magnesium Mg 24.32 Magnesium carbonate, basic (approx.) (MgC03)4Mg(OH)2.5H20.... 485.74 chloride MgCl2.6H20 203.33 anhydrous.. MgCl2 95.23 hydroxide Mg(OH)2 58.34 oxide (magnesia).... MgO 40.32 phosphate, tribasic .. Mg3(P04)2-5H20 353.00 phosphate, tribasic, anhydrous Mg3(P04)2 > 262.92 pyrophosphate Mg2P207.. . 222.60 sulfate MgS04.7H20 246.49 anhydrous MgS04 120.38 Maltose Cx2H22OnH2O 360.31 Manganese Mn 54.93 Manganese dioxide Mno2 86.93 hypophosphite Mn(PH202)2.H20 202.94 trisilicate Mg2Sisoß.nH20 Manganous oxide MnO 70.93 sulfate MnSC>4.4H2C) 223.05 anhydrous MnSC)4 150.99 Mannitol C6HB(OH)6 182.17 Menadione (2-Methyl- naphthoquinone) CuHso2 172.17 Menthol ..CIOHI9OH 156.26 Menthyl acetate . CioHxgCgHsOg 198.30 102 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued Merbaphen. . . Mercurammonium chloride. (See Mercury, ammoniated.) Mercuric bromide Hgßr2 360.44 chloride HgCl2 271.52 iodide Hgl2 454.45 nitrate Hg(N03)2.4H20 396.69 oxide HgO 216.61 potassium iodide K2HgI4 786.48 salicylate HgC7H403 336.71 succinimide Hg(C4H402N)2 396.77 sulfide HgS 232.67 Mercurous chloride. .t HgCl 236.07 iodide Hgl 327.53 nitrate HgN03.H20 280.63 Mercury Hg 200.61 Mercury, ammoniated HgNH2CI 252.09 Mersalyi Cl 3H16HgN06Na 505.87 Metaphenylenediamine hydrochloride C 6H4(NH2)22HC1 181.07 Methanol CH3OH 32.04 Methenamine (hexamethylenamine) C6Hi2N4 140.19 Methyl alcohol. (See Methanol.) Methylene blue. (See methylthionine chloride.) 2-Methyl-naphthoquinone. (See Menadione.) Methyl orange NaGX4Hi4N3S03 327.33 red CI4Hi4N3C02H 269.29 salicylate CH3G7HSO3 152.14 Methylthionine chloride (methylene blue) CI6HIBN3CIS.3H2O 373.89 Molybdenum Mo 95.95 Molybdic anhydride MOO 3 143.95 Morphine G17H1903N.H20 303.35 anhydrous CnHi9O3N 285.33 hydrochloride Ci7Hi9O3NHCI.3H2O 375.84 anhydrous. Cl 7H1903NHCI 321.80 sulfate (C17Hx903N)2H2504.5H20 758.82 anhydrous (Ci7Hi9O3N)2H2SO4 668.74 Naphthalene CiOHB 128.16 Naphthol. (See Betanaphthol.) Naphthylamine acetate CioH7NH2HC2H3O2 203.23 hydrochloride. . .C10H7NH2HCI 179.65 Neocinchophen Ci9HnO2N 291.33 Neodymium Nd 144.27 Neon Ne 20.183 Neostigmine bromide Ci2Hi9BrN2o2 303.20 methylsulfate Ci3H22N2O6S 334.38 Nickel Ni 58.69 Nickelous oxide NiO 74.69 sulfate NiS04.7H20 280.86 Nicotinamide Nitric oxide NO 30.01 Nitrogen N 14.008 103 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued Nitrogen monoxide. {See Nitrous oxide.) Nitroglycerin. {See Glyceryl trinitrate.) Nitrous oxide N2O 44.02 Orange G Ci6HION2S2Na 317.37 Osmium Os 190.2 Osmium tetroxide (osmic acid). .OSO4 254.20 Ouabain C 29 728.77 anhydrous C29H440i2 584.64 Oxygen O 16.000 Palladium Pd 106.7 Palladous chloride PdCl2 ■ 177.61 Pamaquine naphthoate C42H45N307 703.80 Paraformaldehyde (trioxymethyiene) (CH2O) 3 90.08 Paraldehyde C 6H1203 132.16 Pentobarbital sodium CuHi7N2O3Na 248.26 Phenacaine hydrochloride Ci8H22N202.HC1.H20 352.85 o-Phenanthroline Ci2HBN2.H2O 198.22 Phenobarbital Ci2Hi2N2O3 232.23 sodium Ci2HuN2O3Na 254.22 Phenol CeHsOH 94.11 Phenolphthalein C 2qH 140 4 318.31 Phenolsulfonphthalein Phenylhydrazine CeHoNHNH2 108.14 hydrochloride. . C6HSNHNH2HCI 144.61 Phenyl salicylate (salol) C6H5C7H503 214.21 Phloroglucinol C6H3(0H)3.2H20 162.14 Phosphorus P 30.98 pentoxide (phosphoric anhydride) P 205 141.96 Physostigmine CiSH2iN3O2 275.34 salicylate sulfate (Ci5H2iN302)2H2504 648.76 Picrotoxin C30H34013 602.57 Pilocarpine CnHi6N2O2 208.25 hydrochloride CxiHi6N2O2HCI 244.72 Pilocarping nitrate CuHi6N2O2HNO3 271.27 Piperine C17H1903N 285.33 Platinic chloride. {See Acid, chloroplatinic.) Platinum Pt 195.23 Potassium K 39.096 Potassium acetate KC2H3O2 98.14 arsenite (metarsenite) . KAs02 146.01 bicarbonate KHCO3 100.11 bichromate. {See Potassium dichromate.) biphosphate. {See Potassium phosphate, monobasic.) biphthalate KHCBH4O4 204.22 bisulfate KHSO4 136.16 —— bitartrate KHC4H4O6 188.18 bromate KBro3 167.01 bromide KBr 119.01 carbonate, anhydrous . K2CO3 138.20 104 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued Potassium carbonate, sesquihydrate K2COs.l }^H2O 165.23 chlorate KCI03 122.55 chloride KCI 74.55 chromate K2Cr04 194.20 citrate K3C6H507.H20 324.40 anhydrous K;jC6HoO/ 306.39 cyanide KCN 65.11 dichromate (bichromate) KgCroCb 294.21 ferricyanide K3Fe(CN)6 329.25 ferrocyanide K4Fe(CN)6.3H20 422.39 fluoride KF.2H->0 94.13 hydroxide KOH 56.10 hypophosphite KPH202 104.09 iodate KlOa 214.02 iodide KI 166.02 nitrate KNOs 101*10 nitrite KN02 85.10 oxalate K 2C204.H20 184.23 perchlorate . . . KCIO4 138.55 permanganate KMn04 158.03 phosphate, monobasic . KH2PG4 136.09 dibasic.... K2HP04 174.18 sodium tartrate KNaC4H406.4H20 282.23 anhydrous. KNaC4H40 e 210.17 sulfate K2S04 174.25 tartrate K 2C4H406. HjH20 235.27 anhydrous. ...K2C4H4Oe 226.26 thiocyanate KSCN 97.17 Praseodymium Pr 140.92 Procaine hydrochloride Ci3H2ON2O2.HCI 272.77 Protactinium Pa 231. Pyridine CSHSN 79.10 Pyrogailol (pyrogallic acid) CBH3(OH)3 126.11 Quinacrine hydrochloride C23H30C1N30.2HC1.2H20 .. . . 508.91 anhydrous C 23 472.89 Quinidine C2qH24N202 324.41 sulfate (C20H24N202)2H2504.2H20 .. . /82.92 anhydrous (G20H24N202)2H2504 746.89 Quinine C20H24N202.3H20 378.46 anhydrous C2oH24N202 324.41 bisulfate G2OH24N2O2H2SO4.7H2O 548.60 —— anhydrous C20H24N202H2504 422.48 dihydrochloride C20H24N202.2HCl 397.34 ethyl carbonate G2oH23N202.C02.C2H5 396.47 hydrochloride C2oH24N202HC1.2H20 396.91 anhydrous C2oH24N202HCl 360.87 salicylate C20H24N202C7H603.H20 480.54 anhydrous. . . . G2oH24N 02C7H603 462.53 sulfate (C20H24N202)2H2504.2H20. . . 782.92 anhydrous (G20H24N202)2H2504 746.89 105 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued Quinine and urea hydrochloride . C2oH24N202HCI.CO(NH2)2- HCI.SH20 547.48 Radium Ra 226.05 Radon Rn 222. Resorcinol (resorcin) C6H4(OH)2 110.11 Resorcinolphthalein. {See Fluorescein.) Rhenium Re 186.31 Rhodium Rh 102.91 Riboflavin C17H20N406 . . 376.36 Rubidium Rb 85.48 Ruthenium Ru 101.7 Saccharin C7HSO3NS 183.18 sodium C 7H403NSNa.2H2O 241.20 Safrol CIOHIOO2 162.18 Salicin C13H1807 286.27 Salicylaldehyde (o-Hydroxybenzaldehyde) HOC6H4CHO 122.12 Salol. {See Phenyl salicylate.) Samarium Sm 150.43 Santalol C15H240 220.34 Santonin C15H1803 246.29 Scandium Sc 45.10 Scopolamine (hyoscine) Ci7H2iNO4 303.35 hydrobromide Ci7H2iNO4HBr.3H2O 438.32 anhydrous Ci7H2iNO4HBr 384.27 Selenium Se 78.96 Silicon Si 28.06 Silicon dioxide (silica) Si02 60.06 Silver Ag 107.880 Silver chloride AgCl 143.34 cyanide AgCN 133.90 iodide Agl 234.80 nitrate AgNOs 169.89 nitrite AgN02 153.89 oxide AgaO 231.76 sulfate Ag2S04 311.82 sulfide Ag2S 247.82 Sodium Na 22.997 Sodium acetate NaC2H302.3H20 136.09 anhydrous NaC2H302 - 82.04 alizarinsulfonate Gi4HBO2(OH)2SO3Na.H2O. . . 360.27 ammonium phosphate.. .NaNH4HPO4.4H2O 209.09 arsenate Na2HAs04.7H20 312.02 anhydrous Na2HAsO4 185.91 arsenite (metarsenite) . . .NaAs02 129.91 benzoate NaC7H6O2 144.11 bicarbonate NaHCOs 84.02 biphosphate NaH2PO4.H20 138.01 anhydrous. .NaH2P04 119.99 bisulfite NaHSOs 104.07 bitartrate NaHC4H4O6.H2O 190.09 borate Na2B407.10H2O 381.43 anhydrous Na 2B4C>7 201.27 106 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued Sodium bromide Naßr 102.91 cacodylate Na(CH3)2AsO2.3H2O 214.02 anhydrous. . . Na(CH3)2AsO2 159.98 carbonate, anhydrous. . ,Na2CO3 106.00 carbonate monohydrated Na2C03.H20 124.02 chloride NaCl 58.45 citrate Na3C6H507.2H20 294.12 anhydrous NasCeHsO? 258.09 cobalti-nitrite Co2(N02)66NaN02.H2C) 825.97 cyanide NaCN 49.02 dichromate Na2Cr207.2H20 298.05 diethyl-dithiocarbamate . (C2HS)2N.CS2Na 171.26 fluoride NaF 42.00 hydrosulfite. . . ~ Na2S204 174.11 hydroxide NaOH 40.01 hypochlorite NaCIO 74.45 hypophosphite NaPH202.H20.. 106.01 anhydrous NaPH2O2 87.99 indigotindisulfonate Ci6HBO2N2(SO3Na)2 466.35 iodide Nal 149.92 nitrate NaNOs 85.01 nitrite NaN02 69.01 nitroprusside Na2Fe(NO)(CN)5.2H20 297.97 oxalate Na2C204 134.01 perborate Naß03.4H20 153.88 anhydrous.... NaßOs 81.82 peroxide Na2o2 77.99 phenolsulfonate (sulfocarbolate) NaCeH4OH.SO3.2H2O 232.19 anhydrous NaG6H4OH.S03 196.16 phosphate, dibasic Na2HPO4-7H20 268.09 anhydrous Na2HPO4 141.98 pyrophosphate Na4P207.10H20 446.11 anhydrous Na4P207 265.95 salicylate NaChHsOs 160.11 sulfate Na2SO4.10H2O 322.21 anhydrous Na2SC>4 142.05 sulfide Na25.9H20 240.20 sulfite, anhydrous Na2SO3 126.05 sulfocarbolate. (See Sodium phenolsulfonate.) tartrate Na2C4H406.2H20 230.10 anhydrous Na2C4H4Oe 194.07 tetraborate. (See Sodium borate.) tetrabromofluorescein. (See Eosin Y.) thiosulfate Na2S203.5H20 248.19 anhydrous Na2S203 158.11 tungstate Na2W04.2H20 329.95 Sparteine . ...Ci&H26N2 234.37 sulfate Ci5H26N2H2504.5H20 422.53 anhydrous CiSH26N2H2SO4 332.45 Stannous chloride 5nC12.2H20 225.65 anhydrous. ~ :SnCl2 189.61 107 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued Stannous sulfide SnS 150.76 Strontium Sr 87.63 Strontium bromide 5r8r2.6H20 355.56 chloride 5rC12.6H20 266.64 iodide 5r12.6H20 449.57 salicylate 5r(G7H603)2.2H20 397.88 sulfate SrS04 183.69 Strychnine C2iH22N202 334.40 nitrate C2lH22N202HN03 397.42 sulfate (G21H22N202)2H2504.5H20.. . 856.96 anhydrous.... (C2iH22N202)2H2504 766.88 Sucrose (sugar) Ci2H22Ou 342.30 Sugar, cane. (See Sucrose.) Sugar, milk. (See Lactose.) Sulfanilamide C 6H802N2S 172.20 Sulfapyridine CnHnN3O2S 249.28 sodium CnHION3O2SNa 271.27 Sulfathiazole C9H9N30252 255.31 Sulfobromophthalein C2oH108r4OxoS2 794.06 sodium.... C2oH8Br4OioS2Na2 838.04 Sulfonethylmethane CBHiB04S2 242.34 Sulfonmethane C7Hi6O4S2 228.32 Sulfur S 32.06 Sulfur dioxide SO2 64.06 trioxide S03 80.06 Tantalum Ta 180.88 Tellurium Te 127.61 Terbium Tb 159.2 Terebene CioHi6 136.23 Terpin hydrate CIOHi8(OH)2.H2O 190.28 Tetracaine hydrochloride Cx5H24N202.HC1 300.82 Tetrachlorob£nzoquinone. (See Chloranil.) Tetrachloroethylene C2C14 165.85 Tetraiodofluorescein. (See lodeosin.) Tetraiodophenolphthalein sodium. (See lodophthalein sodium.) Tetramethylthionine chloride. (See Methylthionine chloride.) Thallium Tl 204.39 Theobromine. C 7H8N402 180.17 sodium C 7H7N402Na 202.16 Theophylline anhydrous C7HsN4O2 '. . . 180.17 Thiamine hydrochloride Ci2Hi7CIN4OS.HCI. 337.27 Thiosinamine. (See Allyl-thiocarbamide.) Thorium Th 232.12 Thorium nitrate, anhydrous Th(NO3)4 480.15 Thulium Tm 169.4 Thymol CxoHuO 150.21 iodide (dithymol-diiodide). . . (CxoHi2o)2l2 550.23 Thyroxin Tin. ...Sn 118.70 Titanium Ti 47.90 Toluene (toluol) . C6HSCH3 . . . 92.13 108 Atomic and Molecular Weights—Continued o-Toluidine C6H4CH3NH2 107.15 Triacetin. (See Glyceryl triacetate.) Tribromoethanol C2H38r30 282.79 Trichloroethylene C2HC13 ; 131.40 Trinitrophenol (picric acid) C 6H307N3 229.11 Trioxymethylene. (See paraformaldehyde.) Tryparsamide CBHioo4N2AsNa.^H20 305.09 Tungsten W 183.92 Uranium U 238.07 Uranyl acetate (uranium acetate) U02(C2H302)2.2H20 424.19 Urea (carbamide) (NH2)2CO 60.06 Vanadium V 50.95 Vanillin CBHBO3 152.14 Water... HaO 18.02 Xenon Xe 131.3 Xylene (xylol) C6H4(CH3)2 106.16 Ytterbium (neoytterbium) Yb 173.04 Yttrium Y 88.92 Zinc Zn 65.38 Zinc acetate Zn(C2H302)2.2H20 219.50 chloride ZnCl2 136.29 iodide Znl2 319.22 oxide ZnO 81.38 phenolsulfonate (sulfocarbolate) Zn(CeH4.OH.SO3)2.BH2O .. . . 555.83 sulfate Zn504.7H20 287.55 sulfocarbolate. (See Zinc phenolsulfonate.) valerate (valerianate) Zn(C6H902)2.2H20 303.66 Zirconium Zr 91.22 109 Section 111. THERMOMETRIC EQUIVALENTS Centigrade to Fahrenheit Scales | °C. + 32 = °F. 0 c. *F. ° C. ° F. ° C. ° F. °C. •F. ° C. * F. -20 -4.0 21 69.8 61 141.8 101 213.8 141 285.8 -19 -2.2 22 71.6 62 143.6 102 215.6 142 287.6 -18 -0.4 23 73.4 63 145.4 103 217.4 143 289.4 -17 1.4 24 75.2 64 147.2 104 219.2 144 291.2 -16 3.2 25 77. 65 149. 105 221. 145 293. -15 5. 26 78.8 66 150.8 106 222.8 146 294.8 -14 6.8 27 80.6 67 152.6 107 224.6 147 296.6 -13 8.6 28 82.4 68 154.4 108 226.4 148 298.4 -12 10.4 29 84.2 69 156.2 109 228.2 149 300.2 -11 12.2 30 86. 70 158. 110 230. 150 302. -10 14. 31 87.8 71 159.8 111 231.8 151 303.8 - 9 15.8 32 89.6 72 161.6 112 233.6 152 305.6 - 8 17.6 33 91.4 73 163.4 113 235.4 153 307.4 - 7 19.4 34 93.2 74 165.2 114 237.2 154 309.2 - 6 21.2 35 95. 75 167. 115 239. 155 311. - 5 23. 36 96.8 76 168.8 116 240.8 156 312.8 - 4 24.8 37 98.6 77 170.6 117 242.6 157 314.6 - 3 26.6 38 100.4 78 172.4 118 244.4 158 316.4 - 2 28.4 39 102.2 79 174.2 119 246.2 159 318.2 - 1 30.2 40 104. 80 176. 120 248. 160 320. 0 32. 41 105.8 81 177.8 121 249.8 161 321.8 1 33.8 42 107.6 82 179.6 122 251.6 162 323.6 2 35.6 43 109.4 83 181.4 123 253.4 163 325.4 3 37.4 44 111.2 84 183.2 124 255.2 164 327.2 4 39.2 45 113. 85 185. 125 257. 165 329. 5 41. 46 114.8 86 186.8 126 258.8 166 330.8 6 42.8 47 116.6 87 188.6 127 260.6 167 332.6 7 44.6 48 118.4 88 190.4 128 262.4 168 334.4 8 46.4 49 120.2 89 192.2 129 264.2 169 336.2 9 48.2 50 122. 90 194. 130 266. 170 338. 10 50. 51 123.8 91 195.8 131 267.8 171 339.8 11 51.8 52 125.6 92 197.6 132 269.6 172 341.6 12 53.6 53 127.4 93 199.4 133 271.4 173 343.4 13 55.4 54 129.2 94 201.2 134 273.2 174 345.2 14 57.2 55 131. 95 203. 135 275. 175 347. 15 59. 56 132.8 96 204.8 136 276.8 176 348.8 16 60.8 57 134.6 97 206.6 137 278.6 177 350.6 17 62.6 58 136.4 98 208.4 138 280.4 178 352.4 18 64.4 59 138.2 99 210.2 139 282.2 179 354.2 19 20 66.2 68. 60 140. 100 212. 140 284. 180 356. THERMOMETRIC EQUIVALENTS—Continued Fahrenheit to Centigrade Scales (°F. - 32) X~ = °C. ° F. ° C. ° F. 0 C. ° F. 0 C. ° F. 0 C. ° F. ° C. 0 -17.78 51 10.56 101 38.33 151 66.11 201 93.89 1 -17.22 52 11.11 102 38.89 152 66.67 202 94.44 2 -16.67 53 11.67 103 39.44 153 67.22 203 95. 3 -16.11 54 12.22 104 40. 154 67.78 204 95.56 4 -15.56 55 12.78 105 40.56 155 68.33 205 96.11 5 -15. 56 13.33 106 41.11 156 68.89 206 96.67 6 -14.44 57 13.89 107 41.67 157 69.44 207 97.22 7 -13.89 58 14.44 108 42.22 158 70. 208 97.78 8 -13.33 59 15. 109 42.78 159 70.56 209 98.33 9 -12.78 60 15.56 110 43.33 160 71.11 210 98.89 10 -12.22 61 16.11 111 43.89 161 71.67 211 99.44 11 -11.67 62 16.67 112 44.44 162 72.22 212 100. 12 -11.11 63 17.22 113 45. 163 72.78 213 100.56 13 -10.56 64 17.78 114 45.56 164 73.33 214 101.11 14 -10. 65 18.33 115 46.11 165 73.89 215 101.67 15 -9.44 66 18.89 116 46.67 166 74.44 216 102.22 16 -8.89 67 19.44 117 47.22 167 75. 217 102.78 17 -8.33 68 20. 118 47.78 168 75.56 218 103.33 18 -7.78 69 20.56 119 48.33 169 76.11 219 103.89 19 -7.22 70 21.11 120 48.89 170 76.67 220 104.44 20 -6.67 71 21.67 121 49.44 171 77.22 221 105. 21 -6.11 72 22.22 122 50. 172 77.78 222 105.56 22 -r5.56 73 22.78 123 50.56 173 78.33 223 106.11 23 — 5. 74 23.33 124 51.11 174 78.89 224 106.67 24 -4.44 75 23.89 125 51.67 175 79.44 225 107.22 25 -3.89 76 24.44 126 52.22 176 80. 226 107.78 26 -3.33 77 25. 127 52.78 177 80.56 227 108.33 27 -2.78 '78 25.56 128 53.33 178 81.11 228 108.89 28 -2.22 79 26.11 129 53.89 179 81.67 229 109.44 29 -1.67 80 26.67 130 54.44 180 82.22 230 110. 30 -1.11 81 27.22 131 55. 181 82.78 231 110.56 31 -0.56 82 27.78 132 55.56 182 83.33 232 111.11 32 0. 83 28.33 133 56.11 183 83.89 233 111.67 33 0.56 84 28.89 134 56.67 184 84.44 234 112.22 34 1.11 85 29.44 135 57.22 185 85. 235 112.78 35 1.67 86 30. 136 57.78 186 85.56 236 113.33 36 2.22 87 30.56 137 58.33 187 86.11 237 113.89 37 2.78 88 31.11 138 58.89 188 86.67 238 114.44 38 3.33 89 31.67 139 59.44 189 87.22 239 115. 39 3.89 90 32.22 140 60. 190 87.78 240 115.56 40 4.44 91 32.78 141 60.56 191 88.33 241 116.11 41 5. 92 33.33 142 61.11 192 88.89 242 116.67 42 5.56 93 33.89 143 61.67 193 89.44 243 117.22 43 6.11 94 34.44 144 62.22 194 90. 244 117.78 44 6.67 95 35. 145 62.78 195 90.56 245 118.33 45 7.22 96 35.56 146 63.33 196 91.11 246 118.89 46 7.78 97 36.11 147 63.89 197 91.67 247 119.44 47 8.33 98 36.67 148 64.44 198 92.22 248 120. 48 8.89 99 37.22 149 65. 199 92.78 249 120.56 49 9.44 100 37.78 150 65.56 200 93.33 250 121.11 50 10. Ill Section IV. ISOTONIC FACTORS To calculate approximate strength cf a simple isotonic solution: 0.56° = freezing point of human blood. o.Bo° =freezing point of lachrymal fluid. 1.86° = freezing point of molal solution of nonelectrolyte. i increase in freezing-point lowering, molal solution of electrolyte. Approximate values (to be used when more nearly accurate values are not known): Nonelectrolytes: 1.0 Substances yielding 3 ions: 2.6 Substances yielding 2 ions: 1.8 Substances yielding 4 ions: 3.4 2-ion metal sulfates: 1.4 Substances yielding 5 ions: 4.2 Data 1.86 Xi _ Molecular weight 0.56 * * = Gm. of substance per 1000 Gm. water if solution is to be isotonic with blood. Proportions 1.86 X/ Molecular weight 0.80 y j' = Gm. of substance per 1000 Gm. water if solution is to be isotonic with tears. 1.86X1.85 = 58.45 (Cm.) 0.56 a: (Cm.) * = 9.5 Cm. sodium chloride per 1000 Gm. water (officially taken as 0.90% w/v), solution isotonic with blood. Examples 1.86X1.00 = 61.84 (Cm.) 0.80 y (Cm.) y = 26.5 Cm. boric acid per 1000 Gin, water (approximately 2.65% w/v), solution isotonic with tears. To calculate isotonic factors: Rule. The molecular weight of Substance A divided by the molecular weight of Substance B (after each has been multiplied by the i value of the other) yields the amount of Substance A represented (in tonic effect) by 1 weight unit of Substance B. This figure is the Substance A isotonic factor for Substance B. Sodium chloride factor. Multiply 58.45 by the i value of the given sub- stance and divide the result by the product of the molecular weight of the given substance multiplied by 1.8. Result equals grams of NaCl represented by each gram of the given substance, or the NaCl factor for the given substance. Boric acid factor. Multiply 61.84 by the i value of the given substance and divide the result by the molecular weight of the given substance (theoretically multiplied by 1.00). To calculate amount of epitonic agent required: Multiply the number of grams per 100 cc. of each ingredient by its NaCl or H 3803 factor; subtract the total amount of NaCl or H3BO;j rep- resented from the amount that should be contained in each 100 cc. of a simple isotonic solution of the kind desired. 112 (After Bradley and Gustafson) Table of Isotonic Factors Substance Isotonic factors , NaCl H3BO3 Alum (ammonium) . 12H20 0.24 0.46 Alum (potassium) . 12PI20 Argyrol (20% silver) 0.23 0.06 0.44 0.11 Atropine sulfate . HaO 0.12 0.23 Borax. (See Sodium borate.) Boric acid 0.52 1.00 Butacaine sulfate 0.12 0.23 Butyn sulfate. (See Butacaine sulfate.) Calcium chloride . 2H20 0.57 1.09 0.21 0.41 Chloretone. (See Chlorobutanol.) 0.18 0.35 Cocaine hydrochloride 0.17 0.33 Cupric sulfate . 5H20 0.18 0.35 0.16 0.31 Dionin. (See Ethylmorphine hydrochloride.) Ephedrine hydrochloride 0.29 0.55 0.20 0.38 Epinephrine hydrochloride 0.27 0.51 Eserine salicylate. (See Physostigmine salicylate.) Eserine sulfate. (See Physostigmine sulfate.) Ethylmorphine hydrochloride .2H20 0.15 0.29 Ethylhydrocuprein hydrochloride 0.16 0.30 Fluorescein sodium 0.22 0.43 Holocaine hydrochloride. (See Phenacaine hydrochloride.) Homatropine hydrobromide 0.16 0.31 Hyoscine hydrobromide. (See Scopolamine hydrobromide.) Hyoscine hydrochloride. (See Scopolamine hydrochloride.) Larocaine hydrochloride 0.19 0.35 Mercury bichloride 0.12 0.23 0.13 0.24 Mercury oxycyanide 0.07 0.13 Metycaine hydrochloride 0.20 0.37 Morphine hydrochloride . 3H20 0.16 0.30 Morphine sulfate . 5H20 0.11 0.21 113 Table of Isotonic Factors—Continued (After Bradley and Gustafson) Substance Isotonic factors NaCl H3BO3 Neo-synephrine hydrochloride Novocain. (See Procaine hydrochloride.) 0.29 0.55 Optochin. {See Ethylhydrocuprein hydrochloride.) Phenacaine hydrochloride ,H20 0.17 0.32 Physostigmine salicylate 0.14 0.27 Physostigmine sulfate 0.13 0.25 Pilocarpine hydrochloride 0.24 0.45 Pilocarpine nitrate Pontocaine hydrochloride. (See Tetracaine hydrochloride.) 0.22 0.41 Potassium phosphate (monobasic) 0.43 0.82 Potassium chloride 0.78 1.49 0.58 1.10 Procaine hydrochloride 0.21 0.41 Protargol (7.5% to 8.5% silver) 0.024 0.046 Scopolamine hydrobromide . 3H20 0.13 0.25 Scopolamine hydrochloride ,2H20 0.16 0.30 Sodium bicarbonate 0.70 1.32 Sodium biphosphate (monobasic) 0.49 0.93 Sodium biphosphate .H20 0.42 0.81 Sodium borate . 10PI2O 0.36 0.68 Sodium carbonate 0.80 1.52 Sodium carbonate .H20 0.68 1.30 ' 1.00 1.90 Sodium citrate ,2H20 0.38 0.71 0.39 0.74 0.69 1.31 Sodium phosphate . 2PI20 (dibasic) 0.47 0.90 Sodium phosphate ,7H20 0.31 0.60 Sodium phosphate . 12H20 0.24 0.45 0.67 1.28 Sulfadiazine sodium 0.21 0.41 Sulfathiazole sodium (sesquihydrate) 0.19 0.37 0.10 0.19 Tetracaine hydrochloride 0.19 0.37 Tutocain hydrochloride 0.20 0.39 0.62 1.18 Zinc sulfate . 7H20 ‘ • • • 0.16 0.30 ♦ Sodium nitrate and potassium nitrate may act as epitonic apents in solutions of silver nitrate without causing precipitation. Each gram of silver nitrate has the tonic effect of 0.50 Gm. of sodium nitrate and oi 0.60 Gm. of potassium nitrate. Each 100 cc. of solution isotonic with lachrymal fluid should contain the equivalent of 2.02 Gm. of sodium nitrate or of 2.42 Gm. of potassium nitrate. 114 APPENDIX 111 DRUG LIST ACACIA, acacia, U.S.P. (gum arabic) A gum occurring in yellowish-white tears, fragments, or powder. Solubility: Slowly in water (2) ; insoluble in alcohol. In dissolving the powder, add all of the water at once to avoid lumping. incompatibilities: Lead subacetate solution produces a precipitate with it. Alcohol, concentrated, gelatinizes the mucilage. Bismuth subnitrate in mixtures is caused to cake by it. Action and Uses: Demulcent, adhesive but not emollient, suspending agent in mix- tures, emulsifying agent. In a sterile 6 per cent solution for intravenous injection, it is used to combat shock and hemorrhage. Preparations: Mucilage of acacia, mucilago acaciae, U.S.P. Acacia, 350 Gm., Benzoic acid 2 Gm., distilled water to make 1000 cc. This may be prepared extemporane- ously by dissolving the benzoic acid in 400 cc. of distilled water, adding this solution to powdered or granular acacia, in a mortar, and triturating until the acacia is dissolved. Enough distilled water is then added to make the product measure 1000 cc. Syrup of Acacia, syrupus acaciae, N.F. Acacia, 100 Gm., sodium benzoate, 1 Gm., Tr. vanilla, 5 cc., sucrose, 800 Gm., distilled water to make 1000 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: Mold in the mucilage; unpleasant odor indicating decom- position. Storage: In well-closed containers, in a cool place. ACETANILID, acetanilidum, U.S.P. A white, odorless, crystalline powder. Solubility: Slightly in water (190); freely in alcohol (3.5), glycerin (5) and chloro- form (4). Incompatibilities: Spirit of ethyl nitrite is colored reddish-yellow by it. Chloral hydrate, phenol, thymol and resorcinol form pasty masses when triturated with it. Action and Uses: Analgesic, antipyretic, used particularly for headache and neuralgic pains. It produces cyanosis in excessive doses, due to the formation of methemo- globin. Dosage: 0.2 Gm. usually in tablets, capsules or papers. Preparations: Compound powder of acetanilid, pulvis acetanilidi compositus, N.F. Acetanilid, 70 Gm., caffeine, 10 Gm., sodium bicarbonate, 20 Gm. Tablets of acetanilid, tabellae acetanilidi, N.F., 0.2 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. ACETARSONE, N.N.R. A white powder. Solubility: Slightly soluble in water and in alcohol. Action and Uses: Amebicide. Dosage: 0.25 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. ACETONE, acetonum, U.S.P. (dimethyl-ketone) A colorless, inflammable, volatile liquid, with an ethereal odor and a pungent, sweet taste. Caution: Keep it away from fire. Solubility: Miscible with water, alcohol, chloroform, ether and with most oils. SP. Gr.: 0.790. Boils: 56° C. Action and Uses: Solvent, menstruum for extraction of oleoresins, vehicle for external preparations, reagent. Preparations: In surgical solution of merbromin, N.F. Storage: In tight containers, remote from fire. ACETOPHENETIDIN, acetophenetidinum, U.S.P. (acetphenetidin, phenacetin) A white, odorless, crystalline powder. Solubility: Very slightly in water (1300), in alcohol (15), and chloroform (15). Incompatibilities: Chloral hydrate and phenol form pasty masses when triturated with it. 115 Action and Uses: Analgesic, antipyretic, used for relief of headache and neuralgic pains and in the treatment of mild fevers. Dosage: 0.3 Gm. usually in capsules, papers or tablets. Preparation: Acetophenetidin tablets, tabellae acetophenetidini, U.S.P. 0.3 Gm. Tablets of acetophenetidin and phenyl salicylate, tabellae acetophenetidini et phenylis salicylatis, N.F. (phenacetin and salol tablets). 0.15 Gm. each of aceto- phenetidin and phenyl salicylate. Storage: In well-closed containers. ACETYLSALICYLIC ACID, acidum acetylsalicylicum, U.S.P. (aspirin) A white, odorless, crystalline powder or fine, white crystals. Solubility: Slightly in water (300); freely in alcohol (5) and in chloroform (17). In aqueous solutions of alkali hydroxides and carbonates it dissolves with decom- position. It dissolves in concentrated aqueous alkaline citrate solutions. Incompatibilities: It is decomposed by alkalies and by potassium and sodium iodides. Water causes decomposition to salicylic and acetic acids. Action and Uses: Analgesic, antipyretic, antirheumatic. Its chief use is for relief of headache and in acute rheumatic fever. Dosage: 0.3 Gm., usually in tablets, capsules or papers. Preparations: Compound paste of acetylsalicylic acid, pasta acidi acetylsalicylici composita, N.F. (dental anodyne paste). Eugenol, 2 cc., Peruvian balsam, 10 Gm., acetylsalicylic acid, 25 Gm., white wax, 10 Gm., wool fat to make 100 Gm. Acetylsalicylic acid tablets, tabellae acidi acetylsalicylici, U.S.P. 0.3 Gm. Storage; In well-closed containers. ACONITE, aconitum, N.F. (monkshood, aconite root) A tuberous root. Action and Uses: Stimulates nerve endings when applied locally to mucous mem- branes and so it has been used as a counterirritant. Given internally it causes cardiac slowing. A very toxic drug not used in modern medicine. Dosage: 60 mg. Preparations: Fluidextract of aconite, fluidextractum aconiti, N.F. Dose: 0.06 cc. Tincture of aconite, tinctura aconiti, N.F. Dose: 0.6 cc. Storage: In well-closed containers. ACRIFLAVINE, acriflavina, N.F., (acriflavine base, neutral acriflavine) A brownish-red, odorless, granular powder. Solubility: Soluble in water (3). Incompletely soluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Incompatible with Dakin’s Solution and other chlorine antiseptics, with mercuric chloride, and with phenol. Action and Uses: Antiseptic. Dosage: For application to wounds, solution 1-1000; for irrigation, solutions 1-500 to 1-10,000 Storage: In tight containers. ACTIVATED CHARCOAL, carbo activatus, U.S.P. A fine, black, odorless, tasteless, powdered charcoal, free from gritty matter, treated to increase its adsorptive power. Note. When Carbo Ligni is prescribed, Carbo Activatus may be dispensed. Incompatibilities: It adsorbs coloring matter and alkaloids from solutions. Action and Uses: Adsorbent of gases and dissolved substances. Used internally against digestive disorders and vegetable poisons but of doubtful value. Locally employed as a deodorant for fetid ulcers, usually in the form of a poultice. Dosage: 1 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. AGAR, agar, U.S.P. (agar-agar) A mucilaginous substance extracted from certain seaweeds. Solubility; Insoluble in cold water, but slowly soluble in hot water. Action and Uses; Intestinal demulcent and lubricant. Used in chronic constipation or intestinal atony. Dosage: 4 Gm. ALCOHOL, alcohol, U.S.P. (ethyl alcohol, ethanol, spiritus vini rectifitcatus) CJLOH. A colorless, transparent, mobile, volatile liquid, having a slight, characteristic odor and a burning taste. It is inflammable. At 15.56°C., it contains not less 116 than 92.3 per cent by weight, corresponding to 94.9 per cent by volume, of C3HSOH. Solubility; Miscible with water, with ether, with glycerin and with chloroform. Sp. Gr.: 0.816. Boils: 78°C. Action and Uses: Rubefacient, astringent, antiseptic. Storage: In tight containers, remote from fire. ALOE, aloe, U.S.P. (Aloes) A dark-yellow, yellowish-brown, or olive-brown powder. Solubility: Incompletely soluble in water and in alcohol. Action and Uses: Cathartic. Dosage: 0.25 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: A caked product. Storage: In tight containers. ALUM, alumen, U.S.P. (Ammonium alum) * 12H20; (potassium alum) AIK (SO*)* • 12 H2O. Large, colorless crystals, crystalline fragments, or a white powder. It is odorless, and has a sweetish, strongly astringent taste. Solubility: Ammonium alum is soluble in water (7). Potassium alum is soluble in water (7.5). Both forms are insoluble in alcohol, and freely but slowly soluble in glycerin. Incompatibilities: Alkalies, borax, carbonates, and lime water cause precipitation in solutions of alum. Action and Uses: Astringent, styptic, and hemostatic. Preparations: Exsiccated alum, alumen exsiccatum, U.S.P. (dried alum, burnt alum). Storage: In well-closed containers. ALUMINUM ACETATE, alumini acetas. A white powder, rarely available except in solution. Solubility: Soluble in water. Incompatibilities: Alkalies precipitate it from solution. Action and Uses: Astringent, usually in lotions or ointments. Preparations: Solution of aluminum acetate, liquor alumini acetatis, N.F. (Burow’s solution). Dissolve 150 Gm. of lead acetate and 87 Gm. of aluminum sulfate, each separately, in 525 cc. of water. Pour the lead acetate solution into the aluminum sulfate solution with constant stirring and set the mixture aside for 24 hours. Separate 1000 cc. of the clear, supernatant liquid by decantation or filtration. This solution is also prepared by mixing 15 cc. of glacial acetic acid with 545 cc. of solution of aluminum subacetate and enough water to make 1000 cc. Special tablets to be dissolved in water to make this solution are sometimes available. Evidence of Deterioration; A white precipitate in the solution. Storage: In tight containers. ALUMINUM CHLORIDE, alumini chloridum, N.F. A white, or yellowish-white, deliquescent, crystalline powder. It is nearly odorless, and has a sweetish, very astringent taste. Solubility; Soluble in water (0.5), in alcohol (4), soluble in glycerin. Action and Uses: Antiseptic and astringent. Used in 5 per cent to 25 per cent solution in hyperidrosis. When used for this purpose it may cause dermatitis. Preparations; Solution of aluminum chloride, liquor alumini chloridi, N.F. Prepared by dissolving 250 Gm. of aluminum chloride in sufficient distilled water to make 1000 cc. Evidence of Deterioration; Moist lumps or powder. Storage: In tight containers. ALUMINUM HYDROXIDE GEL, alumini hydroxidi gelatum, U.S.P. (colloidal aluminum hydroxide) A white, viscous suspension. Solubility: Insoluble in water and in alcohol. This gel is readily miscible with water. Action and Uses: Gastric antacid for oral use in the treatment of peptic ulcer and symptomatic hyperchlorhydria. Dosage: 8 cc. Preparations: Dried aluminum hydroxide gel, gelatum alumini hydroxidi siccum, U.S.P. Dose: 0.6 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: Excessive separation, usually due to freezing. Storage: In well-closed containers, avoiding freezing temperatures. 117 AMARANTH: amaranthum, U.S.P. (F.D. and C. Red No. 2) A dark red-brown powder. Solubility: Soluble in water (15); very slightly soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: An agent used to produce shades of red in coloring pharmaceutical preparations. Preparations: Solution of amaranth, liquor amaranthi, U.S.P. A 1 per cent solution of amaranth in distilled water. Storage: In well-closed containers. AMMONIA, STRONG SOLUTION, liquor ammoniae fortis, U.S.P. (stronger ammonia water) A colorless, transparent liquid, having an exceedingly pungent, characteristic odor, and a very caustic and alkaline taste. It contains about 28 per cent of NEE. Caution: Strong solution of ammonia must not be tasted nor its vapor inhaled. Sp. Gr.: 0.897. Incompatibilities: It has the incompatibilities common to alkalies. Action and Uses: A reagent. Preparations: Diluted solution of ammonia, liquor ammoniae dilutus, U.S.P. (ammonia water, U.S.P. XI). Strong solution of ammonia, 398 cc., distilled water, sufficient to make 1000 cc. This solution contains about 10 per cent of NH3. Evidence of Deterioration: Reduction in strength, as determined by assay. Storage: In tight containers, at a temperature not above 25° G. AMMONIATED MERCURY, hydrargyrum ammoniatum, U.S.P. (white precipitate) White, pulverulent pieces or white, amorphous powder. It is odorless, and is stable in air, but is affected by light. Solubility: Insoluble in water and in alcohol. Action and Uses: In ointment as a skin antiseptic and parasiticide. Preparations: Ammoniated mercury ointment, unguentum hydrargyri ammoniati, U.S.P. (white precipitate ointment). Ammoniated mercury, 5 Gm., wool fat, 5 Gm., white ointment, 90 Gm. Caution: The application of this ointment should not be preceded or followed by the application of a preparation containing iodine in any form. Evidence of Deterioration; A darkened product. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. AMMONIUM ACETATE, ammonii acetas. Colorless, deliquescent crystals or white, crystalline masses, having a slight acetous odor. Solubility: Soluble in water (less than 1), freely soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Formerly used as a diuretic; occasionally used in poisoning by formaldehyde. Dosage: 1 Gm. Preparations: Solution of ammonium acetate, liquor ammonii acetatis, N.F. (spirit of mindererus) Prepared by dissolving 5 Gm. of ammonium carbonate in 100 cc. of diluted acetic acid. It should be freshly prepared. Dose: 15 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: Partial liquefaction. Storage: In tight containers. AMMONIUM BROMIDE, ammonii bromidum, N. F. Colorless crystals, or a white, crystalline powder, having no odor. It is somewhat hygroscopic. Solubility: Soluble in water (1.3), in alcohol (12). Incompatibilities: Soluble barbiturates are precipitated by it. Action and Uses: Sedative. Dosage: 1 Gm. Preparations: Elixir of ammonium bromide, elixir ammonii bromidi, N.F. Elixir of five bromides, elixir bromidorum quinque, N.F. Elixir of three bromides, elixir bromidorum trium, N.F. Syrup of the bromides, syrupus bromidorum, N.F. Evidence of Deterioration: Slight yellowish discoloration or formation of a hard cake. Storage: In tight containers. AMMONIUM CARBONATE, ammonii carbonas, U.S.P. (sal volatile) A mixture of am- monium acid carbonate (NEEHCOs) and ammonium carbamate (NEE-COO NEE), yielding about 31.5 per cent NH3. 118 White, hard, translucent masses, having a strong odor of ammonia and a sharp, ammoniacal taste. Caution: For medicinal purposes, use only translucent pieces. Solubility: Very slowly soluble in water (4). It is decomposed by hot water. Incompatibilities: Acids and acid salts cause an evolution of carbon dioxide. Alka- loids are precipitated by it. Action and Uses: Formerly used as an expectorant. Preparations: Aromatic spirit of ammonia, spiritus ammoniac aromaticus, U.S.P. Dose: 2 cc. Action: Reflex cardiac and respiratory stimulant. Expectorant mix- ture, mistura pectoralis, N.F. (Stoke’s expectorant). Evidence of Deterioration: On exposure to air, it loses ammonia and carbon dioxide, becoming opaque and is finally converted into friable, porous lumps, or a white powder. Storage: In tight containers at a temperature not above 30° C. AMMONIUM CHLORIDE, ammonii chloridum, U.S.P. (sal ammoniac) Colorless crystals or a white, fine or coarse, crystalline powder. It has a cool, saline taste and is somewhat hygroscopic. Solubility: Soluble in water (2.6), in alcohol (100), and in glycerin (8). Action and Uses: Liquefying expectorant and, in large doses, diuretic. It is also used to render the urine acid. Most useful to enhance the effects of mercurial diuretics. Dosage: Expectorant, single dose. 0.3 Gm. Diuretic, daily dose, 3 to 6 Gm. Preparations: Ammonium chloride capsules, capsulae ammonii chloridi, U.S.P., 1 Gm. Tablets of ammonium chloride, tabellae ammonii chloridi, N.F., 0.3 Gm. and 0.5 Gm., enteric coated. Storage: In tight containers. AMPHETAMINE SULFATE, N.N.R. (racemic amphetamine sulfate, racemic desoxynor— ephedrine) A white, odorless powder. Solubility: Freely soluble in water; slightly soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses; Useful in the treatment of narcolepsy, in the treatment of certain depressive conditions, as an adjunct in the treatment of alcoholism and for facili- tating roentgenographic studies of the gastro-intestinal tract. Its use is not advisable in the treatment of sleepiness and fatigue in normal individuals. Am- phetamine bases is volatile and is used by inhalation to shrink the nasal mucous membrane. Dosage: 5 to 10 mg., usually in tablets. Storage: In well-closed containers. AMYL NITRITE, amylis nitris, U.S.P. A clear, yellowish liquid, having a peculiar, ethereal, fruity odor, and a pungent, aromatic taste. It is volatile even at low temperatures and is inflammable. Solubility: Almost insoluble in water, but is miscible with alcohol and with ether. Sp. Gr.: 0.87. Boils: 98°C., but volatilizes at much lower temperatures. Action and Uses: Vasodilator and antispasmodic. Ordinarily used by inhaling the vapor from a crushed ampul (“pearl” or “perle”). Prevents and relieves attacks of angina pectoris. Dosage: By inhalation, 0.2 cc. Storage: In tight containers. AMYTAL, Isoamylethylbarbituric acid, N.N.R. A white, crystalline, odorless powder. Solubility: Very slightly soluble in cold water; soluble in alcohol and in ether. incompatibilities: Acids decompose it. Action and Uses: A sedative and hypnotic used in the control of insomnia and as a preliminary to surgical anesthesia. Its sodium salt is often given intravenously and is useful in the control of convulsive states from either poisoning or disease. Dosage: 0.1 to 0.3 Gm., hypnotic; up to 0.6, before operation. Storage: In tight containers. AMYTAL SODIUM, N.N.R. A white, friable, hygroscopic, granular powder, chemically related to barbital. Solubility: Very soluble in water ; freely soluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it. Action and Uses: Action much like barbital but less prolonged. Used as a hypnotic and sedative. Large doses, often given intravenously, are effective antidotes to 119 the convulsant poisons and are also used to combat convulsions due to disease. Dosage: 0.2 Gm. Storage: In tight containers. ANTIANTHRAX SERUM, N.N.R. A serum prepared by immunizing horses against virulent anthrax bacilli. Action and Uses: Used in the treatment of anthrax. Dosage: 50 cc. (minimum). Intramuscularly or intravenously. Storage: In hermetic containers, at a temperature between 2° and 10° G. ANTIDYSENTERIC SERUM, N.N.R. The serum of horses immunized against the Shiga bacillus. Action and Uses: Used in the treatment of bacillary dysentery, but it is less effective than the sulfonamides and so its use is declining. Dosage: 20 to 100 cc., subcutaneously or intramuscularly. Storage: In hermetic containers, at a temperature between 2° and 10° C. ANTIMENINGOCOCCIC SERUM, serum antimeningococcicum, U.S.P. (antimeningo- coccus serum, meningitis serum) Action and Uses: Formerly used in the treatment of meningitis, but far less effective than the sulfonamides. Dosage: Parenteral, therapeutic, 20 cc. Storage; At a temperature between 2° and 10° C., preferably at the lower limit. ANTIMONY AND POTASSIUM TARTRATE, antimonii et potassii tartras, U.S.P. (antimonyl potassium tartrate, tartar emetic) Colorless, odorless, transparent crystals, or a white powder. Caution: When antimony and potassium tartrate is to be dissolved in water, the water should first be heated to boiling. Solubility; Soluble in water (12), in glycerin (15), insoluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Alkalies and carbonates precipitate antimony and potassium tartrate. Action and Uses: Emetic, expectorant, protozoacide. Used intravenously in schisto- somiasis, kala-azar, and granuloma inguinale. Dosage: As an emetic, 0.03 Gm. As an expectorant, 0.003 Gm. Intravenously, 0.04 Gm. Preparations: Tincture of antimony, tinctura antimonii, N.F. (wine of antimony) Dissolve 4 Gm. antimony and potassium tartrate in 25 cc. of boiling distilled water, add 700 cc. of distilled water, 200 cc. of alcohol, 2 Gm. of caramel, 2 cc. of ethyl acetate, and sufficient distilled water to make 1000 cc. Storage; In well-closed containers. ANTIPNEUMOCOCCIC SERUM, serum antipneumococcicum, type specific, U.S.P. (anti- pneumococcus serum, pneumonia serum) Caution: Type XIV antipneumococcic serum produced by immunization of the horse should not be administered to persons of blood group “A." Action and Uses: Used in the treatment of lobar pneumonia, but less effective than the sulfonamides in most cases. Dosage: Parenteral, therapeutic, from 20,000 to 100,000 units. Storage: At a temperature between 2° and 10° C., preferably at the lower limit. ANTIPYRINE, antipyrina, U.S.P. (phenazone). Colorless crystals or a white, crystalline powder. It is odorless, and has a slightly bitter taste. Solubility; Soluble in water (less than 1), in alcohol (1.3), in chloroform (1), in ether (43). Incompatibilities: It has so many incompatibilities that it should not ordinarily be prescribed in combination with other substances. Action and Uses: Antipyretic, analgesic, sedative. Dosage: 0.3 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. APOMORPHINE HYDROCHLORIDE, apomorphinae hydrochloridum, U.S.P. Minute, white or grayish white, glistening crystals which acquire a greenish tint upon exposure to light and air. Caution: Apomorphine hydrochloride must be rejected if it at once imparts an emerald green color to too parts of distilled water when shaken with it in a test tube. Solubility; In water (50) and in alcohol (50). 120 Incompatibilities; Alkalies and iodine precipitate it. Action and Uses: Emetic, by hypodermic injection. Dosage: Hypodermic, 5 mg. Oral, I mg. Preparations: Tablets of apomorphine hydrochloride, tabellae apomorphinae hydro- chloridi, N.F. Dose: 5 mg. Evidence of Deterioration; Crystals having a greenish tint. Storage: In small, tight, light-resistant vials, containing not more than 0.35 Gm. ARECOLINE HYDROBROMIDE, arecolinae hydrobromidum, N.F. A white, crystalline powder, or in the form of white crystals. It is odorless and has a bitter taste. Solubility: Soluble in water (1), in alcohol (10). Incompatibilities: Alkalies and iodine precipitate it from aqueous solutions. Action and Uses: Anthelmintic, cathartic, miotic. Used principally in veterinary medicine. Dosage: As an anthelmintic, 0.005 Gm. As a miotic, 0.5 per cent to 1 per cent aqueous solution. Storage: In tight containers, protected from light. ARSENIC TRIOXIDE, arseni trioxidum, U.S.P. (arsenious acid, arsenious oxide, white arsenic) Asj03. A white, odorless powder, stable in air. Caution: It is extremely poisonous. Solubility: Slowly soluble in water, slightly soluble in alcohol and in ether, and freely soluble in glycerin. Action and Uses: Formerly used as a hematinic and tonic; little used in modern medicine. Dosage: 2 rag. Preparations: Solution of arsenious acid, liquor acidi arseniosi, U.S.P. (Hydrochloric solution of arsenic, solution of arsenic chloride.) Prepared by boiling 10 Gm. of arsenic trioxide with 50 cc. of diluted hydrochloric acid and 250 cc. of distilled water until solution results, and then adding suffi- cient distilled water to make 1000 cc. Dose: 0.2 cc. This solution is incompatible with carbonates and bicarbonates. Solution of potassium arsenite, liquor potassii arsenitis, U.S.P. (Fowler’s Solution). Prepared by boiling 10 Gm. of arsenic trioxide with 7.6 Gm. of potassium bicarbonate and 100 cc. of distilled water until solution is effected, then adding 30 cc. of alcohol and sufficient distilled water to make 1000 cc. Dose: 0.2 cc. Alkaloids and salts of the heavy metals are precipi- tated by it. Storage: In well-closed containers. ARSPHENAMINE, arsphenamina, U.S.P. A light yellow powder, odorless or having a slight odor, hygroscopic. It contains about 31 per cent of arsenic. Caution; In the dry state or in solution, it is oxidized by exposure to the air, becoming darker and more toxic. Do not confuse with neoarsphenamine. Solubility: Soluble in water, in alcohol, and in glycerin, but only very slightly soluble in chloroform and in ether. Action and Uses: Used in the treatment of syphilis. Dosage: Intravenous, 0.3 Gm. Prior to injection the solution must be alkalinizcd with 0.85 cc. of normal sodium hydroxide for each 0.1 Gm. of arsphenamine; and well diluted. Evidence of Deterioration: Darkening on exposure to air. Storage: In a cool place, preferably not above 10° C., in sealed containers of color- less glass, from which the air has been excluded either by the production of a vacuum or by displacement with a nonoxidizing gas. ASAFETIDA, asafoetida, N.F. An oleo-gum-resin having a strong, alliaceous odor. Action and Uses: Formerly used as a carminative and in the treatment of neuroses when the action was probably mainly psychic. Dosage: 0.4 Gm. Preparations: Pills of asafetida, pilulae asafoetidae, N.F. Dose: 2 pills. Tincture of asafetida, tinctura asafoetidae, N.F. Dose: 1 cc. Storage: In tight containers. ASCORBIC ACID, acidum ascorbicum, U.S.P. (vitamin C, cevitamic acid) * White or yellowish white, odorless crystals or powder. 121 Solubility: In water (3) and in alcohol (30); insoluble in chloroform, in ether and in benzene. Incompatibilities: Alkaline solutions, oxygen. For solutions to be sterilized, use only water from which air has been removed. Action and Uses: An essential constituent of the diet. Used in scurvy and in other conditions in which there is a deficiency of it in the diet or where there is inter- ference with its absorption, even when the diet contains a normal amount. Dosage: 50 mg. usually in tablets. In solution for parenteral use, ampuls, 100 mg. in 2 cc. Preparations; Ascorbic acid tablets, tabellae acidi ascorbici, U.S.P. (vitamin G tablets). 25 mg., 50 mg., 100 mg. Evidence of Deterioration; Discoloration (gray). Storage: In tight containers. ATROPINE SULFATE, atropinae sulfas, U.S.P. Colorless crystals or a white, crystalline powder. It effloresces in dry air, and is affected by light. Caution: It is extremely poisonous. Solubility: Soluble in water (0.5), in alcohol (5), and in glycerin (2.5). Incompatibilities: Alkalies and iodine precipitate it. Action and Uses: Paralyzes the parasympathetic nerve endings. It is used especially as a mydriatic and cycloplegic, to suppress secretions, to quicken the heart, to regulate peristalsis, and to lessen bronchial spasm. Dosage: 0.5 mg. Preparations: Atropine sulfate tablets, tabellae atropinae sulfatis, U.S.P., 0.6 mg., 0.4 mg., 0.3 mg. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. BARBITAL SODIUM, barbitalum sodicum, U.S.P. (Soluble barbital, sodium diethyl- barbiturate, soluble barbitone, sodium diethylmalonylurea.) A white, odorless powder, having a bitter taste. It is stable in air. Solubility: Soluble in water (5) ; slightly soluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it, precipitating barbital. Action and Uses: Widely used hypnotic and sedative. Dosage; 0.3 Gm. Preparations: Barbital sodium tablets, tabellae barbitali sodici, U.S.P. (soluble barbital tablets), 0.3 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. BARIUM SULFATE, barii sulfas, U.S.P. A fine, white, odorless, tasteless, bulky powder. Caution: When barium sulfate is prescribed, the title should always be written in full to avoid confusion with the poisonous barium sulfide or sulfite. Solubility: Insoluble in all solvents. Action and Uses: For Roentgen-ray examinations of the gastrointestinal tract. Storage: In well-closed containers. BELLADONNA, belladonna, U.S.P. Leaves or roots. Action and Uses: Used internally as an antispasmodic, and to suppress secretions and to quicken the heart; locally as a mild local anesthetic. Preparations: Belladonna liniment, linimentum belladonnae, N.F. Camphor, 50 Gm., fluidextract of belladonna root, sufficient to make 1000 cc. Belladonna ointment, unguentum belladonnae, U.S.P. Pilular extract of bellav donna, 10 Gm., diluted alcohol, 5 cc., yellow ointment, 85 Gm. Extract of belladonna, extractum belladonnae, U.S.P. Dose: 15 mg. Prepared from belladonna leaf. Both the pilular and powdered forms are official. Fluidextract of belladonna leaf, fluidextractum belladonnae folii, N.F. Dose: 0.06 cc. Fluidextract of belladonna root, fluidextractum belladonnae radicis, N.F. Dose: 0.05 cc. Tincture of belladonna, tinctura belladonnae, U.S.P, Dose: 0.6 cc. Prepared from belladonna leaf. Storage: In well-closed containers. BENTONITE, bentonitum, U.S.P. A native, colloidal, hydrated aluminum silicate. A very fine, odorless, tasteless, and practically colorless powder, free from grit, or in small granules. 122 Solubility: It is insoluble in water, but swells to about eight times its volume when added to water, and produces an opalescent suspension or paste. It is insoluble in organic solvents and does not swell in these. Solution of calcium hydroxide de- creases the viscosity of bentonite gels. Action and Uses: It is pharmacologically inert. It is used as a suspending agent and thickener in pharmaceutical preparations. For these purposes it is ordinarily used in from 1 to 4 per cent of the volume of the finished preparation. Preparations: Magma of bentonite, magma bentoniti, N.F. Sprinkle 50 Gm. of bentonite, in divided portions, upon 800 cc. of hot distilled water. Allow it to stand with occasional stirring for 24 hours; add sufficient distilled water to make 1000 cc., and mix thoroughly. Storage: In well-closed containers. BENZOIC ACID, acidum benzoicum, U.S.P. Fine, white, nearly odorless crystals, somewhat volatile at moderately warm temperatures. Solubility: Slightly in water (275), in alcohol (3), in chloroform (5), and in ether (3). Soluble in fixed and in volatile oils. Action and Uses: Mild antiseptic, diuretic, fungicide; preservative in mucilage of acacia, cherry juice, etc. Dosage: Rarely used by itself. An ingredient of camphorated tincture of opium. Preparations: Ointment of benzoic and salicylic acids, unguentum acidi benzoici et acidi salicylici, N.F. (Whitfield’s ointment). Benzoic acid, 12 Gm., salicylic acid, 6 Gm., wool fat, 5 Gm., white petrolatum to make 100 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. BENZOIN, benzoinum, U.S.P. (Sumatra benzoin, Siam benzoin) Sumatra benzoin, reddish-brown or grayish-brown resinous masses or lumps of varying size. Siam benzoin, yellowish-brown to rusty-brown, pebble-like tears of variable size. Solubility: Both varieties are incompletely soluble in alcohol; they are insoluble in water but form emulsions when their tinctures are mixed with aqueous fluids. Action and Uses: Often used in steam inhalations. Used to protect the skin under adhesive strapping. Preparations: Tincture of benzoin, tinctura benzoini, U.S.P., a 20 per cent tincture with alcohol as the menstruum, prepared by maceration. Compound tincture of benzoin, tinctura benzoini composita, U.S.P. (Friar’s Balsam). Benzoin, 100 Gm., aloe, 20 Gm., storax, 80 Gm., Tolu balsam, 40 Gm., alcohol, to make 1000 cc. Prepared by maceration. Storage; In well-closed containers. BENZYL BENZOATE, benzylis benzoas. An oily liquid having a faint, aromatic odor and a sharp, burning taste. Solubility: Insoluble in water or glycerin; miscible with alcohol, chloroform, ether, and oils. Sp. Gr.: 1.114. Boils: 324°C. Melting point: 21°C. Action and Uses: Antispasmodic. It is used externally in the treatment of scabies. Dosage: 1 to 10 cc. of a 20 per cenf alcoholic solution or emulsion. Storage: In tight containers. BILE SALTS. A light cream-colored powder, consisting chiefly of sodium glycocholate and sodium taurocholate in the proportions in which they exist naturally. Action and Uses: Bile salts are useful to promote the absorption of food fats and fat soluble vitamins when failure to absorb these constituents is due to insufficient bile in the intestinal tract. Dosage; 0.06 to 0.2 Gm. Preparations: Tablets, enteric coated. Storage: In tight containers. BISMUTH AND POTASSIUM TARTRATE, Bismuthi et Potassii Tartras, U.S.P. (potassium bismuth tartrate, potassium bismuthyl tartrate) A granular, white, odorless powder, having a sweetish taste. It darkens on expo- sure to light. Solubility: Soluble in water (2) ; insoluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it. Action and Uses: Antisyphilitic. Dosage; Intramuscular, 0.1 Gm. 123 Preparations: Bismuth and potassium tartrate injection, injectio bismuthi et potassii Tartratis, U.S.P. Evidence of Deterioration: A darkened product. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. BtSMUTH SUBCARBONATE, bismuthi subcarbonas, U.S.P. (basic bismuth carbonate) A white, or pale yellowish-white powder, without odor or taste. Solubility; Insoluble in water and in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it, liberating carbon dioxide. Action and Uses: Protective for skin and mucous membranes. Used in diarrhea. Dosage: 1 Gm. Preparations: Tablets of bismuth subcarbonate, tabellae bismuthi subcarbonatis, N.F., 1 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: It may darken on long exposure to light. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. BISMUTH SUBNITRATE, bismuthi subniiras, U.S.P. (basic bismuth nitrate) A white, very slightly hygroscopic powder. Solubility: Practically insoluble in water and in alcohol. Incompatibilities; In the presence of water, it slowly decomposes carbonates and bicarbonates with the evolution of carbon dioxide. Liquid mixtures containing bismuth subnitrate and sodium bicarbonate are frequently prescribed. In com- pounding these prescriptions, bismuth subnitrate should be replaced with an equal weight of bismuth subcarbonate. Action and Uses: Protective, astringent, and antiseptic. It is used externally, but bismuth or nitrite poisoning may develop if it is applied over a large area. Dosage: 1 Gm. Preparations: Paste of bismuth, pasta bismuthi, N.F. (Beck’s bismuth paste). Melt 5 Gm. of white wax, 5 Gm. of paraffin, and 60 Gm. of white petrolatum together, and sterilize the mixture. Cool and incorporate 30 Gm. of bismuth subnitrate under aseptic conditions. Tablets of bismuth subnitrate, tabellae bismuthi subnitratis, N.F., 1 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. BISMUTH SUBSALICYLATE, bismuthi subsalicylas, U.S.P. (basic bismuth salicylate) A white or nearly white, amorphous or microcrystalline, odorless powder. It is stable in air, but is affected by light. Solubility: Practically insoluble in cold water. Action and Uses: Antisyphilitic. Dosage; Intramuscular, in oil, 0.1 Gm. Preparation: Bismuth subsalicylate injection, injectio bismuthi subsalicylatis, U.S.P. Dose: 0.1 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: It may darken on long exposure to light. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. BLACK MUSTARD, sinapis nigra, U.S.P. (brown mustard) Whole or ground ripe seeds. Action and Uses: Irritant, rubefacient, vesicant, and emetic. Dosage: Emetic, 10 Gm. Preparations: Mustard plaster, emplastrum sinapis, U.S.P. (mustard paper) Note. Before it is applied, mustard plaster should be thoroughly moistened with tepid water. Storage: In well-closed containers. BORIC ACID, acidum boricum, U.S.P. (boracic acid). Colorless, odorless scales or crystals or a white powder; slightly unctuous to the touch. Solubility: Slotvly In water (18), in alcohol (18), in glycerin (4). Readily in hot water. The crystals are more readily soluble than the powder in water; the powder is more readily soluble than the crystals in alcohol. Action and Uses: Mild antiseptic and mild astringent on mucous membranes. Poisonous if used internally. Dosage: Aqueous solution, 2 to 5 percent (saturated) in conjunctivitis, cystitis, etc. Externally as a dusting powder. In mouth washes like antiseptic solution, N.F. In soluble antiseptic powders like compound powder of zinc sulfate, N.F. Preparations: Solution of boric acid, liquor acidi borici, N.F. (saturated solution of boric acid). 5 percent boric acid in distilled water. The solution must be free from crystalline deposits. 124 Boric acid ointment, unguentum acidi borici, U.S.P. Boric acid, 10 Gm., wool fat, 5 Gm., white ointment to make 100 Gm. Glycerite of boroglycerin, glyceritum boroglycerini, U.S.P. Add 310 Gm. of boric acid in portions to 460 Gm. of glycerin heated to 140° to 150° G. Continue the heat until the boric acid is dissolved and the solution weighs 500 Gm. Add 500 Gm. of glycerin, mix thoroughly and transfer it immediately to a tight container. Storage: In well-closed containers. BUTACAINE SULFATE, butacainae sulfas, U.S.P. A white, odorless, crystalline powder. It produces numbness when placed upon the tongue. Solubility: Slowly soluble in less than its own weight of water; very soluble in warm alcohol and in acetone. Incompatibilities; Alkalies, carbonates, bicarbonates, and chlorides precipitate it. Action and Uses: A local anesthetic acting through intact mucosa about as effectively as cocaine. Dosage: Ordinarily used in 2 percent solution. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. CAFFEINE AND SODIUM BENZOATE, caffeina et sodii benzoas, U.S.P. (caffeine with sodium benzoate, caffeine sodio-benzoate.) A mixture containing approximately equal parts of caffeine and sodium benzoate. A white, odorless powder, having a slightly bitter taste. Solubility: Soluble in water (1.2), a portion of the caffeine usually separating on standing, and in alcohol (30). Action and Uses: Diuretic and cardiac, respiratory, vasomotor, and cerebral stimulant. Dosage: Oral or intramuscular, 0.5 Gm. Preparations; Caffeine and sodium benzoate injection, injectio caffeinae et sodii benzoatis, U.S.P. Dose: 0.5 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. CALCIUM CHLORIDE, calcii chloridum, U.S.P. White, hard, odorless fragments or granules. Deliquescent. Solubility; Soluble in water (1.2), in alcohol (10). Action and Uses: Blood calcium restorative, systemic acidifier. Used in acute phase of lead poisoning. Dosage: Intravenous, 1 Gm. Preparations: Isotonic solution of three chlorides, liquor chloridorum trium isotonicus, U.S.P. (Ringer’s solution) Ampuls of calcium chloride, ampullae calcii chloridi, N.F., 1 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: Deliquesced fragments or granules. Storage: In tight containers. CALCIUM GLUCONATE, calcii gluconas, U.S.P. A white, crystalline or granular powder without odor or taste. Solubility: Slowly soluble in water (30), insoluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: It is used as a therapeutic source of calcium. (See calcium chloride.) Dosage: Oral, 5 Gm.; intravenous, 1 Gm. Preparations: Calcium gluconate injection, injectio calcii gluconatis, U.S.P. (cal- cium gluconate ampuls) A sterile solution of calcium gluconate stabilized by the addition of calcium glyc- erosaccharate, calcium d-saccharate or other calcium salts. Dose: 1 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. CALCIUM HYDROXIDE, calcii hydroxidum, U.S.P. A soft, white powder possessing an alkaline, slightly bitter taste. Solubility: Soluble in water (630), soluble in glycerin and in syrup, insoluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Acids dissolve it. Action and Uses; Antacid. It is used in the form of the solution. Preparations: Solution of calcium hydroxide, liquor calcii hydroxidi, U.S.P. (lime water, liquor calcis) Add 3 Gm. of calcium hydroxide to 1000 cc. of cool distilled water and agitate repeatedly during one hour. Allow the excess of calcium hydroxide to settle. Decant and dispense only the clear, supernatant liquid. The undissolved portion of calcium hydroxide is not suitable for preparing additional quantities of solution of calcium hydroxide. / Storage: In well-filled, tight containers. 125 CALCIUM LACTATE, calcii lactas, U.S.P. A white, almost odorless powder. It is somewhat efflorescent. Solubility; Soluble in water (20) ; practically insoluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Used as a source of calcium. Dosage: 1 Gm. Preparations: Tablets of calcium lactate, tabellae calcii lactatis, N.F. 0.3 Gm. Storage: In tight containers. CALCIUM MANDELATE, calcii mandelas, U.S.P. A white, odorless powder. Solubility: Slightly soluble in cold water. Soluble in boiling water (80) ; insoluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Urinary antiseptic, effective only in acid urine. Dosage: 4 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. CAMPHOR, camphora, U.S.P. Colorless or white crystals, granules, or crystalline masses. It has a penetrating, characteristic odor, a pungent, aromatic taste, and is readily pulverizable in the presence of a little alcohol, ether or chloroform. It slowly volatilizes at ordinary temperatures. Solubility: Soluble in water (800), in alcohol (1), in chloroform (0.5), in ether (1). It is freely soluble in carbon disulfide, in purified benzin, and in fixed and volatile oils. Incompatibilities: An eutectic mixture is produced when it is triturated with menthol, phenol, thymol, chloral hydrate, salol, and other similar substances. Action and Uses: Formerly used subcutaneously as a reflex circulatory and respiratory stimulant. Orally a carminative, a counterirritant when applied to skin. Dosage: Oral or intramuscular, 0.2 Gm. Preparations: Ampuls of camphor, ampullae camphorae, N.F. (Ampuls of camphor in oil), 0.2 Gm. Camphor water, aqua camphorae, U.S.P. A saturated solution of camphor in distilled water. Dose: 10 cc. Camphor liniment, linimentum camphorae, U.S.P. (camphorated oil). Caution: This preparation is not intended for hypodermic use. Place 800 Gm. of cotton- seed oil in a dry container, heat it on a water bath, add 200 Gm. of camphor and stopper the container. Dissolve the camphor by agitation without further application of heat. Spirit of camphor, spiritus camphorae, U.S.P. Dissolve 100 Gm. of, camphor in enough alcohol to make 1000 cc. Dose: 1 cc. Storage: In tight containers, avoiding exposure to excessive heat. CANTHARIDES, cantharis, N.F. (Spanish flies, Russian flies) Dried insects, yielding not less than 0.6 percent cantharidin. Caution: Cantharides with an ammoniacal odor must not be used. Action and Uses: Externally, a powerful irritant, rubefacient and vesicant. Internally, its use is dangerous and never justified. Preparations: Cantharides cerate, ceratum cantharidis, N.F. (blistering cerate). Mdisten 350 Gm. of cantharides with a mixture of 150 cc. of oil of turpentine and 25 cc. of glacial acetic acid, and set the mixture aside in a warm place for 48 hours. Melt together 175 Gm. of rosin, 175 Gm. of yellow wax and 200 Gm. of bcnzoinated lard, strain the mixture, add the macerated cantharides, and heat the mixture on a water bath until it is reduced to 1000 Gm. Discontinue the heating and stir the cerate until it becomes firm. Plaster of cantharides, emplastrum cantharidis, N.F. It is prepared by spreading cantharides cerate evenly upon adhesive plaster, muslin, paper, or other suitable material. Tincture of cantharides, tinctura cantharidis, N.F. Macerate 100 Gm. of finely powdered cantharides with 100 cc. of glacial acetic acid and 100 cc. of alcohol for four days. Transfer the mixture to a percolator and percolate slowly with alcohol until the mixture measures 1000 cc. Dose: 0.1 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: Odor of ammonia. Storage: In tight containers. CAPSICUM, capsicum, N.F. (cayenne pepper) A dried fruit. Action and Uses; Carminative and rubefacient. Dosage: 60 mg. 126 Preparations: Oleoresin of capsicum, oleoresina capsid, N.F. Dose: 15 mg. Tincture of capsicum, tinctura capsid, N.F. Dose: 0.5 cc. Ointment of capsicum, unguentum capsid, N.F. Oleoresin of capsicum, 5 Gm.; Paraffin, 10 Gm.; petrolatum, 85 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. CARBARSONE, carbarsonum, U.S.P. A white, almost odorless powder, having a slightly acid taste. Solubility: Slightly soluble in water and in alcohol. Action and Uses: In intestinal amebiasis. Dosage: 0.2 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. CARBON TETRACHLORIDE, carbonei tetrachloridum, U.S.P. A clear, colorless, mobile liquid, having a characteristic, ethereal odor. It is not inflammable. Solubility: Soluble in water (2000); miscible with alcohol, with chloroform, and with ether. Sp. Gr.: 1.59 Action and Uses: As an anthelmintic for adults, single dose, 2.5 cc. Not to be repeated within 3 weeks. Preparations: Carbon tetrachloride capsules, capsulae carbonei tetrachloridi, U.S.P. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. CARDAMOM SEED, cardamomi semen, U.S.P. A dried, ripe seed. Action and Uses: Used as a flavor and carminative. Preparations: Compound tincture of cardamon, tincture cardamomi composita, U.S.P. Cardamom seed, 20 Gm., cinnamon, 25 Gm., caraway, 12 Gm., cochineal, 5 Gm., glycerin, 50 cc., diluted alcohol, sufficient to make 1000 cc. Storage; In well-closed containers. CASCARA SAGRADA, cascara sagrada, U.S.P. A bark. Action and Uses: Laxative. Dosage: 1 Gm. Preparations: Extract of cascara sagrada, extractum cascarae sagradae, U.S.P. Dose: 0.3 Gm. Fluidextract of cascara sagrada, fluidextractum cascarae sagradae, U.S.P. Dose: 1 cc. Aromatic fluidextract of cascara sagrada, fluidextractum cascarae sagradae aro- maticum, U.S.P. Dose: 2 cc. Storage: In well-closed containers. CASTOR OIL, oleum ricini, U.S.P. A viscous, pale yellow fixed oil. Solubility: Soluble in alcohol (1). Sp. Gr.: 0.955. Action and Uses: Cathartic. Dosage: 15 CC. Preparations: Aromatic castor oil, oleum ricini aromaticum, N.F. 3 cc. of oil of cinnamon, 1 cc. of oil of clove, 0.5 Gm. of saccharin, 1 Gm. of vanillin, and 0.1 Gm. of coumarin are dissolved in 30 cc. of alcohol and the solution is mixed with enough castor oil to make 1000 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: Rancidity, Storage: In tight containers. CERIUM OXALATE, cerii oxalas, N.F. A fine, white, or slightly pink powder, without odor or taste, consisting of a mixture of the oxalates of cerium, neodymium, praseodymium, lanthanum, and other associated elements. Solubility: Insoluble in all ordinary solvents. Action and Uses: Formerly used as a gastric sedative; of doubtful value. Dosage: 0.2 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. CHINIOFON, chiniofonum, U.S.P. A canary yellow powder, having not more than a slight odor. It has a bitter taste, but leaves a distinctly sweetish after-taste. 127 Solubility: In water (25) ; insoluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Amebicide. Dosage: 1 Gm. Preparations: Chiniofon tablets, tabellae chiniofoni, U.S.P. Dose: 1 Gm. Storage: In tight containers. CHLORAL HYDRATE, chloralis hydras, U.S.P. Colorless, transparent or white crystals, having an aromatic, penetrating, and slightly acrid odor, a slightly bitter, caustic taste. It slowly volatilizes when ex- posed to the air. Solubility: Soluble in water (0.25), in alcohol (1.3). It is very soluble in olive oil and freely soluble in oil of turpentine. incompatibilities: Alkalies decompose it. Action and Uses: Hypnotic. Dosage: 0.6 Gm. Storage: In tight containers. Note. If prescribed with another salt in an alcoholic vehicle, the chloral concentrates in an upper layer and this may result in overdosage if it is poured off without shaking. CHLORINATED LIME, calx chlorinata, (U.S.P. X) A white or grayish white, granular powder, having the odor of chlorine. It con- tains not less than 30 percent of available chlorine. Solubility: Incompletely soluble in water and in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it, liberating chlorine. Action and Uses: Reagent. Evidence of Deterioration: A moist product. Storage: In tight containers, in a cool place. CHLOROAZODIN, chloroazodinum, U.S.P. (azochloramid) Bright yellow needles or flakes. Caution: Avoid heating it; it decomposes explosively at about 1550 C. Solubility: Very slightly soluble in water; slightly soluble in glycerin and glyceryl triacetate. Its solutions decompose on exposure to light. Action and Uses: As a disinfectant for mucous membranes and for infected wounds and cavities. Dosage; 1:3300 aqueous solutions and 1:2000 olive oil solutions are commonly used. The latter are prepared by dilution of the more stable official glyceryl triacetate solution. Preparations: Solution of chloroazodin, liquor chloroazodini, U.S.P. Place 2.6 Gm. of chloroazodin in a dry flask and add enough glyceryl triacetate to make 1000 cc. Stir it until solution is complete, close the flask tightly and set it aside for at least 30 days, avoiding exposure to light. Filter it with the aid of suction and package it immediately in tight containers. Avoid contact with metal. Evidence of Deterioration: The presence of free chlorine, caused by decomposition. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers, in a cool place. CHLOROFORM, chloroformum, U.S.P. A clear, colorless, mobile liquid, having a characteristic, ethereal odor, and a burning, sweet taste. It is not inflammable, but its heated vapor burns with a green flame. It is affected by light. Caution: Care should be taken not to vaporize chloroform in the presence of a naked flame because of the production of noxious gases. Sp. Gr.: 1.475. Boils: 61°G. Solubility; Soluble in water (210). It is miscible with alcohol, ether, benzene, purified benzin, and with fixed and volatile oils. Action and Uses: General inhalation anesthetic; antiseptic, analgesic, rubefacient when applied to skin. Preparations: Chloroform water, aqua chloroformi, U.S.P. A saturated solution of chloroform in distilled water. In dispensing chloroform water from a stock bottle, only the supernatant liquid should be used. Dose, 15 cc. Chloroform liniment, linimentum chloroformi, U.S.P. A 30 percent solution of chloroform in camphor and soap liniment. Spirit of chloroform, spiritus chloroformi, N.F. A 6 percent solution of chloroform in alcohol. Dose, 2 cc. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers, at a temperature which does not exceed 30° C. CHOLERA VACCINE, N.N.R. A vaccine prepared from killed cholera vibrios. 128 Action and Uses: Used in the prevention of cholera. Dosage: Ordinarily administered in three doses containing 500 million, 1,000 mil- lion and 1,000 million killed cholera vibrios, respectively. Storage: In hermetic containers, at a temperature between 2° and 10° C. CHROMIUM TRIOXIDE, chromii trioxidum, U.S.P. (chromic anhydride, chromic acid) Dark, purplish-red crystals, often needle-like, or in flakes. It is deliquescent, and is destructive to animal and vegetable tissues. Caution: It should not be brought into intimate contact with organic substances, as serious explosions are likely to result. Solubility: Soluble in water (0.6). Incompatibilities; Organic substances reduce it, often with explosive violence. It should never be dissolved in alcohol, glycerin, or other organic solvents. Action and Uses: Caustic, astringent, germicide; used in 20 percent solution as a caustic; as an astringent or germicide, as in dentistry, in 4 to 7 percent solution. Evidence of Deterioration; A deliquesced product. Storage: In tight containers. CHRYSAROBIN, chrysarobinum, U.S.P. A brown to orange yellow, microcrystalline powder, consisting of neutral principles from Goa powder. It is odorless and tasteless. Caution: It is very irritating to the eyes. Solubility: Very slightly soluble in water. It is soluble in alcohol (400), in chloro- form (15), and in ether (160). Action and Uses; Antiparasitic; a powerful irritant to the skin, used chiefly in the treatment of psoriasis and trichophytosis. Preparations; Chrysarobin ointment, unguentum chrysarobini, U.S.P. Triturate 6 Gm. of chrysarobin with 7 Gm. of chloroform, and gradually incorporate 86 Gm. of yellow ointment. The use of water instead of chloroform will facilitate the making of this preparation. Storage: In well-closed containers. CITRATED CAFFEINE, caffeina citrata, U.S.P. A mixture containing approximately equal parts of caffeine and citric acid. A white, odorless powder, having a slightly bitter, acid taste. Solubility; Soluble in warm water (4). On diluting the solution with an equal volume of water, a portion of the caffeine gradually separates, but redissolves on the further addition of water. Action and Uses; Diuretic and cardiac, respiratory, vasomotor, and cerebral stimulant. Dosage: 0.3 Gm. Preparations: Tablets of citrated caffeine, tabellae cafjeinae citratae, N.F., 0;3 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. CITRIC ACID, acidum citricum, U.S.P. Colorless, odorless, translucent crystals. Caution; Citric acid, in the form of opaque crystals or a white powder, should not be used for pharmaceutical purposes. Solubility: Very soluble in water (0.5) ; freely in alcohol (2) ; soluble in ether (30). Incompatibilities: Carbonates and bicarbonates are decomposed by it. Action and Uses: As a component in the preparation of effervescing solutions and as a flavor. Preparations: Syrup of citric acid, syrupus acidi citrici, U.S.P. Citric acid 10 Gm., distilled water 10 cc., tincture of lemon 10 cc., and syrup to make 1000 cc. This preparation must not be dispensed if it has a terebinthinate odor or shows evidence of deterioration. Evidence of Deterioration: A white coating on the crystals or a change to a white powder. Storage: In tight containers. COAL TAR, pix carbonis, N.F. A nearly black, thick liquid. Solubility: Slightly soluble in water; partially soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Antiseptic, irritant. Commonly used in diseases of the skin. Preparations: Solution of coal tar, liquor picis carbonis, N.F. (liquor carbonis deter- gens). 200 Gm. of coal tar and 100 Gm. of powdered quillaja are mixed with 700 cc. of alcohol and macerated for seven days. The mixture is then filtered and enough alcohol added through the filter to make 1000 cc. 129 Ointment of coal tar, unguentum picis carbonis, N.F. 5 Gm. of coal tar is incor- porated with 95 Gm. of paste of zinc oxide. Storage: In well-closed containers. COCAINE HYDROCHLORIDE, cocainae hydrochloridum, U.S.P. (cocaine muriate) Colorless crystals, or a white, crystalline powder. Solubility: Soluble in water (0.5), in alcohol (3.5), in chloroform (15). It is soluble in glycerin and is insoluble in ether. Incompatibilities: Alkalies and iodine precipitate it. Action and Uses: Local anesthetic for eye, nose, and throat, local vasoconstrictor. Do not give internally. Danger of addiction. Dosage: 0.5 to 10 percent solution applied locally in nose and throat, from 1 to 4 percent in eye. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. COD LIVER OIL, oleum morrhuae, U.S.P. A pale yellow fixed oil containing vitamins A and D. It may contain flavoring substances. Solubility: Soluble in ether and chloroform. Sp. Gr.: 0.925. Action and Uses: Employed for prevention and cure of rickets and to provide vitamins A and D where needed. Dosage: 8 cc. Preparations: Emulsion of cod liver oil, emulsum olei morrhuae, U.S.P. 500 cc. of cod liver oil is emulsified with 125 Gm. of finely powdered acacia, flavored with 100 cc. of syrup and 4 cc. of methyl salicylate, and enough water is added to make 1000 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: Rancidity. Storage: In tight containers. CODEINE SULFATE, codeinae sulfas, U.S.P. White crystals or a white crystalline powder. It effloresces in dry air and is affected by light. Solubility: Soluble in water (30), in alcohol (1280). Incompatibilities; Alkalies and iodine precipitate it. Action and Uses: Analgesic, hypnotic and sedative. Dosage: 0.030 Gm. Preparations: Codeine sulfate tablets, tabellae codeinae sulfatis, U.S.P., 0.030 Gm. Storage; In tight, light-resistant containers. COLLODION, collodium, U.S.P. A clear, or slightly opalescent, syrupy liquid. It is colorless, or slightly yellowish, and has the odor of ether. It is prepared by dissolving 40 Gm. of pyroxylin in a mixture of 750 cc. of ethyl oxide and 250 cc. of ethyl alcohol. Caution: It is highly inflammable. Sp. Gr.; 0.77. Incompatibilities: Water precipitates the pyroxylin. Action and Uses: Used to form a protective film and as a vehicle for external appli- cations. Preparations: Flexible collodion, collodium flexile, U.S.P. camphor, 20 Gm., castor oil, 30 Gm., collodion, sufficient to make 1000 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: A thickened product, caused by evaporation of the solvent. Storage: In tight containers, at a temperature not above 30°C., remote from fire. COTTONSEED OIL, oleum gossypii seminis, U.S.P. A pale yellow fixed oil. Solubility; Miscible with ether, chloroform, and purified benzin. Sp. Gr.: 0.918. Action and Uses: Frequently used in place of olive oil in external preparations. Evidence of Deterioration; Rancidity. Storage: In tight containers. CREOSOTE, creosotum, N.F. An almost colorless or yellowish, highly refractive oily liquid consisting of a mix- ture of phenols obtained from wood tar. It has a penetrating, smoky odor, and a burning, caustic taste. Caution: It is destructive to animal tissues. Whenever creosote is indicated for in- ternal medication, creosote from wood tar should be dispensed. 130 Action and Uses: Formerly used as an intestinal antiseptic. Dosage: 0.25 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: Darkening in color. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. CRESOL, Cresol, U.S.P. A colorless, or yellowish to brownish-yellow, or pinkish, highly refractive liquid, becoming darker with age and on exposure to light. It has a phenol-like, some- times empyreumatic odor. Caution: It should be handled with care as it readily destroys tissue. Solubility: Incompletely soluble in water (50) ; miscible with alcohol, ether, and glycerin; soluble in solutions of the fixed alkali hydroxides. Action and Uses: Disinfectant and antiseptic. Preparations: Saponated solution of cresol, liquor cresolis saponatus, U.S.P. A 50 percent solution of cresol in soft soap. Evidence of deterioration: A darkened product. Storage; In tight, light-resistant containers. CUPRIC SULFATE, cupri sulfas, U.S.P. (blue vitriol) Deep blue, triclinic crystals, or blue, crystalline granules or powder. It has a nauseous, metallic taste and effloresces slowly in dry air. Solubility: Soluble in water (3), in alcohol (500), in glycerin (3). Action and Uses: Astringent, fungicide, reagent, and antidote for phosphorus poison- ing. Formerly used as an emetic. Dosage: 0.3 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: A white coating on the crystals, indicating efflorescence. Storage: In tight containers. DEXTROSE, Dextrosum, U.S.P. (d-Glucose) Colorless crystals, or a white, crystalline or granular powder. It is odorless, and has a sweet taste. Solubility: Soluble in water (1), in alcohol (60). Action and Uses: Nutrient, antiketogenic and osmotherapeutic agent. Preparations; Dextrose injection, injectio dextrosi, U.S.P. (dextrose ampuls) Dextrose and sodium chloride injection, injectio dextrosi et sodii chloridi, U.S.P. Storage: In well-closed containers. DIETHYLSTILBESTROL, diethylstilbestrol, U.S.P. (stilbestrol) A white, crystalline powder. Solubility: Almost insoluble in water; soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: A synthetic estrogenic substance. Dosage: 0.2 mg. Preparations: Diethylstilbestrol capsules, capsulae diethylstilbestrolis, U.S.P. Dose: 0.2 mg. Diethylstilbestrol injection, injectio diethylstilbestrolis, U.S.P. Dose: Intramuscular, 0.2 mg. Diethylstilbestrol tablets, tabellae diethylstilbestrolis, U.S.P. Dose: 0.2 mg. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. DIGITALIS, digitalis, U.S.P. Dried leaves. Action and Uses: Cardiac stimulant and diuretic in cases of cardiac edema. Dosage: 0.1 Gm. Preparations: Digitalis capsules, capsulae digitalis, U.S.P. Powdered digitalis, digitalis pulverata, U.S.P. Dose: 0.1 Gm. Infusion of digitalis, infusum digitalis, N.F. A 1.5 percent infusion of digitalis, containing 10 percent alcohol, and flavored with 0.5 percent spirit of cinnamon. Digitalis injection, injectio digitalis, U.S.P. Digitalis tablets, tabellae digitalis, U.S.P., 0.05 Gm. and 0.1 Gm. Tincture of digitalis, tinctura digitalis, U.S.P. Dose: 1 cc. Storage: In water-proof, air-tight, light-resistant containers. DIHYDROMORPHINONE HYDROCHLORIDE, dihydromorphinoni hydrochloridum, U.S.P. A fine, white, odorless, crystalline powder. It is affected by light. Solubility: Soluble in water (3); sparingly soluble in alcohol; nearly insoluble in ether. Incompatibilities: Alkalies precipitate it. 131 Action and Uses: Sedative and analgesic. A morphine substitute. Danger of addiction. Dosage: 2 mg. Preparations: Dihydromorphinone hydrochloride tablets, tabellae dihydromorphinoni hydrochloridi, U.S.P., 2 mg. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. DIODOQUIN, N.N.R. A double iodine compound of the hydroxyquinoline series, containing 63 percent iodine. Action and Uses: Protozoacide and germicide. Used in amebiasis, trichomonas in- testinalis infestations, and in bacillary' dysentery. Dosage: 0.21 Gm., 7 to 10 times daily. Preparations: Tablets. Storage: In tight containers. DIODRAST, N.N.R. A white, crystalline, odorless powder containing approximately 50 percent iodine. Solubility; Slightly soluble in water. Action and Uses: As a contrast medium in roentgen ray examinations of the urinary tract. Dosage: Intravenous, 0.35 to 0.7 Gm. Preparations: Ampuls, 10 and 20 cc. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. DIPHTHERIA ANTITOXIN, antitoxinum diphthericum, U.S.P. (purified antidiphtheric serum, concentrated diphtheria antitoxin, refined diphtheria antitoxin, antidiph- theric globulins) A sterile aqueous solution of antitoxic substances obtained from the blood serum or plasma of a healthy animal which has been immunized against diphtheria toxin. It has a potency of not less than 500 antitoxic units per cc. Action and Uses: Curative and prophylactic agent in diphtheria. Dosage: By parenteral injection: therapeutic, 20,000 units; prophylactic, 1000 units. Storage; At a temperature between 2° and 10° C., preferably at the lower limit. It must be dispensed in the unopened glass container in which it was placed by the manufacturer. DIPHTHERIA TOXIN FOR SCHICK TEST, toxinum diphthericum diagnosticum, U.S.P. (Schick test toxin) Action and Uses: Used in the Schick test to determine susceptibility to diphtheria. Dosage: Intracutaneous, 0.1 cc. of the dilution, representing 1/50 of the minimum lethal dose. Storage: At a temperature between 2° and 10° C., preferably at the lower limit. DIPHTHERIA TOXOID, toxoidum diphthericum, U.S.P. (diphtheria anatoxin) Action and Uses: Used to induce actiVe immunity to diphtheria. Dosage: Hypodermic, for active immunization, 1 cc., to be repeated at proper inter- vals until a negative Schick test is obtained. Storage: At a temperature between 2° and 10° C., preferably at the lower limit. EMETINE HYDROCHLORIDE, emetinae hydrochloridum, U.S.P. A white or very slightly yellowish, odorless, crystalline powder. It is affected by light. Solubility: Freely soluble in water and in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Alkalies and iodine precipitate it. Action and Uses: Amebacide. Dosage: Intramuscular, 60 mg. Preparations; Emetine hydrochloride injection, injectio emetinae hydrochloridi, U.S.P. Dose: 60 mg. Storage; In tight, light-resistant containers. EPHEDRINE, ephedrina, U.S.P. An unctuous, almost colorless solid, or white crystals. It gradually decomposes on exposure to light. The anhydrous form is hygroscopic. Solubility: Soluble in water, alcohol, chloroform, and in ether. It is moderately and slowly soluble in liquid petrolatum, the solution becoming turbid if the ephedrine contains more than about 1 percent water. Incompatibilities: lodine is incompatible with it. Action and Uses: Sympathicomimetic drug. Local vasoconstrictor, for nasal mucous membrane, ordinarily used in oily solution. 132 Dosage: For local application from 1 percent to 3 percent. Preparations: Ephedrine spray, nebula ephedrinae, N.F. With the aid of heat, not exceeding 40° C., dissolve 10 Gm. of anhydrous ephedrine and 2 cc. of methyl salicylate in sufficient light liquid petrolatum to make 1000 cc. Compound ephedrine spray, nebula ephedrinae composita, N.F. (compound ephedrine inhalant) Warm 10 Gm. of anhydrous ephedrine, 6 Gm. of camphor, 6 Gm. of menthol, and 3 cc. of oil of thyme on a water bath at 40° C. until a uniform liquid is obtained, then add enough light liquid petrolatum to make 1000 cc. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers, in a cold place. EPHEDRINE SULFATE, ephedrinae sulfas, U.S.P. White, odorless crystals or powder. Solubility: Freely soluble in water and in hot alcohol; not readily soluble in cold alcohol; insoluble in oils. Incompatibilities; lodine causes precipitation from solution. Action and Uses: Similar to ephedrine. Locally as a nasal vasoconstrictor; orally to prevent or relieve mild asthmatic attacks. Dosage: 25 mg. in capsules or tablets; 1 percent in a jelly; 1 to 3 percent in aqueous solution for spray; 0.4 percent in syrup. Preparations; Ampuls of ephedrine sulfate, ampullae ephedrinae sulfatis, N.F. 50 mg. Jelly of ephedrine sulfate, gelatum ephedrinae sulfatis, N.F. Ephedrine sulfate, 10 Gm., tragacanth, 10 Gm., methyl salicylate, 0.1 cc., eucalyptol, 1 cc., oil of dwarf pine needles, 0.1 cc., glycerin, 150 Gm., distilled water to make 1000 Gm. Sodium phosphate, 1.6 Gm., may be added as a stabilizer. Solution of ephedrine sulfate, liquor ephedrinae sulfatis, N.F. Ephedrine sulfate, 30 Gm., chlorobutanol, 5 Gm., sodium chloride, 3.6 Gm., distilled water to make 1000 cc. Syrup of ephedrine sulfate, syrupus ephedrinae sulfatis, N.F. Ephedrine sulfate, 4 Gm., distilled water, 20 cc., alcohol, 20 cc., syrup of cherry to tnake 1000 cc. Tablets of ephedrine sulfate, tabellae ephedrinae sulfatis, U.S.P. 25 mg. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. EPINEPHRINE, epinephrina, U.S.P. A white or light brownish, microcrystalline, odorless powder, gradually darkening on exposure to air. It is affected by light. Solubility: Very slightly soluble in water and in alcohol. Action and Uses: Most powerful sympathicomimetic drug. Vasoconstrictor. It is usually used in the form of the hydrochloride to relieve asthma and other forms of allergic attacks, to raise blood pressure, for cardiac stimulation. Dosage: Hypodermic, 0.5 mg., inactive when taken by mouth. Preparations: Epinephrine hydrochloride injection, injectio epinephrinae hydro- chloridi, U.S.P. A 1:1000 solution of epinephrine hydrochloride in water for injection. Dose: 1 cc. Solution of epinephrine hydrochloride, liquor epinephrinae hydrochloridi, U.S.P. A 1:1000 solution of epinephrine hydrochloride in distilled water. Dose: 1 cc. Epinephrine hydrochloride spray, nebula epinephrinae hydrochloridi, U.S.P. A 1:100 solution of epinephrine hydrochloride in distilled water. Caution: The 1:100 solution is not for hypodermic use. Evidence of Deterioration; A darkened product. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. ERGONOVINE MALEATE, ergonovinae maleas, U.S.P. A white or faintly yellow, odorless, microcrystalline powder. It is affected by light. Solubility: Soluble in water (36) and in alcohol (120). Action and Uses: To contract the uterus, and to check post-partum hemorrhage. Dosage:' 0.5 mg. Preparations: Ergonovine maleate tablets, tabellae ergonovinae maleatis, U.S.P. Ergonovine maleate injection, injectio ergonovinae maleatis, U.S.P., intravenous or intramuscular, 0.2 mg. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. ERGOT, ergota, U.S.P. The dried, purplish-brown or nearly black sclerotiura developed on rye plants. Action and Uses: Causes powerful tonic, sometimes tetanic, contraction of the uterus. Used to check post-partum hemorrhage by contracting the uterus. Dosage: 2 Gm., in the form of the fluidextract. 133 Preparations: Fluidextract of ergot, fluidextractum ergotae, U.S.P. Dosage: 2 cc. Storage: In tight containers. ETHER, aether, U.S.P (sulfurie ether, ethyl ether, diethyl ether) A transparent, colorless, mobile liquid having a characteristic odor and a burning, sweetish taste. Caution: Ether to be used for anesthesia must be preserved in tight containers of not more than 3 Kg. capacity and is not to be used for anesthesia if it has been removed from the original container longer than 24 hours. Highly volatile and very inflammable. Solubility: Soluble in water (12). Miscible with alcohol, benzene, chloroform, puri- fied benzin and with fixed and volatile oils. Sp. Gr.: 0.715. Boils: 35° C. Action and Uses: General inhalation anesthetic; its volatility makes it difficult to em- ploy in the tropics. Its preparations have been used as carminatives. Dosage: 1 CC. Preparations; Spirit of ether, spiritus aetheris, N.F. (Hoffmann’s drops). Prepared by mixing 325 cc. of ethyl oxide with sufficient alcohol to make 1000 cc. Dose: 4 cc. Compound spirit of ether, spiritus aetheris compositus, N.F. (Hoffmann’s ano- dyne). Prepared by mixing 325 cc. of ethyl oxide with 650 cc. of alcohol and 25 cc. of ethereal oil. Dose: 4 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: It is slowly oxidized by the action of air, moisture, and light with the formation of peroxides. The deterioration can be demonstrated only by means of chemical tests. Storage: In partly-filled, tight, light-resistant containers, holding not more than 3 Kg., remote from fire. ETHYL CHLORIDE, aethylis chloridum, U.S.P. (kelene) At low temperatures or under increased pressure, it is a colorless, mobile, very volatile liquid with a characteristic, ethereal odor, and a burning taste. Caution: As the vapor is very inflammable, it must not be used near a flame. Solubility: Slightly soluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol and ether. Sp. Gr.: 0.921. Boils: 12°-13° G. Action and Uses: Local anesthetic for minor operations, in the form of a spray for refrigeration. It has also been used by inhalation as a general anesthetic in short operations. Storage: In tight containers, preferably fitted with a valve, remote from fire. ETHYL NITRITE, SPIRIT, spiritus aethylis nitritis, N.F. (sweet spirit of nitre, spirit of nitrous ether) A clear, mobile liquid with a pale yellow or faintly greenish yellow tint. It has a fragrant, ethereal, pungent odor and a sharp, burning taste. It is volatile and inflammable, and rapidly decomposes on exposure to light and air. It contains about 4 percent ethyl nitrite. Sp. Gr.: 0.82. incompatibilities: Acids decompose it. Action and Uses: Formerly employed as a weak diuretic and diaphoretic. Dosage: 2 CC. Evidence of Deterioration: Loss of color. Storage: In small, well-filled tight containers, in a cold, dark place, remote from fire. ETHYLMORPHINE HYDROCHLORIDE, aethylmorphinae hydrochloridum, U.S.P. (dionin) A white, or faintly yellow, odorless, microcrystalline powder. Solubility: Soluble in water (10), in alcohol (25), slightly in ether and in chloroform. Incompatibilities: Alkalies and iodine cause precipitation in solutions of ethylmorphine hydrochloride. Action and Uses: A drug of the morphine series, preferred over the others for use in the eye. Dosage: 0.015 Gm. In solution (0.5 to 10 percent) for use in the eye. Storage: In well-closed containers. EUCALYPTOL, eucalyptol, U.S.P. (cineol) A colorless liquid with a characteristic odor and a pungent, cooling taste. Action and Uses: Employed as a local stimulant and antiseptic. It is a constituent of inhalants and sprays. 134 Dosage: 0.3 cc. Preparations; Ingredient of antiseptic solution N.F., compound powder of zinc sulfate, alkaline aromatic solution, jelly of ephedrine sulfate. Storage: In tight containers. EUGENOL, eugenol, U.S.P. A nearly colorless liquid with the aromatic odor of cloves. Solubility: Slightly in water; readily miscible with alcohol, with chloroform, with ether and with fixed oils. Soluble in 70 percent alcohol (2). Sp. Gr.: 1.064 to 1.070. Action and Uses: Externally, a rubefacient and counterirritant and to some extent a local anesthetic; internally, a carminative. Employed in dental cements as an excipient. Dosage: 0.1 cc. Preparations: Cement of zinc compounds and eugenol, caementum zinci composi- tionum et eugenolis, N.F. (zinc-eugenol cement). The liquid portion is a mixture of 85 cc. eugenol and 13 cc. cottonseed oil. Evidence of Deterioration: Darkening and thickening. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. FERRIC CHLORIDE, ferri chloridum Brownish-yellow, very deliquescent, crystalline masses or lumps. Incompatibilities: Tannins react to form a black product. In neutral or alkaline solu- tions a precipitate is formed. Action and Uses: Astringent. Formerly used in the form of the tincture in gargles. Preparations: Solution of ferric chloride, liquor ferri chloridi, N.F. (solution of iron perchloride). It contains about 10.5 percent Fe. and about 4 percent hydrochloric acid. Tincture of ferric chloride, tinctura ferri chloridi, N.F. (tincture of iron). A dilution of solution of ferric chloride, 35 cc., with alcohol to make 100 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: Deliquescence of crystals. Precipitation in solution or in the tincture. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. FERROUS lODIDE, ferri iodidum. Very deliquescent crystals, rarely available. Incompatibilities: Soluble hydroxides, carbonates and bicarbonates react with it caus- ing precipitation. Action and Uses; Formerly used as a hematinic and for iodide action. Preparations: Syrup of ferrous iodide, syrupus ferri iodidi, N.F. Place 20 Gm. of iron, 60 Gm. of iodine, and 200 cc. of distilled water in a flask and shake the mix- ture occasionally until the reaction is complete. Heat it to boiling and dissolve 100 Gm. of sucrose in the hot liquid. Filter into a flask containing 750 Gm. of sucrose, rinsing the flask containing the iron with 240 cc. of hot distilled water and pour the rinsings on the filter. Agitate the filtrate until the sucrose is dissolved, then add 1.3 Gm. of citric acid and enough distilled water to make 1000 cc. Dose; 1 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: Discoloration due to oxidation. FERROUS SULFATE, ferri sulfas, U.S.P. (iron sulfate) Pale bluish-green crystals or granules. Solubility: Soluble in water (1.5) ; insoluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Soluble hydroxides, carbonates and bicarbonates react to cause precipitation. Action and Uses: Hematinic. Dosage: 0.3 Gm. Preparations: Exsiccated ferrous sulfate, ferri sulfas exsiccatus, U.S.P. (Dried ferrous sulfate). Contains 80 percent anhydrous ferrous sulfate. Ferrous sulfate tablets, tabellae ferri sulfatis, U.S.P. Evidence of Deterioration: Efflorescence, discoloration from oxidation. Storage: In tight containers. FLUORESCEIN SODIUM, fluoresceinum sodicum, U.S.P. An orange-red, odorless powder. Solubility: Freely in water; sparingly in alcohol. Action and Uses: Diagnostic for corneal lesions and foreign bodies in the eye. Dosage: 2 Gm., with 3 Gm. sodium bicarbonate in water to make 100 cc., for ophthalmologic use. Storage: In well-closed containers. 135 FORMALDEHYDE SOLUTION, liquor formaldehydi, U.S.P. (formalin) A clear, colorless or nearly colorless liquid, having a pungent odor. On long standing, especially in the cold, the solution sometimes becomes cloudy, due to the separation of paraformaldehyde. It contains not less than 37 percent of formaldehyde. Solubility; Miscible with water and with alcohol. Incompatibilities: Incompatible with alkalies, tannin, gelatin, albumin, and salts of the heavy metals. Action and Uses: A powerful germicide for sterilizing inanimate things, too irritant to be used on the skin or in wounds. Evidence of Deterioration: A cloudy product. Storage: In tight containers, at a temperature not below 25° C. FUADIN SOLUTION, N.N.R. (stibophen) A colorless, odorless aqueous solution containing 6.3 percent of an organic anti- mony compound. Action and Uses: In the treatment of granuloma venereum and of schistosomiasis. Dosage: Intramuscularly, first day, 1.5 cc.; second day, 3.5 cc.; and on the third, fifth, seventh, ninth, eleventh, thirteenth, and fifteenth days, 5 cc. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. GAS GANGRENE ANTITOXIN, N.N.R. An antitoxic serum prepared by immunizing horses with the toxins Clostridium perfringens (welchii) and Clostridium septicum (Vibrion septique). Action and Uses: Used in the prevention and treatment of gas gangrene. Dosage: Therapeutic, 10,000 to 40,000 units each of Cl. perfringens and Cl. septicum, given intramuscularly or intravenously. Storage; In hermetic containers, at a temperature between 2° and 10° C. GENTIAN, Gentiana, U.S.P. Yellowish-brown, usually powdered, roots and rhizomes. Incompatibilities: Iron compounds cause a darkening of the tincture and elixir. Actions and Uses: A simple bitter. Formerly used to stimulate appetite. Dosage: 1 Gm. usually in form of the tincture or the elixir. Preparations: Elixir of gentian, elixir gentianae, N.F. Elixir of gentian and iron, elixir gentianae et ferri, N.F. Glycerinated elixir of gentian, elixir gentianae glycerinatum, N.F. Fluidextract of gentian, fluidextractum gentianae, N.F. Compound infusion of gentian, infusum gentianae compositum, N.F. Compound tincture of gentian, tinctura gentianae composite, U.S.P. Gentian, 100 Gm., bitter orange peel, 40 Gm., cardamom seed, 10 Gm., extracted with a menstruum of alcohol, 500 cc., glycerin 100 cc., and water 400 cc. The extraction is completed with diluted alcohol. GINGER, zingiber, U.S.P. A dried rhizome. Action and Uses: Flavor, carminative and gastrointestinal stimulant. Large doses are very irritating. Dosage: 0.6 Gm. Preparations: Fluidextract of ginger, fluidextractum zingiberis, U.S.P. Dose: 0.6 cc. Oleoresin of ginger, oleoresina zingiberis, N.F. Dose: 30 mg. Syrup of ginger, syrupus zingiberis, N.F. Mix 30 cc. of fluidextract of ginger with 20 cc. of alcohol, 10 Gm. of magnesium carbonate, and 60 Gm. of sucrose. Add 430 cc. of distilled water, filter, and dissolve 760 Gm. of sucrose in the clear filtrate with the aid of gentle heat. Dose: 10 cc. Storage: In well-closed containers. GLACIAL ACETIC ACID, acidum aceticum glaciale, U.S.P. A colorless liquid with a pungent odor. Caution: It will produce burns, on the skin. Solubility: Miscible with water, alcohol and glycerin. Congeals: 15.6° G. On solidification it expands. Incompatibilities: Carbonates and bicarbonates are decomposed by it. Action and Uses: Caustic and escharotic. Solvent, in extraction of cantharides. Diluted, it is rubefacient and is used in liniments and lotions. Used as a reagent. Preparations: Acetic acid, acidum aceticum, U.S.P. A 36 percent acid prepared by dilution with distilled water. 136 Diluted acetic acid, acidum aceticum dilutum, N.F. A 6 percent acid prepared by dilution with distilled water. Storage: In well-closed containers, at a temperature above 16° C. GLYCERIN, glycerinum, U.S.P. (glycerol) A colorless, practically odorless, thick, hygroscopic liquid. Caution: Avoid heating it above 145° C. Solubility; Miscible with water and with alcohol; insoluble in chloroform, in ether and in fixed and volatile oils. Before adding salts like magnesium sulfate to it to be dissolved, it should be warmed. Sp. Gr.: 1.25 Action and Uses: Solvent, demulcent and emollient, and preservative. Irritant when not diluted, and employed in enemas and in suppositories as a prompt evacuant. Preparations: Glycerin suppositories, suppositoria glycerini, U.S.P. glycerin, 92 Gm., sodium stearate, 8 Gm., distilled water, 5 Gm., to make 30 adult or 50 infant rectal suppositories. Storage: In tight containers. GLYCERYL TRIACETATE, glycerylis triacetas, U.S.P. (triacetin) A colorless, somewhat oily liquid. Solubility; Soluble in water, in alcohol and in ether. Sp. Gr.: 1.155 » Action and Uses: As a solvent, particularly for chloroazodin. Storage: In tight containers, avoiding contact with metals. GLYCYRRHIZA, glycyrrhiza, U.S.P. (licorice root) Rhizomes and roots yielding a yellow and sweet wood. Incompatibilities: Acids destroy the sweet taste of its preparations. Action and Uses: Used to disguise the taste of drugs and as a demulcent. Dosage: 2 Gm. Preparations; Extract of glycyrrhiza, extractum glycyrrhizae, U.S.P. The com- mercial, partially soluble extract in masses or in powder form. Fluidextract of glycyrrhiza, fluidextractum glycyrrhizae, U.S.P. Syrup of glycyrrhiza, syrupus glycyrrhizae, U.S.P. To 250 cc. of fluidextract of glycyrrhiza, 0.05 cc. of oil of fennel and 0.5 cc. of oil of anise are added and then enough syrup to make 1000 cc. Compound mixture of opium and glycyrrhiza, mistura opii et glycyrrhizae com- posita, N.F. (brown mixture, compound licorice mixture). Dilute 120 cc. of fluidextract of glycyrrhiza with 120 cc. of glycerin and 500 cc. of distilled water, add 0.24 Gm. of antimony and potassium tartrate which has been dissolved in 12 cc. of hot distilled water, then add 120 cc. of camphorated tincture of opium, 30 cc. of spirit of ethyl nitrite and enough distilled water to make 1000 cc. Storage: In well-closed containers. HALAZONE, N.N.R. A white powder having the odor of chlorine. An organic compound containing active chlorine. Solubility: Slightly soluble in water. Incompatibilities: Those typical of chlorine in solution. Action and Uses: A disinfectant used particularly for the sterilization of drinking water. Dosage;* To sterilize a liter of water, add one or two tablets of halazone. Each tablet contains 0.004 Gm. of halazone, 0.011 Gm. of sodium borate and enough sodium chloride to make 0.130 Gm. Storage: In tight containers. HEXAVITAMIN CAPSULES, capsulae hexavitaminarum, U.S.P. Capsules containing vitamin A (fish liver oil or concentrate) 2,500 U.S.P. units; vitamin D (natural or synthetic) 200 U.S.P. units; ascorbic acid, U.S.P., 37.5 milligrams; thiamine hydrochloride, U.S.P., 1.0 milligram; riboflavin, U.S.P., 1.5 milligrams; and nicotinamide, U.S.P., 10.0 milligrams. Action and Uses; Used in multiple vitamin deficiency Dosage: To be determined by the physician. Storage; In tight, light-resistant containers. HEXYLRESORCINOL, hexylresorcinol, U.S.P. White, needle-shaped crystals with a faint, fatty odor. 137 Solubility: In water (2000), freely in alcohol, in glycerin, in ether, in chloroform and in vegetable oils. Action and Uses: Used as topical antiseptic, a urinary antiseptic and as an anthel- mintic. Dosage: Anthelmintic, 1 Gm. Antiseptic, 1:1000 aqueous solution. Preparations: A 1:1000 solution of hexylresorcinol in a mixture of water and glycerin with a surface tension adjusted to 37 dynes per square centimeter is commonly used. Evidence of Deterioration: Brownish-pink discoloration. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. HISTAMINE PHOSPHATE, histaminae phosphas, U.S.P. (histamine acid phosphate) Clear, colorless, odorless, prismatic crystals. It is stable in air, but is affected by light. Solubility: Soluble in water (4). Action and Uses: It is used for testing the ability of the stomach to secrete hydro- chloric acid. Inert when given by mouth. Dosage; 0.3 mg. Preparations: Histamine phosphate injection, injectio histaminae phosphatis, U.S.P. intramuscular, 0.3 mg. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. HOMATROPINE HYDROBROMIDE, homatropinae hydrobromidum, U.S.P. A white, odorless powder. Caution: It is extremely poisonous. Solubility: In water (6) and in alcohol (40). Incompatibilities; Alkaline hydroxides cause precipitation. Action and Uses: Mydriatic and cycloplegic. Its effects resemble those of atropine but disappear in a shorter time. Dosage: Usually in solution for instillation in the eye, 0.2 to 2 percent. 1 percent is most common. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. HYDROCHLORIC ACID, acidum hydrochloricum, U.S.P. A colorless, fuming liquid having a pungent odor, containing about 36.5 percent HCI. Caution: It should be handled with care because it is very active chemically. Solubility; Miscible with water, alcohol, and glycerin. Sp. Or.: 1.18 incompatibilities: Carbonates and bicarbonates are decomposed by it; silver salts produce a white precipitate; chlorates are decomposed with evolution of chlorine; oxides react to form soluble compounds. Action and Uses: Caustic. Used (diluted) in gastric hypoacidity; in menstrua, to aid in the extraction of active principles from vegetable drugs; as a reagent. Preparations: Diluted hydrochloric acid, acidum hydrochloricum dilutum, U.S.P. Prepared by diluting 236 cc. of hydrochloric acid with sufficient distilled water to make 1000 cc. Dose: 4 cc. Storage; In tight containers. HYDROGEN PEROXIDE SOLUTION, liquor hydrogenii peroxidi, U.S.P. (hydrogen dioxide, peroxide) A colorless liquid containing about 3 percent H 202 in aqueous solution. Incompatibilities; Many oxidizing and reducing agents decompose it. Fluidextracts, tinctures and organic matter in general decompose it. Action and Uses: A nontoxic local antiseptic and detergent. Used on suppurating wounds and as a mouth wash and gargle; also as a bleaching agent. Dosage: Usually diluted about 1 in 4. Evidence of Deterioration: A lack of effervescence when used. Storage; In tight containers in a cool place, protected from light. The stoppers may well be paraffin coated. HYOSCYAMUS, hyoscyamus, U.S.P. (henbane). Dried leaves, with or without the tops, yielding not less than 0.04 percent of the alkaloids of hyoscyamus. Action and Uses: Formerly employed as an antispasmodic. Now little used. Dosage: 0.2 Gm. Preparations: Extract of hyoscyamus, extractum hyoscyami, U.S.P. Both the pow- dered and pilular form are official. They contain about 0.15 percent of the alka- loids of hyoscyamus. Dose: 50 mg. 138 Fluidextract of hyoscyamus, fluidextractum hyoscyami, N.F. It contains about 0.04 percent of the alkaloids of hyoscyamus. Dose; 0.2 cc. Tincture of hyoscyamus, tinctura hyoscyami, U.S.P. It contains about 0.004 percent of the alkaloids of hyoscyamus. Dose: 2 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: Undue precipitation. Storage: In well-closed containers. ICHTHAMMOL, ichthammol, N.F. (ammonium ichthosulfonate) A brownish-black, viscous fluid with a characteristic odor. Solubility: Soluble in water and in glycerin; miscible with fixed oils and fats; partly soluble in alcohol. Ineompotibilities: Acids precipitate a resin-like mass in it; alkalies decompose it. Action and Uses: A mildly antiseptic agent. Rarely used internally. Commonly used in ointments and suppositories. Preparations: Ointment of ichthammol, unguentum ichthammolis, N.F. Ichthammol, 10 Gm., wool fat, 10 Gm., petrolatum, 80 Gm. Storage: In tight containers. INSULIN INJECTION, injectio insulini, U.S.P. (insulin) A colorless or almost colorless liquid, free from turbidity and from insoluble matter. Action and Uses: Increases metabolism of glucose and reduces the blood sugar. Used in the treatment of diabetes mellitus, and to stimulate the appetite. Dosage: The dose is in accordance with the needs of the patient as determined by the physician. It is available in concentrations of 20, 40, 80, and 100 units per cc. in 10 cc. multiple-dose containers. Evidence of Deterioration: Discoloration, turbidity or precipitation. Storage; At temperatures above freezing but not above 15° C. lODINE, lodum, U.S.P. Heavy, bluish-black, crystalline plates having a metallic luster. Caution; The crystals are corrosive. Avoid contact with iron; avoid high heat. Solubility: Very slightly in water (2950), soluble in alcohol (13), in glycerin (80), and in aqueous solution of iodides. Incompatibilities: Alkalies react with it; alkaloids are precipitated by it; tannin and other vegetable astringents and most volatile oils react with it. Action and Uses: Local irritant, germicide and antiseptic when applied in solution to the unbroken skin. The tincture was formerly much used in wounds but is now considered too irritating. Internally given as the solution, it acts in the same manner as potassium iodide. Dosage: 10 mg. in solution, well diluted. Preparations: Ampuls of iodine, ampullae iodi, N.F. (lodine swabs). lodine, 3.5 Gm., sodium iodide, 2.5 Gm., distilled water, 30 cc., alcohol to make 100 cc. Solution of iodine, liquor iodi, U.S.P. lodine, 20 Gm., sodium iodide, 24 Gm., distilled water to make 1000 cc. Strong solution of iodine, liquor iodi fortis, U.S.P., (compound solution of iodine, Lugol’s solution). lodine, 5 Gm., potassium iodide, 10 Gm., distilled water to make 100 cc. Tincture of iodine, tinctura iodi, U.S.P. lodine, 70 Gm., potassium iodide, 50 Gm., distilled water, 50 cc., alcohol to make 1000 cc. Mild tincture of iodine, tinctura iodi mitis, U.S.P. iodine, 20 Gm., sodium iodide, 24 Gm., diluted alcohol to make 1000 cc. lodine ointment, unguentum iodi, U.S.P. lodine, 4 Gm., potassium iodide, 4 Gm., glycerin 12 Gm., yellow ointment to make 100 Gm. Storage: In tightly-closed glass containers, away from heat. lODIZED Oil, oleum iodatum, U.S.P. A thick, viscous, oily liquid having an alliaceous odor and an oleaginous taste. It decomposes on exposure to air and sunlight, becoming dark brown in color. It contains about 40 percent iodine in organic combination. Action and Uses: Used as a contrast medium. Evidence of Deterioration; A darkened product. Storage: In well-filled, tight, light-resistant containers. lODOFORM, iodoformum, N.F. (triiodomethane)^ Yellow powder or crystals with a characteristic, penetrating odor. Solubility: Practically insoluble in water. Soluble in alcohol (60), in glycerin (80), in chloroform (10), in ether (7.5), and in olive oil (34). Action and Uses: Used as an antiseptic dusting powder. Storage; In tight containers, avoiding excessive heat. 139 lODOPHTHALEIN SODIUM, iodophlhaleinum sodicum, U.S.P. (tetraiodophenolphthalein sodium) A pale blue-violet, odorless powder. Solubility: In water (7), slightly in alcohol. Action and Uses: Used for roentgenologic examination of the gall-bladder. Dosage: For each 10 kilograms of body weight, oral, 0.5 Gm.; intravenous, 0.3 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: Decomposition on exposure to air, with liberation of free phthalein. Storage: In tight containers. IPECAC, ipecacuanha, U.S.P. Rhizome and root. Action and Uses: Expectorant, emetic. Dosage: Emetic, 0.5 Gm.; Expectorant, 0.06 Gm. Preparations: Fluidextract of ipecac, fiuidextractum ipecacuanhae, U.S.P. Syrup of ipecac, syrupus ipecacuanhae, U.S.P. Fluidextract of ipecac, 70 cc., glycerin, 100 cc., syrup to make 1000 cc. Dose: emetic, 8 cc.; expectorant, 1 cc. Tincture of ipecac, tinctura ipecacuanhae, N.F. (may be dispensed on orders for wine of ipecac). Fluidextract of ipecac, 100 cc., diluted hydrochloric acid, 15 cc., alcohol, 200 cc., water to make 1000 cc. Dose: expectorant, 0.6 cc. IRON AND AMMONIUM CITRATES, ferri et ammonii citrates, U.S.P. Thin, transparent, garnet-red scales or granules, or a brownish-yellow powder. It is deliquescent in air and is affected by light. Solubility; Very soluble in water; insoluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Solvents containing appreciable amounts of alcohol may decom- pose it. Action and Uses: Hematinic when the anemia is due to lack of iron. Dosage; 1 Gm. Preparations: Iron and ammonium citrates capsules, capsulae ferri et ammonii citratum, U.S.P. Dose; 1 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: A darkened or deliquesced product. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. IRON AND AMMONIUM CITRATES, GREEN, ferri et ammonii citrates virides, U.S.P. Thin, transparent, green scales or granules, odorless and somewhat hygroscopic. Caution: This is not the preferred form for oral administration. Action and Uses: Hematinic. Dosage: 60 mg. by parenteral injection. Preparations: Ampuls of green iron and ammonium citrates, ampullae ferri et am- monii citratum viridum, N.F. Evidence of Deterioration: Discoloration and absorption of moisture. Storage: In tight containers, protected from light. JUNIPER TAR, pix juniperi, U.S.P. (oil of cade) A dark brown, thick liquid. Solubility: Slightly soluble in water; soluble in alcohol (9). Action and Uses: Formerly used in chronic inflammatory skin diseases. Dosage: 1 to 10 percent ointment, or rarely in lotions and liniments. Storage: In tight containers, away from excessive heat. KAOLIN, kaolinum, N.F. A white or nearly white, very fine powder. Solubility: Insoluble in pharmaceutical solvents. Action and Uses: As an adsorbent in diarrhea and dysentery, usually in the form of a magma. Externally, it is used as a poultice. Preparations: Cataplasm of kaolin, cataplasma kaolini, N.F. 565 Gm. of recently dried kaolin is mixed with 45 Gm. of boric acid and incorporated with 387 Gm. of glycerin which has been recently heated to 100° C. 5 Gm. of thymol is dis- solved in 2 cc. of methyl salicylate and 0.5 cc. of oil of peppermint and the solution is added to the mass. Storage: In well-closed containers. LACTIC ACID, acidum lacticum, U.S.P. A colorless or slightly yellow, nearly odorless, syrupy liquid containing a mixture of lactic acid and lactic anhydride equivalent to about 87.5 percent lactic acid. Solubility: Miscible with water, alcohol, glycerin and ether. Sp. Gr.: 1.206 140 Incompatibilities: Carbonates and bicarbonates are decomposed by it; albumin is coagulated. Action and Uses: Used in the form of lactic acid milk in infant feeding, to neutralize the excess base of cow’s milk. Externally, as a caustic. Dosage: 1 cc. Storage: In tight containers. LACTOSE, lactosum, U.S.P. (sugar of milk, saccharum lactis) A white, crystalline powder. Solubility: Soluble in water (5) ; very slightly in alcohol. Action and Uses: For modification of cow’s milk in the feeding of infants and in- valids ; as a diluent for powders; as a base of tablet triturates. Preparations: Triturations, triturationes, U.S.P. Storage: In well-closed containers. LARD, adeps, U.S.P. A soft, white, unctuous mass, having a faint odor and a bland taste, free from rancidity. Solubility: Insoluble in water; very slightly soluble in alcohol; readily soluble in ether and in chloroform. Melting Point: 36° to 42° C. Incompatibilities: Its melting point is lowered upon admixture with camphor, menthol, phenol, thymol, and chloral hydrate. Action and Uses: A base for ointments. Preparations: Benzoinated lard, adeps benzoinatus, U.S.P. Evidence of Deterioration: A rancid product. Storage: In well-closed containers, in a cool place. LEAD ACETATE, plumhi acetas, U.S.P. (sugar of lead, sal saturni). Colorless, shining, transparent prisms or plates, or heavy, white crystalline masses, or granular crystals. It has a faintly acetous odor, is efflorescent, and absorbs carbon dioxide on exposure to air, becoming incompletely soluble in water. Solubility: Soluble in water (1.6) and in alcohol (30). It is freely soluble in glycerin. Incompatibilities: Soluble sulfates and vegetable extractions are precipitated by it. Action and Uses: Externally, as an astringent lotion. Its use is declining. Not used internally owing to danger of lead poisoning. Preparations: An ingredient of lotion of lead and opium, lotio plumbi et opii, N.F. (lead and opium wash) Evidence of Deterioration; An effloresced product which is incompletely soluble in water. Storage: In tight containers. LIME, calx, N.F. (unslaked lime, calcium oxide, quicklime) Hard, white or grayish-white masses or granules, or a white powder. Solubility: Slightly soluble in water (840). It is soluble in glycerin and in syrup. In- soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Reagent. Evidence of Deterioration: Soft, friable masses, or a powder. Storage: In tight containers. LINSEED OIL, oleum Uni, U.S.P. (oil of flaxseed, raw linseed oil) A yellowish-brown fixed oil. Caution: Do not use “boiled” linseed oil. Solubility: Miscible with ether, chloroform, petroleum benzin and oil of turpentine. Sp. Gr.: 0.930 Action and Uses: Externally as a protective emollient. Preparations: Lime liniment, linimentum colds, N.F. (carron oil). Equal volumes of linseed oil and solution of calcium hydroxide mixed by agitation. A water-in- oil emulsion. Evidence of Deterioration: Hard, dry surface film. Storage: In tight containers. LITHIUM CITRATE, lithii citras, N.F. A white, odorless powder. Solubility: Soluble in water (1.4) ; very slightly in alcohol. Action and Uses: The same as other alkaline citrates. Dosage: 0.5 Gm. Preparations: Effervescent salt of lithium citrate, sal lithii citratis effervescens, N.F. 141 Lithium citrate, 50 Gm., sodium bicarbonate, 370 Gm., tartaric acid, 300 Gm., citric acid, 195 Gm. Storage: In tight containers. LIVER, hepar The soluble thermostable fraction of mammalian livers which increases the num- ber of red blood corpuscles in the blood of persons suffering from pernicious anemia, in the form of the preparations listed below. Action and Uses: Used in the treatment of pernicious anemia. Preparations: Extract of liver, extractum hepatis, U.S.P. (dry liver extract). Dose: One U.S.P. unit. Liver injection, injectio hepatis, U.S.P. Dose: Intramuscular, 1 U.S.P. unit. Solution of liver, liquor hepatis, U.S.P. (liquid extract of liver). Dose: One U.S.P. unit. Storage: In well-closed containers, preferably at a temperature not above 20° C, and protected from light, MAGNESIUM CARBONATE, magnesii carbonas, U.S.P. (hydrated magnesium carbonate) A white powder or white, friable blocks, equivalent to 40 to 43.5 percent MgO. It occurs in various densities, the light being used as a diffusing agent. Solubility: Practically insoluble in water but imparts an alkaline reaction to it; in- soluble in alcohol; soluble in dilute acids. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it. Action and Uses: Internally, against gastric hyperacidity, and as a mild laxative; externally, as an absorbent dusting powder. Used in syrup of tolu balsam and syrup of ginger as a diffusing agent; an ingredient of solution of magnesium citrate. Dosage: Antacid, 0.6 Qm.; laxative, 8 Gm. Storage; In well-closed containers. MAGNESIUM OXIDE, magnesii oxidum, U.S.P. (magnesia, light magnesia, light cal- cined magnesia, magnesia usta) A light, white powder. Solubility: Practically insoluble in water and in alcohol. It forms a gel with 15 parts of water. It dissolves in dilute acids. Action and Uses: Antacid and laxative, in powders. Dosage: Antacid, 0.25 Gm.; laxative, 4 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration; Effervesces with acids due to absorption of carbon dioxide from the air. Storage: In well-closed containers. MAGNESIUM OXIDE, HEAVY, magnesii oxidum ponderosum, U.S.P. (heavy calcined magnesia, heavy magnesia) A dense, white powder. Solubility: Practically insoluble in water and alcohol. Soluble in dilute acids. Action and Uses: Antacid and laxative, in powders or in liquid mixtures. Dosage: Antacid, 0.25 Gm., laxative, 4 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. MAGNESIUM SULFATE, magnesii sulfas, U.S.P. (epsom salt) Small colorless crystals. Solubility: Soluble in water (1) ; practically insoluble in alcohol; slowly in glycerin (1), with the aid of gentle heat. Incompatibilities; Alcohol will precipitate it from concentrated aqueous solutions. Action and Uses: In solution, by mouth as saline cathartic; intravenously and intra- muscularly in tetanus and uremia as an anticonvulsant; and as a local application in inflammatory conditions. Dosage: 15 Gm. as a cathartic. In convulsive states, intramuscularly, 0.6 cc. of a 25 percent solution for each kilogram (2.2 pounds) of body weight, six times daily. Preparations: Ampuls of magnesium sulfate, ampullae magnesii sulfatis, N.F. Effervescent salt of magnesium sulfate, sal magnesii sulfatis effervescens, N.F. magnesium sulfate, 500 Gm., sodium bicarbonate, 403 Gm., tartaric acid, 211 Gm., citric acid, 136 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: Efflorescence. Storage: In well-closed containers. MAPHARSEN, N.N.R. A white, amorphous, odorless powder. An organic compound containing trivalent arsenic. 142 Solubility; Soluble in water and in alcohol. Action and Uses: Antiluetic. Dosage: Intravenous, 0.04 Gm. (women), 0.06 Gm. (men) Preparations: Ampuls, 0.04 and 0.06 Gm. Storage: In a cool place, preferably not above 20° C., in hermetic containers of colorless glass from which the air has been excluded either by the production of a vacuum or by displacement with a non-oxidizing gas. MENADIONE, menadionum, U.S.P. A bright yellow, crystalline powder; an analogue of vitamin K. It is affected by sunlight. Caution: It is irritating to the respiratory tract and to the skin, and in alcoholic solution has vesicant properties. Solubility: Practically insoluble in water; soluble in alcohol (60) ; soluble in vegetable oils. Action and Uses: Used in vitamin K deficiency. Dosage: 1 mg. Preparations: Menadione tablets, tabellae menadioni, U.S.P. Dose; 1 mg. Storage; In well-closed, light-resistant containers. MENTHOL, menthol, U.S.P. Volatile, colorless crystals or crystalline powder having a peppermint-like odor. Solubility: Slightly soluble in water; very soluble in alcohol, in chloroform, in ether, and in petroleum benzin. Freely soluble in liquid petrolatum and in fixed and volatile oils. Incompatibilities; It liquefies when triturated with camphor, chloral hydrate, phenol or thymol. Action and Uses: Used locally as a counterirritant and analgesic, particularly in liniments; rarely, internally as a carminative; commonly in solution in oil as nasal spray or drops (0.060 Gm. to 0.400 Gm. per 30 cc.). Dosage; 0.060 Gm. Preparations; Camphorated menthol, menthol camphoratum, N.F. Mix equal quan- tities of menthol and camphor and warm the mixture until solution is effected. Compound menthol spray, nebula mentholis composita, N.F. Dissolve 10 Gm. of menthol, 10 Gm. of camphor, 5 cc. of methyl salicylate, and 5 cc. of eucalyptol in light liquid petrolatum to make 1000 cc. Compound menthol ointment, unguentum mentholis compositum, N.F. Dissolve 10 Gm. of menthol in 10 Gm. of methyl salicylate and mix the solution with the base made by melting 5 Gm. of white wax and 75 Gm. of hydrous wool fat. Storage: In tight containers, preferably at a temperature below 30° C. MERBROMIN, merbrominum, N.F. Iridescent, green scales or granules. An organic compound of mercury. It is odorless, and is permanent in the air. Solubility: Freely soluble in water, practically insoluble in alcohol and in acetone, and insoluble in chloroform and in ether. Incompatibilities; Acids decompose it. Action and Uses: A moderately active antiseptic used in varying strengths of solutions and tinctures. Preparations: Solution of merbromin, Liquor merbromini, N.F. Merbromin, 20 Gm., distilled water, sufficient to make 1000 cc. Surgical solution of merbromin, liquor merbromini chirurgicalis, N.F. Dissolve 20 Gm. of merbromin in 350 cc. of distilled water. Add 100 cc. of acetone and sufficient alcohol to make 1000 cc. Storage: In tight containers. MERCRESIN A solution of orthohydroxyphenylmercuric chloride and secondary amyltricresols in an alcohol-acetone base. Action and Uses: Antiseptic and germicide for topical application. Dosage: The tinctures are used undiluted for application to intact skin; for other uses, dilutions of the tinctures are used. Preparations: Tincture mercresin, tincture mercresin stainless. Storage: In tight containers. MERCURIC CYANIDE, hydrargyri cyanidum, N.N.R. Colorless crystals or a white powder. It darkens on exposure to light. Caution: It is a violent poison. 143 Solubility: Soluble in water (13) and in alcohol (13). Action and Uses: Antiseptic, formerly also used as an antisyphilitic. Dosage: 4 mg. For application to mucous surfaces, 1-4000 to 1-2000 aqueous solu- tions. Evidence of Deterioration: A darkened product. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. MERCURIC lODIDE, RED, hydrargyri iodidum rubrum, N.F. (biniodide of mercury, deutoiodide of mercury). A scarlet-red, odorless, nearly tasteless powder. Caution: Very poisonous. Very irritating to mucous surfaces and the skin. It should not be dispensed undissolved in liquid preparations. Solubility: Practically insoluble in water; slightly soluble in alcohol (115); readily soluble in solution of iodides. Incompatibilities: Alkaloids may be precipitated by its solution. Action and Uses: Dissolved in a solution of either potassium or sodium iodide, it was formerly used as an antiseptic, germicide and antisyphilitic. Applied in an ointment or as a powder, it is a vesicant. Dosage: 4 mg. Preparations; Tablets of red mercuric iodide, tabellae hydrargyri iodide rubri, N.F. Solution of arsenic and mercuric iodides, liquor arseni et hydrargyri iodidorum, N.F. (Donovan’s solution) Dose: 0.1 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: Discoloration by action of light. Storage: In well-closed containers, protected from light. MERCURIC OXIDE, YELLOW, hydrargyri oxidum flavum, U.S.P. (yellow precipitate) An orange-yellow, heavy, odorless powder. Solubility: Insoluble in water and in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Iron utensils react with it, causing discoloration. Action and Uses: Antiseptic, usually in the form of an ointment for ophthalmic use. Preparations; Yellow mercuric oxide ointment, unguentum hydrargyri oxidi flavi, U.S.P. 1 Gm. of yellow mercuric oxide is levigated with 1 Gm. of liquid petrolatum and incorporated with 98 Gm. of yellow ointment. Oleate of mercury, oleatum hydrargyri, U.S.P. Mix 25 Gm. of yellow mercuric oxide with 75 Gm. of oleic acid, warm the mixture to a temperature not above 50° G., stirring until the mercuric oxide is dissolved. Evidence of Deterioration: Darkening usually caused by exposure to strong light. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. MERCURIC OXYCYANIDE, hydrargyri oxycyanidum, N.N.R. White crystals or a crystalline powder. It contains about 33 percent mercuric oxy- cyanide and 67 percent mercuric cyanide. Caution; It is a violent poison. Solubility: In water (80). Action and Uses: Antiseptic, formerly also used as an antisyphilitic. Dosage: 4 mg. For application to mucous surfaces, 1:4000 to 1:2000 aqueous solu- tions. Evidence of Deterioration: A darkened product. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. MERCURIC SALICYLATE, hydrargyri salicylas, U.S.P. A white, or slightly yellow or slightly pink powder. It is affected by light. Solubility: Practically insoluble in water and in alcohol. Action and Uses: Formerly widely used as an antisyphilitic, but Hg is being sup- planted by Bi for this purpose. Dosage: Intramuscular, in oil, 60 mg. Preparations: Mercuric salicylate injection, injectio hydrargyri salicylatis, U.S.P. Dose: 0.1 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: A darkened product. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. MERCURIC SUCCINIMIDE, hydrargyri succinimidum, U.S.P. Small, white crystals or white powder. It is stable in air but darkens on exposure to light. Solubility; Soluble in water (20) ; slightly soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Formerly widely used as an antisyphilitic, but Hg is being sup- planted by Bi for this purpose. Dosage; Intramuscular, 15 mg. 144 Preparations: Ampuls of mercuric succinimide, ampullae hydrargyri succinimidi, N.F. Dose: 10 mg. Evidence of Deterioration: A darkened product. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. MERCUROUS CHLORIDE, MILD, hydrargyri chloridum mite, U.S.P. (calomel, subchloride of mercury). A heavy, white, odorless powder. Solubility: Insoluble in all of the pharmaceutical solvents. Incompatibilities: Alkalies, soluble bromides, and iodides react with it. Action and Uses: A slow, fairly powerful and relatively nonirritant cathartic, but this use is declining. Danger of salivation if taken continuously. Usually dispensed in dry forms such as tablets, pills, and capsules. Employed in dusting powders and in lotions. Dispensed in ointments for venereal prophylaxis. Dosage: 0.12 Gm., usually in divided doses of 0.006 to 0.015 Gm. Preparations: Compound pills of mild mercurous chloride, pilulae hydrargyri chloridi mitis compositae, N.F. (compound cathartic pills). Each pill contains mild mer- curous chloride, 0.06 Gm., compound extract of colocynth, 0.08 Gm., resin of jalap, 0.02 Gm., gamboge, 0.015 Gm. The excipient is diluted alcohol. Tablets of mild mercurous chloride, tabellae hydrargyri chloridi mitis, N.F. (calomel tablets). Tablets of mild mercurous chloride and sodium bicarbonate, tabellae hydrargyri chloridi mitis et sodii bicarbonatis, N.F. (calomel and soda). Ointment of mild mercurous chloride, unguentum hydrargyri chloridi mitis, N. F. (calomel oint- ment). Mild mercurous chloride, 30 Gm., hydrous wool fat, 35 Gm., white petrolatum, 35 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: Grayish discoloration. Container should be dated and the product in it should be discarded after three years’ storage. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. MERCURY BICHLORIDE, hydrargyri bichloridum, U.S.P. (corrosive sublimate) Heavy, odorless crystals or a crystalline powder. Caution: Very poisonous: concentrated solutions are caustic. Solubility: Slowly in water (13.5), in alcohol (3.8), in glycerin (12), in ether (25), Readily dissolved in boiling water. Ammonium chloride, sodium chloride, and citric acid aid in dissolving it. Incompatibilities: Alkalies, calcium hydroxide, soap, lead acetate, and many organic compounds cause precipitation. Action and Uses: Chiefly as a germicide and antiseptic; also as an antisyphilitic agent. Rarely used except in dilute solution. Dosage: 4 mg. As an antiseptic, solution 1:20,000 to 1; 2000. As a disinfectant of clothing, solution 1: 1000. Preparations: Large poison tablets of mercury bichloride, toxitabellae hydrargyri bichloridi magnae, U.S.P. Each tablet contains about 0.5 Gm. Added to a pint of water it makes a 1:1000 solution. Small poison tablets of mercury bichloride, toxitabellae hydrargyri bichloridi parvae, U.S.P. Each tablet contains about 0.125 Gm. Added to a pint of water it makes a 1:4000 solution. Storage: In well-closed containers. MERCURY, hydrargyrum, U.S.P. A shining, silvery, odorless metal, liquid at ordinary temperatures. Solubility: Insoluble in ordinary solvents. Sp. Gr.; 13.5. Action and Uses: In ointment form, it was formerly used by inunction in the treat- ment of syphilis. Preparations; Mercury with chalk, hydrargyri cum creta, U.S.P. Contains about 38 percent metallic mercury. Dose; 0.25 Gm. Strong mercurial ointment, unguentum hydrargyri forte, U.S.P. Contains about 50 percent metallic mercury subdivided with oleate of mercury, 2 percent, in a base of wool fat, 30 percent, white wax, 5 percent, and white petrolatum, 13 percent. Mild mercurial ointment, unguentum hydrargyri mite, U.S.P. (blue ointment, blue butter). Contains about 10 percent metallic mercury. Prepared by diluting strong mercurial ointment, 20 percent, with white ointment, 80 percent. Storage: In strong, tight containers. 145 MERSALYL AND THEOPHYLLINE INJECTION, mersalylis et theophyllinae, injectio, U.S.P. A sterile solution of approximately 10 parts by weight of xnersalyl and 5 parts by weight of theophylline in water for injection. Action and Uses: Diuretic. Dosage: Intramuscular or intravenous in an amount equivalent to mersalyl, 0.2 Gm., and theophylline, 0.1 Gm. Storage: In hermetic containers. MERTHIOLATE, N.N.R. A light, cream-colored, nonhygroscopic, crystalline powder stable in air but un- stable in sunlight, containing approximately 50 percent mercury in organic com- bination. Solubility: Soluble in water (1) and in alcohol (8). Action and Uses: Germicide and fungicide. Dosage: For disinfection of instruments, 1:1000 aqueous solution; for application to intact skin, tincture, 1:1000; for application to wounds and denuded surfaces, aqueous solution, 1:1000; for application to mucous surfaces, 1:5000 to 1:30,000. Preparations; Tincture merthiolate, 1:1000; merthiolate solution, 1:1000; merthio- late jelly, 1:1000. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. METAPHEN, N.N.R. A yellow, odorless and tasteless substance containing approximately 56 percent mercury in organic combination. Solubility: Insoluble in water, almost insoluble in methyl alcohol, acetone, and ether; soluble in dilute aqueous solutions of sodium hydroxide and ammonium hydroxide. Action and Uses: Germicide and fungicide. Dosage: For disinfection of instruments, aqueous solution, 1:5000 to 1:1000; for application to the skin, 1:5000 to 1:1000; for ophthalmological and urethral uses, 1:10,000 to 1:5000. Preparations: Solution metaphen, 1:500; tincture metaphen, 1: 200. Storage: In tight containers. METHENAMINE, methenamina, U.S.P. (hexamethylenetetramine). Colorless crystals or a white powder, nearly odorless and with a sweetish taste. Solubility: Soluble in water (1.5), and in alcohol (12.5). Incompatibilities: Acids, ammonium salts, mercuric chloride, and tannin are incom- patible with it. Action and Uses: Urinary antiseptic through liberation of formaldehyde in the presence of acids. Sodium biphosphate is commonly given before it in order to render the urine acid. Less effective than the sulfonamides, its use is declining. Tablets of it arc sometimes ignited and used as an emergency laboratory fuel in heating liquids in test tubes. Dosage: 0.5 Gm. in solution. Preparations: Methenamine tablets, tabellae methenaminae, U.S.P. Storage: In well-closed containers. METHYL SALICYLATE, methylis salicylas, U.S.P. (oil of gaultheria, oil of wintergreen, oil of sweet birch). A colorless or amber liquid with a characteristic, wintergreen odor and taste. Solubility: Slightly soluble in water, soluble in alcohol and in 70 percent alcohol (7). Sp. Gr.; 1.18. Action and Uses; A counterirritant, antirheumatic, internally and externally. Fre- quently. included as an ingredient of liniments and inunctions; commonly used as a flavor. Dosage: 0.75 cc. Preparations: Wintergreen water, aqua gaultheriae, N.F. 5 cc. of methyl salicylate is dissolved in distilled water to make 1000 cc., employing the general process. Storage: In tight containers. METHYLROSANILINE CHLORIDE, methylrosanilinae chloridum, U.S.P. (gentian violet, crystal violet, methyl violet) Dark-green powder or pieces having a metallic luster. Caution: Use great care in handling it; it stains most substances. In some cases the stains may be removed with acidified alcohol. Solubility: Soluble in water (40), in alcohol (10), in glycerin (15). Insoluble in ether but soluble in chloroform. Action and U»e«: Antiseptic, in solution; anthelmintic, in enteric coated tablets or capsules. Dosage: 0.06 Gm. A 1 percent solution is used topically. 146 Preparations: Solution of methylrosaniline chloride, liquor methylrosanilini chloridi, N.F. (solution of gentian violet, solution of crystal violet). Dissolve 10 Gm. of methylrosaniline chloride in 100 cc. of alcohol and enough water to make 1000 cc. Storage: In well-closed containers. METHYLTHIONINE CHLORIDE, methylthioninae chloridum, U.S.P. (methylene blue) Dark green, odorless crystals or a crystalline powder, having a bronze-like luster. It is stable in air. Solutions of methylthionine chloride have a deep blue color. Solubility: Soluble in water (25) and in alcohol (65). Action and Uses: Formerly used as a weak antiseptic and anthelmintic; now chiefly used as a reagent. Dosage: 0.15 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. METRAZOI, N.N.R. White crystals. Solubility; Freely soluble in water. Action and Uses: Respiratory stimulant and convulsant. Used in treatment of over- dose of barbiturates. Dosage: Intramuscular, subcutaneous, or intravenous, 0.1 to 0.3 Gm., repeated as required; oral 0.1 to 0.3 Gm. Preparations: Ampuls, 0.1 Gm.; tablets, 0.1 Gm. Storage: In tight containers. METYCAINE, N.N.R. A white, crystalline powder. Solubility; Soluble in water (1) ; soluble in alcohol and chloroform. Incompatibilities: Alkalies and iodine precipitate it. Action and Uses: Local anesthetic. Dosage: 0.5 to 10 percent aqueous solutions. Storage: In well-closed containers. MORPHINE SULFATE, morphinae sulfas, U.S.P. White, odorless crystals or masses. Caution: Potent narcotic. Guard it properly. Solubility: Soluble in water (16), slightly in alcohol (570). Insoluble in ether and in chloroform. Action and Uses. It depresses the brain, causing analgesia and hypnosis, relieving cough, and lessening bowel movements. Almost inactive locally. Commonly avail- able in hypodermic tablets. Danger of addiction. Dosage: 10 mg. Preparations: Tablets of morphine and atropine sulfates, tabellae morphinae et atropinae sulfatum, N.F. Morphine sulfate, 15 mg., atropine sulfate 0.4 mg. Tablets of morphine sulfate, tabellae morphinae sulfatis, U.S.P. 10 mg., 15 mg., 30 mg. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. MYRRH, myrrha, U.S.P. (gum myrrh) An oleo-gum-resin. • Solubility: Incompletely soluble in alcohol. It forms an emulsion when triturated with water. Action and Uses: Carminative and protective. Little used today. Preparations: Tincture of myrrh, tinctura myrrhae, U.S.P. A 20 percent tincture prepared by maceration, using alcohol as the solvent. Dose: 2 cc. Storage; In well-closed containers. NEOARSPHENAMINE, neoarsphenamina, U.S.P. A yellow, odorless powder, readily oxidized by exposure to air. An organic trivalent arsenic compound. Caution: Solutions of it must be freshly prepared and should not be agitated in the process of preparation. Solubility: Very soluble in water; soluble in glycerin; slightly soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: A specific remedy for syphilis. Dosage: Intravenous, 0.45 Gm., dissolved in cold water. Evidence of deterioration: Darkening. It is not safe to use it more than three years from the date of original release by the National Institute of Health. Storage: In a cool place, in sealed tubes from which the air has been excluded. 147 NEOSTIGMINE BROMIDE, neostigminae bromidum, U.S.P. A white, crystalline powder having a bitter taste. Solubility: Soluble in water and in alcohol. Action and Uses: Used in the oral treatment of myasthenia gravis. Dosage: Oral, 15 mg. Preparations: Neostigmine bromide tablets, tabellae neostigminae bromidi, U.S.P. 15 mg. Storage: In tight containers. NEOSTIGMINE METHYLSULFATE, neostigminae methylsulfas, U.S.P. A white, crystalline, odorless powder having a bitter taste. Solubility; Soluble in water (10) ; less soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Used for postoperative distention, and for the treatment of my- asthenia gravis. Dosage: Subcutaneous or intramuscular, 0.5 mg. Preparations: Neostigmine methylsulfate injection, injectio neostigminae methylsulfatis, Storage: In tight containers. NEO-SYNEPHRINE HYDROCHLORIDE, N.N.R. White, odorless crystals, having a bitter taste. Chemically related to ephedrine. Solubility: Freely soluble in water and in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Alkalies and iodine precipitate it. Metals discolor its solutions. Action and Uses: Vasoconstrictor, used especially locally on the nasal mucous mem- brane. Dosage: 5 mg. For local application, 0.25 to 1 percent aqueous solutions. Storage: In well-closed containers. NICOTINAMIDE, nicotinamidum, U.S.P. (nicotinic acid amide, niacinamide) A white, crystalline powder, odorless or nearly so, and having a bitter taste. Solubility: Soluble in water (1), in alcohol (1.5), and in glycerin (10). Action and Uses: Antipellagric. Dosage: 25 mg. Preparations: Nicotinamide tablets, tabellae nicotinamidi, U.S.P., 25 mg. and 50 mg. Storage: In tight containers. NICOTINIC ACID, acidum nicotinicum, U.S.P. (niacin) White crystals or a crystalline powder. A vitamin of the B group. Solubility; Soluble in water (60), Action and Uses. Antipellagric. Dosage; 25 mg. Preparations: Nicotinic acid tablets, tabellae acidi nicotinici, U.S.P. Dose: 25 mg. Storage: In well-closed containers. NIKETHAMIDE, N.N.R. A clear, colorless to pale yellow, somewhat viscous liquid, having a slight, char- acteristic, aromatic odor and a peculiar, bitter taste. Action and Uses: Respiratory stimulant and convulsant. Dosage: Intravenous, 3 to 5 cc. of a 25 percent solution; rarely used orally. Storage: In tight containers. NITRIC ACID, acidum nitricum, U.S.P. A colorless, fuming liquid, very caustic and corrosive and having a characteristic, highly irritating odor. It contains about 69 percent HNQ3. Caution: Destructive to living tissues and to fabrics and should be handled with extreme caution. Solubility: Miscible with water. Sp. Gr.; 1.41. Boils: 120° C. incompatibilities: In addition to the incompatibilities common to most acids, it acts on many metals with the evolution of brownish-red fumes. Action and Uses; Caustic, corrosive and escharotic; in diluted form, an astringent. Used for cauterization of certain wounds. Preparations: Nitrohydrochloric acid, acidum nitrohydrochloricum, N.F. (aqua regia, nitromuriatic acid). A concentrated aqueous solution containing hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, nitrosyl chloride, and chlorine. Mix 20 cc. of nitric acid with 80 cc. of hydrochloric acid in a suitable vessel and let stand, loosely-stoppered, for 15 hours or until the gas ceases to evolve. Dose; 0.2 cc. ... . . 148 Diluted nitrohydrochloric acid, acidum nitrohydrochloricum dilutum, N.F. Pre- pared by mixing 22 cc. of nitrohydrochloric acid with distilled water to make 100 cc. Dose: 1 cc. Nate. Do not dispense either nitrohydrochloric acid or diluted nitrohydrochloric acid if iodine is not imme- diately liberated when one drop of the acid is added to 1 cc. of an solution of potassium iodide (I—s). Evidence of Deterioration: On exposure to light, especially in partly-filled containers, it becomes yellowish-brown due to the formation of nitrogen oxides. Storage: In tight containers. NORMAL HUMAN SERUM, serum humanum normale, U.S.P. (human serum) The serum of pooled human blood in liquid or dried state. Action and Uses: Used in surgical and traumatic shock, in the treatment of burns, and in hemorrhage. Dosage: Intravenous, 500 cc. Storage: In hermetic containers. The liquid serum should be kept at a temperature between 2° and 10° G.; the dried serum must not be exposed to excessive heat. NUPERCAINE HYDROCHLORIDE, N.N.R. A fine, white, crystalline, odorless, hygroscopic powder. Solubility: Very soluble in water, freely soluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Alkalies precipitate it. Action and Uses: A local anesthetic similar to cocaine when applied to mucous sur- faces and to procaine or cocaine when injected, the action being relatively pro- longed. It is used for local infiltration, spinal, and sacral anesthesia. Dosage: For infiltration anesthesia, solution 1:2000 to 1:1000 (not more than 100 cc. of a 1:1000 solution should be injected.) Preparations: Ampuls, 1:200, 1:1000, 1:1500; solution, 2 percent; tablets, 50 mg. Storage; In tight containers. NUX VOMICA, nux vomica, U.S.P. Seeds yielding not less than 1.15 percent of strychnine, incompatibilities: Same as strychnine. Action and Uses: A bitter to stimulate appetite. Its use is declining. Dosage: 0.1 Gm. Preparations: Extract of nux vomica, extractum nucis vomicae, N.F. (extractum strychni, P. 1.) 7.5 percent strychnine. Dose; 15 mg. Fluidextract of nux vomica, fluidextractum nucis vomicae, N.F. 1.15 percent strychnine. Dose: 0.1 cc. Tincture of nux vomica, tinctura nucis vomicae, U.S.P. (tinctura strychni, P. 1.) 0.115 percent strychnine. Dose: 1 cc. Storage: In well-closed containers. OIL OF ANISE, oleum anisi, U.S.P. A colorless or pale yellow volatile oil from anise. Caution: If solid material has separated, carefully warm the mixture until it is com- pletely liquefied and mix it thoroughly. Solubility: Soluble in alcohol (3). Congeals: 15° C. Action and Uses: Aromatic carminative and flavor. Preparations: Anise water, aqua anisi, U.S.P. A saturated aqueous solution prepared by the general process. Dose: 15 cc. Spirit of anise, spiritus anisi, U.S.P. A 10 percent solution of oil of anise in alcohol. Dose: 1 cc., diluted. Storage: In well-filled, tight containers away from excessive heat. OIL OF CHENOPODIUM, oleum chenopodii, U.S.P. A pale yellow volatile oil. Solubility: Soluble in 70 percent alcohol (8). Action and Uses: Anthelmintic, especially for roundworms and hookworms. Dosage: Caution. As an anthelmintic for adults, single dose, 1 cc. Preparations; Oil of chenopodium capsules, capsulae olei chenopodii, U.S.P., 1 cc. Storage: In tight containers, away from excessive heat. OIL OF CINNAMON, oleum cinnamomi, U.S.P. (oil of Cassia) A yellowish-brown volatile oil. Solubility: Soluble in alcohol (1) and in 70 percent alcohol (2). Action and Uses: Aromatic flavor. Preparations: Cinnamon water, aqua cinnamomi, U.S.P. A saturated aqueous solu- tion prepared by the general process. Dose; 15 cc. 149 Spirit of cinnamon, spiritus cinnamomi, U.S.P. A 10 percent alcoholic solution of oil of cinnamon. Dose: 1 cc. Syrup of cinnamon, syrupus cinnamomi, N.F. Prepared by mixing 0.5 cc. of oil of cinnamon with 60 cc. of compound tincture of cudbear and enough syrup to make 1000 cc. < Evidence of Deterioration: Darkening and thickening. Storage: In well-filled, tight containers, away from excessive heat. Oil OF CORIANDER, oleum coriandri, U.S.P. A colorless or pale yellow volatile oil. Solubility: Soluble in 70 percent alcohol (3). Action and Uses: Formerly used as an aromatic carminative. Storage: In well-filled, tight containers, away from excessive heat. Oil OF JUNIPER, oleum juniperi, U.S.P. A colorless or faintly greenish-yellow volatile oil. Solubility: Soluble in alcohol (4). Action and Uses: Once used as an irritant diuretic. Now discredited. A flavor. Storage: In well-filled, tight containers, away from excessive heat. OIL OF LEMON, oleum limonis, U.S.P. A yellowish volatile oil. Solubility: Soluble in alcohol (3). Action and Uses: Flavor. Evidence of Deterioration: A terebinthinate odor. Storage: In well-filled, tight containers, away from excessive heat. OIL OF ORANGE, oleum aurantii, U.S.P. (oil of sweet orange) A yellow or orange volatile oil from the fresh peel of the ripe fruit. Solubility: Soluble in alcohol (2). Action and Uses: Aromatic flavor. Preparations: Compound spirit of orange, spiritus aurantii compositus, U.S.P. It is prepared by dissolving 200 cc. of oil of orange, 50 cc. of oil of lemon, 20 cc. of oil of coriander, and 5 cc. of oil of anise, in enough alcohol to make 1000 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: A terebinthinate odor. Storage: In well-filled, tight containers, away from excessive heat. OIL OF PEPPERMINT, oleum menthae piperitae, U.S.P. A colorless volatile oil. Solubility: Soluble in 70 percent alcohol (4). Action and Uses: Aromatic carminative and flavor. Preparations: Peppermint water, aqua menthae piperitae, U.S.P. A saturated aqueous solution of oil of peppermint prepared by the general process. Dose: 15 cc. Spirit of Peppermint, spiritus menthae piperitae, U.S.P. (essence of peppermint). Dose: 1 cc. 10 Gm. of peppermint leaves are macerated for 1 hour in 500 cc. of water and then expressed. The moist leaves are macerated for 6 hours in 900 cc. of alcohol and then the mixture is filtered. 100 cc. of oil of peppermint is added to the filtrate and enough alcohol to make 1000 cc. Storage: In tight containers. OIL OF SANTAL, oleum santali, N.F. A pale yellow, somewhat viscid volatile oil. Solubility: Soluble in 70 percent alcohol (5). Action and Uses; Urinary antiseptic. Formerly used in the treatment of gonorrhea. Dosage: 0.5 cc., usually in capsules. Storage: In tight containers, protected from light. OIL OF TURPENTINE, oleum terebinthinae, U.S.P. (spirits of turpentine) A colorless volatile oil. Solubility: Soluble in alcohol (5). Action and Uses: Rubefacient and counterirritant when applied to the skin. Formerly used internally, but now considered too toxic. Preparations: Rectified oil of turpentine, oleum terebinthinae rectificatum. Prepared by distilling a mixture of equal volumes of oil of turpentine and 5 percent aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide. The oil is separated from the water in the distillate and is dried by agitating it with anhydrous calcium chloride. Dose: 0.3 cc. Acetic turpentine liniment, linimentum terebinthinae aceticum, N.F. (Stoke’s 150 liniment). Triturate 400 cc. of oil of turpentine and 16 cc. of oil of lemon with the contents of two eggs and the yolks of two others. Add 80 cc. of acetic acid and 400 cc. of water. Mix thoroughly and add enough water to make 1000 cc. Emulsion of oil of turpentine, emulsum olei terebinthinae, U.S.P. Place 5 Gm. of powdered acacia in a dry bottle, add 15 cc. of oil of turpentine, mix thoroughly, add exactly 10 cc. of distilled water, and agitate the mixture briskly until an emul- sion forms. Then gradually add enough distilled water to make 100 cc. Dose: 2 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: Turbidity. Storage: In tight containers. OLEIC ACID, acidum oleicum, U.S.P. A pale yellow or brownish-yellow oily liquid, having a peculiar, lard-like odor and taste. Solubility: Almost insoluble in water, but miscible in all proportions with alcohol, chloroform, ether, benzene and with fixed and volatile oils. Sp. Gr.: 0.895. Does not congeal above 10° G. Action and Uses: Reagent in the preparation of medicinal oleates or soaps. Evidence of Deterioration: When exposed to air, it absorbs oxygen and darkens. Storage: In tight containers. OLEORESIN OF ASPIDIUM, oleoresina aspidii, U.S.P. (extract of male fern). A dark green, thick liquid. Caution: The crystalline deposit which is normally present must be thoroughly mixed with the liquid portion before use. Solubility: Not less than 85 percent is soluble in purified benzin. Sp. Or.: Not less than 1.000. Action and Uses: Teniacide. Dosage: Caution! Single dose, once a day, 4 Gm., in capsules or in emulsions. Storage: In well-closed containers. OLEOVITAMIN A AND D, oleovitamina A et D, U.S.P. A thin, oily liquid, which may have a fishy, but not rancid, odor and taste. Solubility; Insoluble in water; slightly soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Used in vitamin A and D deficiencies. Dosage: 8 CC. Preparations: Concentrated Oleovitamin A and D Capsules, capsulae oleovitaminae A et D concentrata, U.S.P. Dose: 1 capsule. Evidence of Deterioration: A rancid product. Storage: In tight containers. OLIVE OIL, oleum olivae, U.S.P. (sweet oil). A pale yellow or yellowish-green fixed oil. Solubility: Miscible with ether and chloroform. Sp. Gr.: 0.912. Action and Uses; Emollient, protective, laxative, and nutrient; stimulates the gall bladder. Evidence of Deterioration: Rancidity. Storage: In tight containers. OPIUM, opium, U.S.P. (gum opium) Dark brown masses of the dried juice of the opium poppy. It contains 9.5 percent of anhydrous morphine. Action and Uses: Similar to morphine but is absorbed more slowly. It is ineffective for local external application. Danger of addiction. Preparations: Powdered opium, opium pulveratum, U.S.P., 10 percent anhydrous morphine. Tincture of opium, tinctura opii, U.S.P. (laudanum). 1 percent anhydrous mor- phine. Dose: 0.6 cc. Camphorated tincture of opium, tinctura opii camphorata, U.S.P. (paregoric, tinctura opii benzoica, P. 1.) 40 cc. of tincture of opium, 4 cc. of oil of anise, 4 Gm. of benzoic acid, and 4 Gm. of camphor are dissolved in 900 cc. of diluted alcohol. 40 cc. of glycerin and enough diluted alcohol are added to make 1000 cc. Dose: 4 cc. Powder of ipecac and opium, pulvis ipecacuanhae et opii, N.F. (Dover’s powder). 10 Gm. of powdered opium, 10 Gm. of ipecac and 80 Gm. of lactose are mixed and triturated until the product is a very fine powder. Dose: 0.3 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. 151 ORTHOFORM, N.N.R. A fine, white, crystalline powder. Solubility: Almost insoluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Local anesthetic. Seldom used today. Storage; In well-closed containers. PAMAQUINE NAPHTHOATE, pamaquinae naphthoas, U.S.P. (aminoquin naphthoate) A yellow to orange yellow, odorless powder, tasteless, or nearly so, and having a local anesthetic effect when placed on the tongue. Solubility: Insoluble in water; soluble in alcohol and in acetone. Action and Uses: Antimalarial, less effective and more toxic than quinine and quinacrine. Dosage: 20 mg. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. PANTOPON A mixture of opium alkaloids in the proportions in which they occur in the crude drug. A yellowish-gray crystalline powder. Solubility: Freely soluble in water. Incompatibilities; Alkalies precipitate it. Action and Uses: See opium. Dosage: 3 to 20 mg. Preparations: Tablets and ampuls. Storage: In tight containers. PARAFFIN, paraffinum, N.F. A colorless or white, more or less translucent mass, showing a crystalline structure. It has no odor or taste, and is slightly greasy to the touch. Solubility: Insoluble in water and in alcohol. Freely soluble in chloroform, ether, benzene, benzin, and fixed and volatile oils. Melting Point: 47° to 65° C. Action and Uses: An ingredient of pharmaceutical preparations. Storage: In well-closed containers, at a temperature below 40° C. PARALDEHYDE, paraldehydum, U.S.P. (paracetaldehydc) A colorless liquid having a strong, characteristic odor and taste. Solubility; Soluble in water (8). It is miscible with alcohol, chloroform, ether, and volatile oils. Sp. Gr.: 0.990 Action and Uses: Prompt hypnotic and sedative. Dosage: 4 cc. with ice-cold liquids to increase palatability. Storage: In well-filled, tight, light-resistant containers at a temperature below 30° C. PENICILLIN SODIUM The sodium salt of a bactericidal and spirocheticidal substance produced during the growth of the mold penicillium notatum. The calcium salt is also used. Description: Penicillin sodium is dispensed as a fine powder, and also as granules or scales. It may be white or naturally colored. It is readily soluble in water. Action and Uses: A drug of low toxicity to the human body, it destroys or inhibits the growth of certain microorganisms and so shortens the disease in many staphylococcic and streptococcic infections, syphilis, gonorrhea, and in various other conditions such as pneumonia, osteomyelitis, and meningitis when these are caused by microorganisms susceptible to the drug. Dosage: 100,000 Oxford units in 24 hours. The drug is given intravenously dissolved in physiological salt solution. For intramuscular administration the drug is dissolved in physiological salt solution, and a local anesthetic is often added. The drug may be used locally in the treatment of infected wounds, or in the irrigation of infected body cavities. The drug is too irritating for subcutaneous administration. Storage: In hermetic glass containers at a temperature not above 10° C. PENTOBARBITAL SODIUM, pentoharbitalum sodicum, U.S.P. (soluble pentobarbital) White, crystalline granules or a white powder. Solubility: Very soluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it, precipitating pentobarbital. Action and Uses: Hypnotic and sedative. Dosage: 0.1 Gm. 152 Preparations: Pentobarbital sodium capsules, capsulae pentobarbitali sodici, U.S.P. Dose: 0.1 Gm. Pentobarbital sodium tablets, tabellae pentobarbitali sodici, U.S.P. Dose: 0.1 Gm. Storage: In tight containers. PENTOTHAI SODIUM, N.N.R. A yellowish-white, hygroscopic powder with a sulfur-like odor. Solubility: Soluble in water and in alcohol, insoluble in absolute ether and in benzene. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it. Action and Uses: A powerful, brief acting barbiturate. It is used in intravenous injec- tion to produce a general anesthesia of short duration. Dosage: 2 to 3 cc. of a 5 percent solution, injected in about 10 or 15 seconds. This may be repeated. Evidence of Deterioration: Aqueous solutions of pentothal sodium are not stable; on boiling the solution, a precipitation occurs. Storage: In tight containers. PERUVIAN BALSAM, balsamum Peruvianum, U.S.P. (balsam of Peru, Peru balsam) A dark brown, viscid liquid with an odor resembling vanilla, and having a bitter, acrid taste. It does not harden on exposure to air. Solubility: Nearly insoluble in water. Soluble in alcohol and in chloroform with not more than an opalescence. Sp. Gr.: 1.16. Incompatibilities: Peruvian balsam frequently separates in ointments in which it has been incorporated unless it has been mixed with an equal quantity of castor oil or solid petroxolin and the mixture added as the final step in the preparation of the ointment. Action and Uses: Used externally in the form of ointments or alcoholic solutions as a stimulant to indolent wounds and ulcers and in the treatment of scabies. Storage: In tight containers, avoiding exposure to excessive heat. PETROLATUM, petrolatum, U.S.P. (petroleum jelly, paraffinum molle) A light amber, slightly fluorescent, unctuous, semisolid mixture of hydrocarbons. Solubility: Insoluble in water and in alcohol. A maximum of about 7 percent of an aqueous solution may be incorporated with it. Melting Point: Between 38° and 60° G. Incompatibilities: Peruvian balsam does not mix with it satisfactorily. A small quantity of alcohol, castor oil, or solid petroxolin will overcome the difficulty. Action and Uses: Protective and emollient. Used commonly as the base of ointments. Preparations; Yellow ointment, unguentum flavum, U.S.P. 5 Gm. of wool fat, 5 Gm. of yellow wax and 90 Gm. of petrolatum, melted and mixed. Storage: In well-closed containers. PETROLATUM, LIQUID, petrolatum liquidum, U.S.P. (liquid paraffin, white mineral oil, heavy liquid petrolatum) A colorless, odorless, tasteless, oily liquid. Solubility; Insoluble in water and in alcohol. Miscible with fixed oils except castor oil. Sp. Gr.: 0.960 to 0.905. Viscosity: 38.1 centistokes at 37.8° C. Action and Uses: Protective emollient, intestinal lubricant, laxative. Dosage: 15 CC. Preparations: Emulsion of liquid petrolatum, emulsum petrolati liquidi, U.S.P. (mineral oil emulsion). 500 cc. of liquid petrolatum is emulsified with 125 Gm. of powdered acacia, and 100 cc. of syrup is added. 0.04 Gm. of vanillin is dis- solved in 60 cc. of alcohol and this solution, and enough water to make 1000 cc. are added. Dose: 30 cc. Storage; In well-closed containers. PETROLATUM, LIQUID, LIGHT, petrolatum liquidum leve, U.S.P. (light liquid paraffin, light white mineral oil). A colorless, odorless, tasteless, oily liquid. Solubility; Insoluble in water and in alcohol. Dissolves camphor, menthol, thymol and similar substances, but dissolves phenol only to a very slight extent. Sp. Gr.: 0.828 to 0.880. Viscosity: 37 centistokes at 37.8° C. Action and Uses: Emollient. A vehicle of nasal sprays. Preparations; Aromatic spray, nebula aromatica, N.F. 2 Gm. of phenol, 2 Gm. of menthol, 1 Gm. of thymol, 3 Gm. of camphor, 3 Gm. of benzoic acid, 2 cc. of oil of cinnamon, 2 cc. of eucalyptol, 2 cc. of oil of clove and 5 cc. of methyl salicylate are dissolved in enough light liquid petrolatum to make 1000 cc. Liquid Petroxolin, 153 petroxolinum liquidum, N.F. Mix 580 cc. of light liquid petrolatum with 300 cc. of oleic acid and add 500 cc. of strong solution of ammonia previously mixed with 60 cc. of alcohol. Agitate the product until it is clear, warming if necessary. Finally add 5 cc. of oil of lavender and enough alcohol to make 1000 cc. Solid Petroxolin, petroxolinum spissum, N.F. Melt 35 Gm. of yellow wax with 20 Gm. of light liquid petrolatum on a water bath. Add 32 Gm. of oleic acid. When mixture is nearly congealed, add 5 cc. of alcohol and 6 cc. of stronger solution of ammonia, previously warmed. Finally incorporate 3 cc. of oil of lavender. Storage: In well-closed containers. PHENOBARBITAL, phenobarbitalum, U.S.P. (phenylethylmalonylurea) Small, white crystals or powder. Solubility: Slightly soluble in water (1000), soluble in alcohol (10). Action and Uses: Hypnotic, sedative, anticonvulsant, used especially in epilepsy. Dosage: 0.03 Gm. Preparations: Elixir of phenobarbital, elixir phenobarbitali, U.S.P. Dissolve 4 Gm. of phenobarbital in 175 cc. of alcohol, add 30 cc. of tincture of sweet orange peel, 100 cc. of glycerin, 10 cc. of solution of amaranth and enough distilled water to make 700 cc. Dissolve 400 Gm. of sucrose in this solution and add enough distilled water to make 1000 cc. Dose: 4 cc. Tablets of phenobarbital, tabellae phenobarbitali, U.S.P. 0.015 Gm., 0.030 Gm., and 0.100 Gm., usually available. Storage: In well-closed containers. PHENOL, phenol, U.S.P. (Carbolic Acid) Colorless or pinkish-white crystals or crystalline masses. Caution: Avoid contact with the skin; it is caustic. Solubility; Soluble in water (15); very soluble in alcohol, in glycerin and in fixed and volatile oils. Incompatibilities; It separates from aqueous solutions of concentrations from about 5 to 90 percent; glycerin may be employed to prevent this separation. Action and Uses: Antiseptic, germicide, caustic, local anesthetic and antipruritic. Not used internally. Preparations: Phenolated water, aqua phenolata, N.F. (solutio phenoli, P. 1.). 22 cc. of liquefied phenol is mixed with enough distilled water to make 1000 cc. Glycerite of phenol, glyceritum phenolis, N.F. 20 cc. liquefied phenol is mixed with 79 cc. of glycerin. 1 Gm. of sodium citrate is dissolved in 1 cc. of hot distilled water and the solution added to the mixture. Phenolated oil, oleum phenolatum, N.F. 5 Gm. of phenol is melted and dissolved in enough olive oil to make 100 cc. Liquefied phenol, phenol liquefactum, U.S.P. Phenol is melted and for each 9 Gm. of it, 1 cc. of distilled water is added. The product is a clear liquid. Phenol ointment, unguentum phenolis, U.S.P. (carbolic salve). 2 Gm. of phenol is incorporated with 98 Gm. of yellow ointment. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. PHENOLPHTHALEIN, phenolphthaleinum, U.S.P. A white, odorless, tasteless powder. Solubility: Insoluble in water; soluble in alcohol (15) and in ether (75). Incompatibilities: It is colored red by alkalies. Action and Uses: Cathartic. In solution it is used as a chemical indicator and to color products such as magnesia magma. Dosage: 0.060 Gm. Preparations: Tablets of phenolphthalein, tabellae phenolphthaleini, N.F., 0.06 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. PHENOLSULFONPHTHALEIN, phenolsulfonphthaleinum, U.S.P. (phenol red) A red, crystalline powder. Solubility: Slightly soluble in water (1300) and in alcohol (350). Action and Uses: Used for determining the functional activity of the kidney. Dosage: 0.006 Gm., intramuscularly or intravenously. Preparations: Phenolsulfonphthalein injection, injectio phenolsulfonphthaleini, U.S.P. A sterile, isotonic solution of phenolsulfonphthalein dissolved with the aid of sodium bicarbonate or sodium hydroxide. Storage: In well-closed containers. PHENYL SALICYLATE, phenylis salicylas, U.S.P. (Salol) A white, crystalline powder, having a characteristic odor and taste. 154 Solubility: Very slightly soluble in water (6700) ; in alcohol (6). It is very soluble in chloroform, in ether, and in fixed and volatile oils. Melting Point; 42° C. Action and Uses: Formerly used as an antipyretic and antiseptic. Dosage: 0.3 Gm. Preparations: Tablets of phenyl salicylate, tabellae phenylis salicylatis, N.F. Dose: 0.3 Gm. Storage: In tight containers, at a temperature not above 35° G. PHOSPHORIC ACID, acidum phosphoricum, U.S.P. A colorless, odorless, syrupy liquid containing about 86.5 percent H»PO«. Solubility: Miscible with water and with alcohol, Sp. Gr.; 1.71 Incompatibilities: It has the usual incompatibilities of strong acids. Soluble salts of calcium, lead, silver and ferric iron are precipitated by it. Action and Uses: In the diluted form, as an acidulous flavor. Preparations: Diluted phosphoric acid, acidum phosphoricum dilutum, U.S.P. Pre- pared by diluting 69 cc. of phosphoric acid with sufficient distilled water to make 1000 cc. Dose: 1 CC. Storage: In tight containers. PHYSOSTIGMINE SALICYLATE, physostigminae salic ylas, U.S.P. (eserine salicylate) White or faintly yellow, shining, odorless crystals. It acquires a red tint when long exposed to light and air. Caution: It is extremely poisonous. Solubility: Soluble in water (75), in alcohol (16), in chloroform (6), and in ether (250). Incompatibilities: Alkalies and iodine precipitate it. Action and Uses; It is used as a miotic, in the treatment of abdominal distention, and in myasthenia gravis. Dosage; 2 mg.; for the eye, 0.1 to 1 percent solutions. Evidence of Deterioration: A product having a color darker than a faint yellow. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers, which hold not more than 1 Gm. PILOCARPINE HYDROCHLORIDE, pilocarpinae hydrochloridum, N.F. Colorless, translucent, hygroscopic crystals. Solubility: Soluble in water (0.3) and in alcohol (3). Incompatibilities: Alkalies and iodine precipitate it. Action and Uses: Parasympathomimetic drug, formerly employed to stimulate sweat- ing but not used for this purpose in modern medicine. Dilute solutions applied to eye cause miosis. Dosage: 5 mg; 0.5—1.0 percent solution in eye. Storage: In tight containers, protected from light. PINE TAR, pix pini, U.S.P. (pix liquida) A viscid, brownish-black liquid. Solubility: Slightly soluble in water; soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Antiseptic used in chronic diseases of the skin, usually in the form of an ointment. Internally it was formerly used as an irritant expectorant. Preparations: Pine tar ointment, unguentum picis pini, U.S.P. Equal parts of pine tar and yfellow ointment. Storage: In well-closed containers. PITRESSIN, N.N.R. An aqueous solution which contains the pressor and diuretic-antidiuretic principle of the posterior lobe of the pituitary gland. Action and Uses; Used to increase muscular activity of the bladder and intestinal tract, and to produce antidiuretic effect in diabetes insipidus. Dosage: Intramuscular or subcutaneous, 0.3 to 1 cc. Preparations; Ampuls. Storage; In hermetic containers. PLAGUE BACILLUS VACCINE, N.N.R. A vaccine prepared from killed Pasteurella pestis. Action and Uses; Used in the prevention of plague. Dosage: Ordinarily administered subcutaneously in two doses containing 1,000 million and 2,000 million killed bacilli, respectively. Storage: In hermetic containers, at a temperature between 2° and 10° C. 155 POISON IVY EXTRACT, N.N.R. A solution of a resin extracted from the fresh leaves of poison ivy. Action and Uses: Used for prevention or treatment of the symptoms of the dermatitis produced through contact with poison ivy. Dosage; Intramuscular, 0.5 to 1 cc. Storage: In hermetic containers. POISON OAK EXTRACT, N.N.R. A solution of a resin extracted from the leaves of poison oak. Action and Uses: Used for the prevention and treatment of the symptoms of the dermatitis produced through contact with poison oak. Dosage: Intramuscular, 0.7 to 1 cc. Storage; In hermetic containers. POSTERIOR PITUITARY INJECTION, injectio pituitarii posterioris, U.S.P. (Solution of posterior pituitary, solution of pituitary) A clear or only faintly opalescent liquid, colorless, or nearly so, and having a faint, characteristic odor. Action and Uses: Used to contract smooth muscle, as in postpartum hemorrhage, and in postoperative distention. Dosage: Intramuscular, 1 cc. Storage: In hermetic containers, protected from light. POTASSIUM ACETATE, potassii acetas, U.S.P. Colorless, monoclinic crystals or a white, crystalline powder. It is deliquescent on exposure to moist air. Solubility: Soluble in water (0.5) and in alcohol (3). Action and Uses: Systemic alkali and diuretic. Dosage; 1 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: A deliquesced product. Storage: In tight containers. POTASSIUM BICARBONATE, potassii bicarbonas, U.S.P. Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms or a white, granular powder. It is stable in air. Solubility: Soluble in water (2.8); almost insoluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities; Acids decompose it with evolution of carbon dioxide. Action and Uses: Antacid reagent. Dosage: 1 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. POTASSIUM BROMIDE, potassii bromidum, U.S.P. White, odorless, cubical crystals or a granular powder. It is stable in air. Solubility: Soluble in water (1.5), in alcohol (250), and in glycerin (5). Action and Uses: Sedative. Dosage: 1 Gm. Preparation: Elixir of potassium bromide, elixir potassii bromidi, N-F. Dissolve 175 Gm. of potassium bromide in 460 cc. of distilled water, add 200 cc. of syrup and sufficient aromatic elixir to make 1000 cc. Filter. Dose: 4 cc. Storage: In well-closed containers. POTASSIUM CARBONATE, potassii carbonas, U.S.P. A white, granular powder, odorless, and very deliquescent. Solubility; Soluble in water (1) and insoluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it with the evolution of carbon dioxide. Action and Uses: Used chiefly as a reagent. Occasionally in ointments. Evidence of Deterioration: A deliquesced product. Storage: In tight containers. POTASSIUM CHLORATE, potassii chloras, N.F. Colorless, odorless, lustrous, monoclinic prisms or plates, or a white, granular powder. It is stable in air. Caution: Great caution should be observed in handling this salt, as dangerous explo- sions are likely to occur when it is heated or subjected to concussion or to tritura- tion with organic substances, such as cork, tannic acid, dust, sucrose, etc., or with charcoal, sulfur, sulfides, hypophosphites, reduced iron, or other easily oxidizable substances. 156 Solubility: Slowly soluble in water (16.5), soluble in glycerin, almost insoluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities; Concentrated acids decompose it with the liberation of chlorine. Action and Uses: Used chiefly in mouth washes and gargles as an antiseptic and astringent. Its use internally is irrational and rather dangerous. Dosage: 0.3 Gm. Preparations; Gargle of potassium chlorate with iron, gargarisma potassii chloratis cum ferro, N.F. (golden gargle). Dissolve 15 Gm. of potassium chlorate in a mixture of 240 cc. of glycerin and 600 cc. of distilled water. Add 120 cc. of tincture of ferric chloride and sufficient distilled water to make 1000 cc. Tablets of potassium chlorate, tabellae potassii chloratis, N.F. Dose: 0.3 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. POTASSIUM CHLORIDE, potassii chloridum, U.S.P. Colorless, elongated, prismatic, or cubical crystals, or a white, granular powder. It is odorless and is permanent in air. Solubility: Soluble in water (2.8) ; insoluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: To supply potassium to the body. Dosage: 1 Gm. Preparations: Potassium chloride tablets, tabellae potassii chloridi, U.S.P. Dose 1 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE, potassii hydroxidum, U.S.P. (caustic potash, potash lye)—* It contains 85 percent KOH. Dry, white, or nearly white, fused masses, in small pellets, in flakes, in sticks, and in other forms. It rapidly absorbs carbon dioxide and moisture from the air and deliquesces. Caution: Great caution is necessary in handling potassium hydroxide, as it rapidly destroys organic tissues. In making solutions, use vessels capable of withstanding great heat and stir during the process of solution. Solubility: Soluble in water (1), in alcohol (3), and in glycerin (2.5). Action and Uses: Used as an escharotic and as a reagent. Preparations: Solution of potassium hydroxide, liquor potassii hydroxidi, N.F. Dis- solve 60 Gm. of potassium hydroxide in sufficient distilled water to make 1000 cc. Dose: 1 cc. (well diluted). Evidence of Deterioration: A deliquesced product. Storage: In tight containers. POTASSIUM lODIDE, potassii iodidum, U.S.P. Cubical crystals, either transparent and colorless or somewhat opaque and white, or a white, granular powder. It is stable in dry air, but slightly deliquescent in moist air. Solubility: Soluble in water (0.7), in alcohol (22), and in glycerin (2). Incompatibilities: Alkaloidal salts may be precipitated by it. Acids may decompose it with the liberation of iodine. Action and Uses; To supply iodine for the prevention of simple goiter and the treat- ment of thyrotoxicosis. Its use in tertiary syphilis, and as an expectorant is de- clining. Reagent. Preparations: Solution of potassium iodide, liquor potassii iodidi, N.F. (saturated solution of potassium iodide). Dissolve 100 Gm. of potassium iodide in 68 cc. of hot distilled water, cool to 25° C. and add sufficient distilled water to make 100 cc. Dose: 0.3 cc. Note. If solution of potassium iodide is not to be used extemporaneously, 50 mg. of sodium thiosulfate should be added. Tablets of potassium iodide, tabellae potassii iodidi, N.F. Dose: 0.3 Gm. Ointment of potassium iodide, unguentum potassii iodidi, N.F. Evidence of Deterioration: A deliquesced or discolored product. Storage: In tight containers. POTASSIUM NITRATE, potassii nitras, U.S.P. (saltpeter) Colorless, transparent prisms or a white, crystalline powder. It is odorless and is slightly hygroscopic in moist air. Solubility; Soluble in water (3) and in alcohol (620). Action and Uses: Obsolete diuretic, irritant to kidneys and intestines. Dosage; 1 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: A caked product. Storage; In tight containers. 157 POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE, potassii permanganas, U.S.P. Dark purple crystals, almost opaque by transmitted light and of a blue, metallic luster by reflected light. It is stable in air. Caution: Great caution should be observed in handling potassium permanganate, as dangerous explosions are likely to occur if it is brought into contact with organic or other readily oxidizable substances, either in solution or in the dry condition. Solubility: Soluble in water (15). Solution is facilitated by the use of heat. Decom- posed by alcohol and glycerin, incompatibilities: Organic matter, in general, decomposes it. In preparing solutions, only distilled water should be used. Solutions stain the skin and fabrics. These stains may be removed by using a dilute solution of sodium bisulfite. Action and Uses: Effective deodorant, disinfectant and astringent. It is rarely used internally. Dosage; 0.06 Gm. For application to the skin 1-500 solution; for irrigation and injection 1-10,000 to 1-1000 solutions. Preparations: Tablets of potassium permanganate, tabellae potassii permanganatis, N.F. Storage: In well-closed containers. POTASSIUM AND SODIUM TARTRATE, potassii et sodii tartras, U.S.P. (Rochelle salt) Colorless crystals, or a white, crystalline powder. It effloresces slightly in warm, dry air. Solubility: Soluble in water (1) and practically insoluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Saline cathartic. Dosage: 10 Gm. Preparations: Compound effervescent powders, pulveres effervescentes compositi, U.S.P. (Seidlitz powders, Rochelle powders). The blue paper contains 2.5 Gm. of sodium bicarbonate and 7.5 Gm. of potassium and sodium tartrate. The white paper contains 2.2 Gm. of tartaric acid. Evidence of Deterioration; A white coating on the crystals. Storage: In tight containers. POTASSIUM SULFATE, potassii sulfas, N.F. Hard colorless, translucent, 6-sided, rhombic prisms terminated by pyramids, or white granules or powder. It is permanent in air. Solubility: Soluble in water (10) and insoluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Saline purgative. Seldom used. Dosage: 1 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. , POTASSIUM THIOCYANATE, potassii thiocyanas, N.F. (potassium rhodanate, potassium sulfocyahate) Colorless, transparent crystals. It is odorless and hygroscopic. Solubility: Soluble in water (0.5) and in alcohol (12). Action and Uses: Used in arterial hypertension. Dosage: 0.3 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: A caked product. Storage: In tight containers, protected from light. PRECIPITATED CALCIUM CARBONATE, calcii carbonas praecipitatus, U.S.P. (precipitated chalk) A fine, white, microcrystalline powder, without odor or taste. Solubility: Practically insoluble in water and in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it with evolution of carbon dioxide. Action and Uses: Antacid; largely used as a basis for tooth powders. Dosage; 1 Gm. Preparations: Dentifrice, dentifricium, N.F. (N.F. tooth powder). Triturate 2 Gm. of soluble saccharin, 4 cc. of oil of peppermint, 2 cc. of oil of cinnamon, and 8 cc. of methyl salicylate with 500 Gm. of precipitated calcium carbonate. Mix 50 Gm. of finely powdered hard soap with 435 Gm. of precipitated calcium carbonate. Mix the two powders thoroughly and pass the mixture through a fine sieve. Tablets of calcium carbonate, tabellae calcii carbonatis, N.F., 1 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. PRECIPITATED SULFUR, sulfur praecipitatum, U.S.P. A very fine, pale yellow, amorphous or microcrystalline powder, without odor or taste. .158 Solubility: Practically insoluble in water, and nearly insoluble in alcohol. It is soluble in olive oil (100). Action and Uses: Antiseptic and antiparasitic. Formerly used as a laxative. Dosage: 4 Gm. Preparations: Sulfur ointment, unguentum sulfuris, U.S.P. Levigate 15 Gm. of pre- cipitated sulfur with 7 Gm. of wool fat, and incorporate the mixture with 78 Gm. of white ointment. Storage: In well-closed containers. PREPARED CALAMINE, calamina praeparata, N.F. A pink powder consisting of zinc oxide with a small amount of ferric oxide. It is odorless and almost tasteless. Solubility; Insoluble in water, but almost completely soluble in mineral acids. Action and Uses: Protective in skin disorders. Preparations: Calamine liniment, linimentum calaminae, N.F. Mix 80 Gm. of cala- mine and 80 Gm. of zinc oxide with 500 cc. of olive oil. Add sufficient solution of calcium hydroxide, in divided portions, and with constant agitation, to make 1000 cc. Calamine lotion, lotio calaminae, N.F. Mix 80 Gm. of calamine and 80 Gm. of zinc oxide with 20 cc. of glycerin and 400 cc. of magma of bentonite, the magma having previously been diluted with an equal volume of solution of calcium hydroxide. Finally, add sufficient solution of calcium hydroxide to make 1000 cc. Phenolated calamine lotion, lotio calaminae phenolata, N.F. Mix 10 cc. of lique- fied phenol with 990 cc. of calamine lotion. Calamine ointment, unguentum calaminae, N.F. (Turner’s cerate). Melt 4 Gm. of yellow wax, 4 Gm. of wool fat, and 75 Gm. of petrolatum together. Mix 17 Gm. of calamine with the prepared base. Storage: In well-closed containers. PREPARED CHALK) creta praeparata, U.S.P. (drop chalk) A white to grayish-white, microcrystalline powder, often prepared in cones, and consisting of a native form of calcium carbonate, freed from most of its impurities by elutriation. It is odorless and tasteless. Caution: This form of calcium carbonate should not be used in preparations intended for dental use. Solubility: Insoluble in ordinary solvents. Incompatibilities: Acids dissolve it with the evolution of carbon dioxide. Action and Uses: Antacid and protective for mucous membranes. Dosoge: 1 Gm. Preparations; Chalk mixture, mistura cretae, U.S.P. Mix 2.5 Gm. of bentonite with 50 cc. of distilled water, using a mechanical mixer. Dilute the magma thus formed with 40 cc. of cinnamon water and add the mixture to 6 Gm. of prepared chalk and 0.03 Gm. of saccharin sodium contained in a mortar. Finally add enough distilled water to make 100 cc. Compound chalk powder, pulvis cretae compositus, U.S.P. Mix 30 Gm. of pre- pared chalk with 20 Gm. of acacia and 50 Gm. of sucrose and pass the product through a No. 60 sieve. Storage: In well-closed containers. PROCAINE HYDROCHLORIDE, procainae hydrochloridum, U.S.P. (procaine) Small, white crystals, or a white, crystalline powder. It is odorless and is stable in air. Solubility: Soluble in water (1) and in alcohol (30). It is slightly soluble in chloro- form, and is almost insoluble in ether. Incompatibilities; Alkalies precipitate it. Action and Uses: Local anesthetic, when injected. Solutions of 1 or 2 percent are most commonly employed, but other strengths are preferred for certain purposes. Preparations: Ampuls of procaine hydrochloride, ampullae procainae hydrochloridi, N.F. Solution of procaine hydrochloride, liquor procainae hydrochloridi, N.F. Storage: In well-closed containers. PROFLAVINE, N.N.R. (proflavine sulfate) A reddish-brown, odorless, crystalline powder. Solubility: Soluble in water and in alcohol, forming brownish solutions which fluoresce on dilution. It is nearly insoluble in ether, in chloroform, in liquid petrolatum and in fixed and volatile oils. Action and Uses: Antiseptic and bacteriostatic. It is comparatively free from toxic or irritating action on living tissues but is more irritating than acriflavine base. 159 Dosage: In solutions for treatment of wounds, 1:1000; in irrigations, 1:10,000 to 1: 1000. In middle ear suppurations a 1:500 solution in 50 percent alcohol may be used. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. Solutions over a week old should be discarded. PROPADRINE HYDROCHLORIDE, N.N.R. A white, crystalline powder, having an odor resembling that of benzoic acid. Solubility; Freely soluble in water and in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Alkalies and iodine precipitate it. Action and Uses: Sympathomimetic drug used chiefly as a local vasoconstrictor for nasal mucous membrane. Dosoge; Oral, 25 mg. For local applications, 0.5 to 1 percent aqueous solutions. Storage: In well-closed containers. PUMICE, pumex, N.F. A gritty, grayish powder of volcanic origin, consisting chiefly of complex silicates of aluminum, potassium and sodium. ■Caution: For dental purposes, only the grade of pumice known as “pumice flour” or “superfine pumice” should be used. Solubility: Insoluble in ordinary solvents. Action and Uses: An abrasive and absorbent. Storage: In well-closed containers. PURIFIED TALC, talcum purificatum, U.S.P. A very fine, white or grayish-white, crystalline powder. It is unctuous, adhering readily to the skin, and is free from grittiness. Solubility: Insoluble in ordinary solvents. Action and Uses: Used as a dusting powder, and as a diffusing agent. Storage; In well-closed containers. QUINACRINE HYDROCHLORIDE, quinacrinae hydrochloridum, U.S.P. (mepacrine hydro- chloride) A bright yellow, crystalline powder. It is odorless and has a bitter taste. Solubility: Soluble in water (35) ; soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Antimalarial. Dosage; 0.1 Gm. Preparations: Quinacrine hydrochloride tablets, tabellae quinacrinae hydrochloridi, U.S.P. Dose: 0.1 Gm. Storage; In tight, light-resistant containers. QUINIDINE SULFATE, quinidinae sulfas, U.S.P. Fine, needle-like, white crystals, frequently cohering in masses. It is odorless, has a very bitter taste, and darkens on exposure to light. Solubility: Soluble in water (100) and in alcohol (10). It is soluble in chloroform but almost insoluble in ether. Incompatibilities: Alkalies precipitate it. Action and Uses: Antimalarial and in the treatment of cardiac arrhythmia. Dosage: 0.2 Gm. Preparations: Quinidine sulfate tablets, tabellae quinidinae sulfatis, U.S.P. Dose: 0.2 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration; Darkening due to exposure to light. Storage; In well-closed, light-resistant containers. QUININE DIHYDROCHLORIDE, quininae dihydrochloridum, U.S.P. A white, odorless powder, having a very bitter taste. It is affected by light. Solubility: Soluble in water (0.6) and in alcohol (12). Incompatibilities: Alkalies precipitate it. Action and Uses: Antimalarial. Dosage: 1 Gm. Preparations; Ampuls of quinine dihydrochloride, ampullae quininae dihydro- chloridi, N.F. Dose: 0.5 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: A darkened product. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. QUININE SULFATE, quininae sulfas, U.S.P. White, fine, needle-like crystals. It is odorless and has a persistent, very bitter taste. When exposed to light, it acquires a brown tint. 160 Solubility: Soluble in water (810) and in alcohol (120). incompatibilities: A mixture of quinine sulfate and aspirin undergoes partial lique- faction. Action and Uses: Antimalarial. Dosage: 0.6 Gm. Preparations: Quinine sulfate tablets, tabellae quininae sulfatis, U.S.P. Evidence of Deterioration: A product having a brownish tint. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. RECTIFIED OIL OF TAR, oleum picis rectificatum, U.S.P. A dark brown volatile oil. Solubility: Very soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Antseptic, irritant, and parasiticide for external use. Seldom used internally. Preparations: Syrup of pine tar, syrupus picis pini, U.S.P. (syrup of tar). Mix 1 cc. of rectified oil of tar with 450 cc. of water and agitate it frequently for 15 min- utes; set it aside for 24 hours, filter, and dissolve 850 Gm. of sucrose in the filtrate. Add water to make 1000 cc. Storage: In tight containers. RESORCINOL, resorcinol, U.S.P. (resorcin) White or nearly white, needle-shaped crystals or powder. It has a faint, char- acteristic odor and a sweetish, followed by a bitter taste. It acquires a pink tint on exposure to light and air. Solubility: Soluble in water (1) and in alcohol (1). It is freely soluble in glycerin and in ether, and is slightly soluble in chloroform. Action and Uses: Irritant, antiseptic; externally, in skin diseases. Dosage: 0.125 Gm. Preparations: Strong paste of resorcinol, pasta resorcinolis fortis, N.F. Mild paste of resorcinol, pasta resorcinolis mitis, N.F. Compound ointment of resorcinol, unguentum resorcinolis compositum, N.F. Melt 10 Gm. of yellow wax and 28 Gm. of wool fat on a water bath. Levigate 6 Gm. of zinc oxide and 6 Gm. of bismuth subnitrate with 25 Gm. of petrolatum and add to the melted mixture. Dissolve 6 Gm. of resorcinol in 13 Gm. of glycerin and incorporate the solution with the above mixture. Add 6 Gm. of rectified oil of birch tar and stir the product until it congeals. Evidence of Deterioration: A product having a color darker than brownish-pink. Storage; In well-closed, light-resistant containers. RIBOFLAVIN, riboflavinum, U.S.P. (lactoflavin, vitamin B-, vitamin G) An orange-yellow, crystalline powder, having a slight odor. It is affected by light. Solubility: Soluble in water (10,000) ; less soluble in alcohol; insoluble in ether and in chloroform; very soluble in dilute alkalies. Incompatibilities: In solution, especially in the presence of alkalies, it deteriorates rapidly on exposure to light. Action and Uses: A vitamin of the “B” group. It is a specific in the treatment of riboflavin deficiency. Dosage; 5 mg. Preparations: Riboflavin tablets, tabellae riboflavini, U.S.P., 1 jng. and 5 mg. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. SACCHARIN SODIUM, saccharinum sodicum, U.S.P. (soluble saccharin, soluble gluside, sodium benzosulfimide) White crystals, or a white, crystalline powder. It is odorless, or has a faint, aro- matic odor, and an intensely sweet taste, even in dilute solution. Solubility: Soluble in water (1.5) and in alcohol (50). Action and Uses; A sweetening agent used as a substitute for sucrose. 30 mg. is the approximate equivalent in sweetening power of 15 Gm. of sucrose. Preparations: Saccharin sodium tablets, tabellae saccharini sodici, U.S.P., 15 mg., 30 mg., and 60 mg. Storage: In well-closed containers. SALICYLIC ACID, acidum salicylicum, U.S.P. White crystals in the form of fine needles, or a fluffy, white, crystalline powder. The synthetic variety is white and odorless; that prepared from natural methyl salicylate may have a slightly yellow or pink tint and a faint odor of gaultheria. Caution: When salicylic acid is to be dissolved, the crystals should be used. Only finely powdered salicylic acid should be used in ointments and dusting powders. 161 Solubility: Soluble in water (460), in alcohol (3), in chloroform (43), in ether (3), in glycerin (about 60), in fats and oils (about 80). incompatibilities: Carbonates and bicarbonates are decomposed by it. With iron compounds, it forms a soluble, purplish-black product. Action and Uses: Keratolytic, skin antiseptic. Used in the treatment of parasitic and other skin diseases as an ointment; for the removal of corns and callosities in the form of a collodion. Preparations; Salicylic collodion, collodium salicylicum, N.F. Prepared by dissolving 10 Gm. of salicylic acid in sufficient flexible collodion to make 100 cc. Storage: In well-closed containers. SANTONIN, santoninum, N.F. Colorless crystals, or a white, crystalline powder. It is stable in the air, but rapidly becomes yellow on exposure to light. Solubility: Almost insoluble in cold water, and only slightly soluble in boiling water. Soluble in alcohol (45) and in chloroform (2). Action and Uses; Anthelmintic. When a poisonous dose is absorbed it produces yellow vision and epileptiform convulsions. Dosage: 0.06 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: A yellow product. Storage; In well-closed containers, protected from light. SCARLET FEVER STREPTOCOCCUS ANTITOXIN, antitoxinum scarlatinae streptococcicum, U.S.P. (scarlet fever antitoxin, refined scarlet fever antitoxin, concentrated scarlet fever antitoxin, anti-scarlet fever globulins). A sterile, aqueous solution of antitoxic substances obtained from the blood serum or plasma of a healthy animal which has been immunized against the toxin pro- duced by the streptococcus regarded as causative of scarlet fever. It has a potency of not less than 400 antitoxic units per cc. Action and Uses: Curative and prophylactic in scarlet fever. Its use has declined since the advent of the sulfonamides. Dosage: By parenteral injection: therapeutic, 6000 units; prophylactic, 2000 units. Storage: At a temperature between 2° and 10° C., preferably at the low'er limit. It must be dispensed in the unopened glass container in which it was placed by the manufacturer. SCARLET FEVER STREPTOCOCCUS TOXIN, toxinum scarlatinae streptococcicum, U.S.P. (scarlet fever streptococcic toxin, scarlet fever toxin for immunization and for the Dick test). Action and Uses: Used in the Dick test to determine susceptibility to scarlet fever, and also to induce active immunity to scarlet fever. Dosage: Diagnostic, intracutaneous, 0.1 cc. of the dilution, representing one skin test dose. Prophylactic injection, for active immunization, graded hypodermic doses to be given at proper intervals until a negative Dick test is obtained. Storage: At a temperature between 2° and 10° C., preferably at the lower limit. SCOPOLAMINE HYDROBROMIDE, scopolaminae hydrobromidum, U.S.P. (hyoscine hydrobromide). Colorless or white crystals or a white, granular powder. Caution: It is extremely poisonous. Solubility: Soluble in water (1.5) ; in alcohol (20). Incompatibilities; Alkalies and iodine precipitate it. Action and Uses; Peripheral action like atropine, but unlike atropine it is a central sedative. Used as a sedative, especially in conjunction with morphine. It is a mydriatic when dilute solutions are applied locally to the eye. Dosage: 0.5 mg. 0.5 per cent solution is used in the eyes. Preparations: Tablets of scopolamine hydrobromide, tabellae scopolaminae hydro- bromidi, N.F. Dose: 0.6 mg. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. SECONAL SODIUM, N.N.R A white, hygroscopic, odorless powder, chemically related to barbital. Solubility; Very soluble in water; soluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it. Action and Uses: Hypnotic and sedative. Dosage: 0.1 Gm. Storage: In tight containers. 162 SENNA, senna, U.S.P. (senna leaves) Dried leaflets. Action and Uses: Cathartic. Dosage: 2 Gm. Preparations: Fluidextract of senna, fluidextractum sennae, U.S.P. Dose: 2 cc. Com- pound powder of senna, pulvis sennae compositus, N.F. (compound licorice powder) Senna, 180 Gm., glycyrrhiza, 236 Gm., washed sulfur, 80 Gm., oil of fennel, 4 Gm., and sucrose, 500 Gm. Dose: 4 Gm. Syrup of senna, syrupus sennae, U.S.P. Mix 5 cc. of oil of coriander with 250 cc. of fluidextract of senna, and add 330 cc. of distilled water. Allow the mixture to stand for 24 hours in a cool place, with occasional agitation, then filter, and pass enough distilled water through the filter to obtain 580 cc. of filtrate. Dissolve 635 Gm. of sucrose in this liquid, and add sufficient distilled water to make 1000 cc. Dose: 8 cc. Storage: In well-closed containers. SILVER NITRATE, argenti nitres, U.S.P. Colorless or white crystals which, on exposure to light in the presence of organic matter, become gray or grayish-black. Caution: In the presence of moisture, it rapidly attacks tissues producing a black deposit of silver oxide. Solubility: Soluble in water (0.4), in alcohol (30). Incompatibilities: Chlorides precipitate silver chloride. Organic matter, in general, reduces silver nitrate to the oxide. Action and Uses: Externally as a caustic, antiseptic, and germicide; as a 1 or 2 per- cent solution it is used to prevent gonorrheal ophthalmia in the new born. Dosage: 0.010 Gm. For local application, 0.01 to 10 percent aqueous solution, depending upon the site of application. Distilled water should be used in pre- paring aqueous solutions. Preparations; Toughened silver nitrate, argenti nitras induratus, U.S.P. (moulded silver nitrate, fused silver nitrate, silver nitrate pencils, lunar caustic). Silver nitrate toughened by the addition of a small proportion of silver chloride. It occurs as white pencils or cones which are often coated with wax. The coating of wax must be removed before moistening the pencil for local application. Evidence of Deterioration; Gray or grayish-black crystals. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. SILVER PROTEIN, MILD, argentum proteinicum mite, U.S.P. (mild silver protein, mild protargin) Dark brown or almost black, shining scales or granules. It is odorless, is frequently hygroscopic, and is affected by light. It contains about 21 percent of silver. Caution: Solutions of mild silver protein should be freshly prepared and should be dispensed in amber-colored bottles. Prolonged or indiscriminate use may produce argyria. Solubility: Freely soluble in water, but almost insoluble in alcohol, in chloroform, and in ether. Action and Uses: Antiseptic and demulcent. Used in 5 to 40 percent aqueous solutions for application to mucous membranes. Evidence of Deterioration: Deteriorated solutions contain a variable amount of precipi- tate. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. SILVER PROTEIN, STRONG, argentum proteinicum forte, U.S.P. (strong silver protein, strong protargin). A brown, odorless powder. It is usually somewhat hygroscopic and is affected by light. It contains about 8 percent of silver. Caution: Solutions of strong silver protein should be freshly prepared, and should be dispensed in amber-colored bottles. Prolonged or indiscriminate use may pro- duce argyria. Solubility: Freely soluble in water but almost insoluble in alcohol, in chloroform, and in etber. Incompatibilities: Chlorides cause a variable amount of precipitation of silver chloride. Action and Uses: Antiseptic, germicide, astringent. Used as a mild antiseptic in 0.25 to 10 percent aqueous solution for application to mucous membranes. Dosage; 0.2 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: Darkening on exposure to light. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. 163 SKIODAN, N.N.R. (skiodan sodium, methiodal) A white, crystalline, odorless powder, containing iodine. Solubility: Soluble in water, very soluble in alcohol, slightly soluble in methyl alcohol. Action and Uses: Used in roentgen ray examination of the urinary tract. Dosage: Intravenous urography, 2 Gm. in sterile aqueous solution. Preparations: Tablets; sterile solution, 40. percent. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. SMALLPOX VACCINE, vaccinum variolae, U.S.P. (virus vaccinicum, glycerinated vac- cine virus, Jennerian vaccine, anti-smallpox vaccine) Action and Uses: Prophylactic vaccination against smallpox. Storage: It must be kept at a very low temperature, preferably below 0° C., and never above 5° G. SOAP, HARD, sapo durus, U.S.P. (Soap) A soda soap. A white or whitish solid in the form of bars, hard, yet easily cut when fresh, or a fine, white or yellowish-white powder. It has a faint odor, free from rancidity. Solubility; Slowly soluble in water and in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it liberating fatty acids. Action and Uses: Detergent and an ingredient of pharmaceutical preparations. Preparations: Camphor and soap liniment, linimentum camphorae et saponis, U.S.P. (soap liniment) Dissolve 45 Gm. of camphor and 10 cc. of oil of rosemary in 700 cc. of alcohol, add 60 Gm. of granulated or powdered hard soap, and sufficient distilled water to make 1000 cc. Agitate the mixture until the soap is dissolved, set it aside in a cool place for 24 hours and filter. Storage: In well-closed containers. SOAP, SOFT, MEDICINAL, sapo mollis medicinalis, U.S.P. (soft soap, green soap) A soft, unctuous, yellowish-white to brownish- or greenish-yellow, transparent to translucent mass. It has a slight, characteristic odor, and an alkaline taste. Solubility; Soluble in water and in alcohol. Incompatibilities; Acids decompose it, liberating fatty acids. Action and Uses: Detergent and an ingredient of pharmaceutical preparations. Preparations: Liniment of soft soap, linimentum saponis mollis, U.S.P. (tincture of green soap) Mix 20 cc. of oil of lavender with 300 cc. of alcohol, dissolve in this 650 Gm. of medicinal soft soap and set the solution aside for 24 hours. Then filter through paper, adding sufficient alcohol to make 1000 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: An opaque crust, caused by evaporation of water. Storage: In well-closed containers. SOBISMINOL SOLUTION, N.N.R. A clear, dark brown-red liquid. A complex organic bismuth compound. Action and Uses: Antisyphilitic. Dosage: Intramuscular, 2 cc. Storage: In hermetic containers. SODIUM ALURATE, N.N.R. A white, microcrystalline, hygroscopic powder, chemically related to barbital. Solubility; Very soluble in water; very slightly soluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it. Action and Uses: Action like barbital but is more powerful. Used as a hypnotic and sedative. Dosage: 0.065 Gm. for each 7 kilos of body weight. Storage: In tight containers. SODIUM BENZOATE, sodii benzoas, U.S.P. A white, odorless, or nearly odorless, granular or crystalline powder. It is stable in air. Solubility: Soluble in water (2) and in alcohol (75). Action and Uses: Mild antiseptic, used chiefly as a preservative. Dosage: 1 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. SODIUM BICARBONATE, sodii bicarbonas, U.S.P. (baking soda) A white, crystalline powder. It is stable in dry air, but slowly decomposes in moist air. 164 Solubility: Soluble in water (10); insoluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it with the evolution of carbon dioxide. Action and Uses: Antacid and mild alkali. Dosage; 2 Gm. Preparations: Tablets of sodium bicarbonate, tabellae sodii bicarbonatis, U.S.P. Evidence of Deterioration: A caked product. Storage: In well-closed containers. SODIUM BORATE, sodii boras, U.S.P. (borax, sodium biborate, sodium tetraborate) Colorless, transparent crystals, or a white, crystalline powder. It effloresces in warm, dry air, the crystals becoming coated with a white powder. Solubility; Soluble in water (16) and in glycerin (1); insoluble in alcohol, incompatibilities: Alkaloids and salts of the heavy metals are precipitated by it. Action and Uses: Antiseptic, detergent, and a reagent in pharmaceutical preparations. Preparations: Compound solution of sodium borate, liquor sodii boratis compositus, N.F. (Dobell’s solution). Dissolve 15 Gm. of sodium borate and 15 Gm. of sodium bicarbonate in 500 cc. of distilled water; add 35 cc. of glycerin and 3 cc. of liquefied phenol. Allow the mixture to stand for half an hour; add sufficient distilled water to make 1000 cc. and filter. Evidence of Deterioration: A white coating on the crystals. Storage: In well-closed containers. SODIUM BROMIDE, sodii bromidum, U.S.P. White, odorless, cubical crystals, or a white, granular powder. It absorbs moisture from the air without deliquescing. Solubility: Soluble in water (1.2) and in alcohol (10). Incompatibilities: Acids may decompose it, liberating bromine. Action and Uses: Sedative and cerebral depressant. Dosage: 1 Gm. . Preparations: Elixir of sodium bromide, elixir sodii bromidi, N.F. Dissolve 175 Gm. of sodium bromide in 460 cc. of distilled water, add 200 cc. of syrup and sufficient aromatic elixir to make 1000 cc. Filter. Dose: 4 cc. Tablets of sodium bromide, tabellae sodii bromidi, N.F. Evidence of Deterioration: A caked product. Storage: In tight containers. SODIUM CACODYLATE, sodii cacodylas, U.S.P. White crystals, or a white, granular powder, containing arsenic. It is odorless and deliquescent. Solubility; Soluble in water (0.5) and in alcohol (2.5). Action and Uses: Supposed hematinic. Formerly used by hypodermic injection in anemias. Dosage: 0.06 Gm. Preparations: Ampuls of sodium cacodylate, ampullae sodii cacodylatis, N.F. Evidence of Deterioration: A deliquesced product. Storage: In tight containers. SODIUM CARBONATE, MONOHYDRATED, sodii carbonas monohydratus, U.S.P. Colorless crystals, or a white crystalline powder. It effloresces in warm, dry air. Solubility: Soluble in water (3). Incompatibilities; Acids decompose it with liberation of carbon dioxide. Action and Uses: Alkali, detergent, and a reagent in pharmaceutical preparations. Evidence of Deterioration; An efflorescent product. Storage: In tight containers. SODIUM CHLORIDE, sodii chloridum, U.S.P. (Salt) Colorless, cubical crystals, or a white, crystalline powder. Action and Uses: Used for adjusting the tonicity of solutions, and to supply Na and Cl when, due to abnormal loss of fluids, the body lacks these essential elements. Solubility; Soluble in water (2.8) ; slightly soluble in alcohol. Preparations: Isotonic solution of sodium chloride, liquor sodii chloridi isotonicus, U.S.P. (Normal saline solution, physiological salt solution) A 0.9 percent solution of sodium chloride in distilled water. Isotonic solution of three chlorides, liquor chloridorum trium isotonicus, U.S.P. (Ringer’s Solution). Sodium chloride, 8.6 Gm., potassium chloride, 0.30 Gm., calcium chloride, 0.33 Gm., distilled water, recently boiled, sufficient to make 1000 cc. 165 Evidence of Deterioration: A caked product. Storage: In tight containers. SODIUM CITRATE, sodii citras, U.S.P. Colorless crystals, or a white, crystalline powder. Solubility: Soluble in water (1.5) ; insoluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Systemic alkali and diuretic. Used in the transfusion of blood, as an anticoagulant. Dosage: 1 Gm. Preparations; Solution of sodium citrate, liquor sodii citratis, N.F. (mistura sodii citratis, polio riverii) Dissolve 2 Gm. of citric acid in 100 cc. of distilled water, add 2.5 Gm. of sodium bicarbonate cautiously, dissolve by gentle agitation and immediately stopper the container securely. Dose: 15 cc. Note. This solution must be freshly prepared. Anticoagulant solution of sodium citrate, liquor sodii citratis anticoagulans, U.S.P. Storage: In tight containers. SODIUM HYDROXIDE, sodii hydroxidum, U.S.P. (caustic soda). It contains 95 percent NaOH. White, or nearly white, fused masses, in pellets, in flakes, in sticks, and in other forms. When exposed to the air, it rapidly absorbs carbon dioxide and moisture. Caution: Great care is necessary in handling sodium hydroxide, as it rapidly destroys organic tissues. Solubility: Soluble in water (1), and freely soluble in alcohol. Solutions should be prepared in vessels capable of withstanding great heat. Incompatibilities: It is incompatible with acids and alkaloids. Action and Uses: Caustic. Evidence of Deterioration: A deliquesced product. Storage; In tight containers. SODIUM INDIGOTINDISULFONATE, sodii indigotindisulfonas (indigo carmine, soluble indigo blue) A dark blue powder. Solubility: Sparingly soluble in water; almost insoluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: The color is discharged by oxidizing agents. Action and Uses: Used in tests for kidney function. It is used as a dye in poison tablets of mercury bichloride. Storage: In well-closed containers. SODIUM lODIDE, sodii iodidum, U.S.P. Colorless crystals, or a white, crystalline powder. In moist air, it cakes and then deliquesces, and frequently undergoes decomposition, developing a brown tint. Solubility; Soluble in water (0.6), in alcohol (2), and in glycerin (1). Incompatibilities: Acids may decompose it with the liberation of iodine. Action and Uses: Expectorant. A source of iodine for the prevention of goiter and the treatment of hyperthyroidism. Dosage: 0.3 Gm. Preparations: Ampuls of sodium iodide, ampullae sodii iodidi, N.F. Evidence of Deterioration: A deliquesced product frequently having a brownish tint. Storage: In tight containers. SODIUM r-LACTATE, One-Sixth Molar, N.N.R. A clear, colorless, odorless liquid. Action and Uses: Used in the treatment of acidosis and for the purpose of alkalizing the urine. This solution is isotonic with blood and suitable for intravenous injection. Storage: In hermetic containers. SODIUM MORRHUATE, N.N.R. A pale yellow, granular powder, having a slight, fishy odor. Solubility; Soluble in water. Action and Uses: With the addition of a local anesthetic, it is employed in solution as a sclerosing agent for the obliteration of varicose veins. Dosage: 0.5 to 1 cc. of a 5 percent solution. Storage: In tight containers. SODIUM NITRITE, sodii nitris, U.S.P. A white to slightly yellow, granular powder or white, or nearly white, opaque, fused masses or sticks. It is deliquescent. 166 Solubility: Soluble in water (1.5); sparingly soluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities; Acids decompose it, liberating oxides of nitrogen. Action and Uses: Vasodilator. Dosage: 0.06 Gm. Preparations: Sodium nitrite tablets, tabellae sodii nitritis, U.S.P. Evidence of Deterioration: A deliquesced product. Storage: In tight containers. SODIUM PERBORATE, sodii perboras, U.S.P. White, crystalline granules, or a white powder. It is stable in cool, dry air, but is decomposed with the evolution of oxygen in warm or in moist air. In aqueous solution, it decomposes into sodium metaborate and hydrogen peroxide, the solu- tion gradually evolving oxygen. Solubility: Soluble in water(4o). Action and Uses: Oxidizer, local bactericide. Preparations: Aromatic sodium perborate, sodii perboratis aromaticus, N.F. Triturate 4 cc. of oil of peppermint and 4 Gm. of soluble saccharin with enough sodium per- borate to make 1000 Gm. Storage; In tight containers, at a temperature not above 30° C. SODIUM PHOSPHATE, sodii phosphas, U.S.P. A colorless or white, granular salt. It is efflorescent. Solubility: Soluble in water (4) ; very slightly soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Saline cathartic. Dosage: 4 Gm. Preparations: Solution of sodium phosphate, liquor sodii phosphatis, N.F. Dose: 8 cc. Effervescent sodium phosphate, sodii phosphas effervescens, U.S.P. Dose: 10 Gm. Exsiccated sodium phosphate, sodii phosphas exsiccatus, U.S.P. (dried sodium phosphate). Dose: 2 Gm. Evidence of deterioration: A white coating on the crystals or granules. Storage: In tight containers. SODIUM SALICYLATE, sodii salicylas, U.S.P. White, microcrystalline powder, or scales, or an amorphous powder. It is color- less or not more than a very faint pink. It is odorless or has a faint, characteristic odor. Solubility; Soluble in water (1), in alcohol (10), and in glycerin (4). incompatibilities: With ferric compounds, it forms a purplish-black, soluble compound. Action and Uses: Antirheumatic, antipyretic, analgesic. Used especially in acute rheu- matic fever. Dosage: 0.3 Gm. Preparations; Ampuls of sodium salicylate, ampullae sodii salicylatis, N.F. Sodium salicylate tablets, tabellae sodii salicylatis, U.S.P. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. SODIUM SULFATE, sodii sulfas, U.S.P. (Glauber’s salt) Large, colorless, odorless, transparent crystals, or a granular powder. It is efflorescent. It liquefies in its water of hydration at about 33° C. Solubility; Soluble in water (1.5) and in glycerin, insoluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Saline cathartic. Dosage: 15 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: An effloresced product or a liquefied product. Storage: In tight containers, at a temperature not above 30° C. SODIUM THIOSULFATE, sodii thiosulfas, U.S.P. (“sodium hyposulfite,” “hypo”). Large, colorless crystals or a coarse, crystalline powder. It is deliquescent in moist air; it effloresces in dry air at a temperature above 33° C. Solubility: Soluble in water (0.5) ; insoluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it, precipitating sulfur. Action and Uses: Antiseptic, germicide, antipruritic. Formerly used as an antidote for some metallic poisons. Dosage: Oral or intravenous, 1 Gm. Preparations: Ampuls of sodium thiosulfate, ampullae sodii thiosulfatis, N.F. Evidence of Deterioration: A deliquesced or an effloresced product. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. SOLUBLE FERRIC PHOSPHATE, ferri phosphas solubilis, N.F. Thin, bright green, transparent, odorless scales. 167 Solubility: Readily in warm water; insoluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Formerly used as a hematinic. Dosoge: 0.25 Gm., usually in an elixir. Preparations: An ingredient of elixir of iron, quinine and strychnine phosphates, N.F. Evidence of deterioration: Discoloration. Storage: In tight containers, protected from light. SOLUTION OF MAGNESIUM CITRATE,- magnesii citratis, liquor, U.S.P. A colorless to slightly yellow, clear, effervescent liquid, having a sweet, acidulous taste, and a lemon flavor. Action and Uses: Laxative and cathartic. Dosage: 200 CC. Formula: Dissolve 33 Gm. of citric acid in 150 cc. of hot distilled water and add 15 Gm. of magnesium carbonate previously mixed with 100 cc. of distilled water; stir it until solution is complete. Then add 60 cc. of syrup, heat the mixed liquids to the boiling point and immediately add 0.1 cc. of oil of lemon previously triturated with 5 Gm. of purified talc and filter the mixture while hot into a strong, sterilized bottle. Add enough distilled water to make 350 cc. When cool, add 2.5 Gm. of potassium bicarbonate and immediately stopper the bottle securely. Evidence of Deterioration: A crystalline deposit, a fungus growth, or a lack of effer- vescence. Storage: In tight containers, on their sides, in a cool place. SOLUTION OF SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE, sodii hypochloritis, liquor, U.S.P. A clear, pale greenish yellow liquid, having the odor of chlorine. It is affected by light. It contains about 5 percent NaOCl. Caution; This solution is not suitable for application to wounds. incompatibilities: Acids decompose it, liberating chlorine. Action and Uses: In the form of the dilute solution, it is used as an antiseptic and germicide. Preparations: Diluted solution of sodium hypochlorite, liquor sodii hypochloritis dilutus, N.F. (modified Dakin’s solution). It contains about 0.5 percent of NaOCl. Evidence of Deterioration: A product having little or no color. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers, in a cool place. SPIRIT OF GLYCERYL TRINITRATE, glycerylis trinitratis, spiritus, U.S.P. (spirit of nitro- glycerin, spirit of trinitrin, spirit of glonoin). A clear, colorless liquid, having the odor of alcohol, containing 1 percent of nitro- glycerin. Caution: It should not be tasted, since even a small quantity is likely to produce a violent headache. The same effect is produced when it is applied to the skin. Caution; Great care must be exercised in dispensing, handling, packing, transporting, and storing this preparation, as a dangerous explosion may result if any consider- able quantity is spilled, and the alcohol wholly or partly lost by evaporation. If, through accident, it is spilled, a solution of potassium or sodium hydroxide should be poured over it at once to decompose the glyceryl trinitrate. Action and Uses: Vasodilator. Prevents and relieves attacks of angina pectoris. Dosage: 0.06 CC. Preparations: Glyceryl trinitrate tablets, tabellae glycerylis trinitratis, U.S.P. (nitro- glycerin tablets, trinitrin tablets) 0.3 mg., 0.4 mg., 0.6 mg., 1.2 mg. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. STARCH, amylum, U.S.P. (corn starch) A fine, white powder. Solubility: Insoluble in cold water, and in alcohol. Partially soluble in hot water, forming a jelly on cooling. Action and Uses: Demulcent. It is used as a dusting powder, in enemata and, when boiled with water and glycerin, as an emollient and protective. Preparations; Glycerite of starch, glyceritum amyli, U.S.P. A smooth mixture of 10 Gm. of starch, 0.2 Gm. of benzoic acid, 20 cc. distilled water, and 70 cc. of glycerin, is heated at a temperature not exceeding 144° C., with constant stirring, until a translucent, jelly-like mass results. Storage: In well-closed containers. STROPHANTHIN, strophanthinum, U.S.P. A white or yellowish powder. Caution: It is extremely poisonous. Solubility: Soluble in water and in diluted alcohol. 168 Action and Uses: Much like digitalis, used as a cardiac stimulant. Dosage: Intravenous, 0.5 mg. Preparations: Strophanthin injection, injectio strophanthini, U.S.P. Dose: 0.5 mg. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. STRYCHNINE SULFATE, strychninae sulfas, U.S.P. Colorless or white crystals, or a white, crystalline powder, without odor. It is efflorescent in dry air. Caution: It is extremely poisonous. Solubility: Soluble in water (35), in alcohol (85), in chloroform (220), freely soluble in glycerin, and insoluble in ether. Incompatibilities: Alkalies and iodine precipitate it. Action and Uses: Stimulates the spinal cord and, in overdosage, causes convulsions. In small doses, a bitter tonic. A physiological antidote in barbiturate poisoning. Its use in medicine has greatly declined. Dosage: 0.002 Gm. Preparations: Strychnine sulfate tablets, tabellae strychninae sulfatis, U.S.P. Evidence of Deterioration; Effloresced crystals. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. SUBLIMED SULFUR, sulfur sublimatum, U.S.P. (flowers of sulfur) A fine, yellow, crystalline powder, having a faint odor and taste. Solubility; Practically insoluble in water, and nearly insoluble in alcohol. It is soluble in olive oil (100). Action and Uses: Antiseptic and antiparasitic. Formerly used as a laxative. Dosage: 4 Gm. Preparations: Alkaline sulfur ointment, unguentum sulfuris alkalinum, N.F. Rub 20 Gm. of sublimed sulfur with 10 Gm. of potassium carbonate until a smooth, homogeneous mixture results; incorporate 4 Gm. of wool fat with this mixture; then add a mixture of 4 Gm. of yellow wax and 57 Gm. of petrolatum, previously melted and cooled, and mix thoroughly. Compound ointment of Sulfur, unguentum sulfuris compositus, N.F. (Wilkinson’s Ointment, Hebra’s Itch Ointment). Melt 30 Gm. of solid petroxolin with 30 Gm. of soft soap and add 15 Gm. of juniper tar, then incorporate by trituration 15 Gm. of sublimed sulfur and 10 Gm. of precipitated calcium carbonate, added in several portions, and rub the ointment until it is smooth. ' Storage: In well-closed containers. SUCCINYLSULFATHIAZOLE, succinylsulfathiazolum, U.S.P. A white or yellowish white, crystalline powder. It is stable in air, but slowly darkens on exposure to light. Solubility: Soluble in water (4800) ; sparingly soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Poorly absorbed from the gastrointestinal tract where it slowly liberates sulfathiazole, this sulfonamide is used to combat intestinal infection, especially bacillary dysentery. Dosage: 2 Gm. Preparations: Succinylsulfathiazole tablets, tabellae succinylsulfathiazolum, U.S.P. Dose: 2 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: A darkened product. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. SUCROSE, sucrosum, U.S.P. (sugar, saccharum) Colorless or white crystals, crystalline masses or blocks, or a white, crystalline powder. It is odorless, has a sweet taste, and is stable in dry air. Solubility: Soluble in water (0.5) and in alcohol (170). Action and Uses: Sweetening agent and dietary adjunct. Preparations: Syrup, syrupus, U.S.P. (simple syrup, sirup) sucrose, 850 Gm., dis- solved in sufficient distilled water to make 1000 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: A caked product. Storage: In well-closed containers. SULFADIAZINE, sulfadiazinum, U.S.P. Odorless, white or slightly yellow crystalline powder. Solubility; Nearly insoluble in water (13,000); readily soluble in dilute mineral acids and in alkaline solutions; sparingly soluble in alcohol and in acetone; insol- uble in ether and in chloroform. Action and Uses: Used chiefly in the treatment of pneumococcic pneumonia, hemo- lytic streptococcic infections, staphylococcic infections, meningitis, and urinary 169 tract infections due to gram-negative organisms. To avoid the complications caused by crystallizations in the urine, the drug should be given with large amounts of sodium bicarbonate and the patient should receive at least 1500 cc. of fluid per day. Dosage: In severe infections the initial dose is based on 0.10 Gm. per kilogram (2.2 lb.) of body weight with subsequent doses of 1.0 to 1.5 Gm. every four hours. In mild or moderate infections, the initial dose is 0.05 Gm. per kilogram of body weight followed by one-third of the initial dose every 4 hours. The U.S.P. dose is 2 Gm. Preparations; Tablets of sulfadiazine, tabellae sulfadiazini, U.S.P. Usually available containing either 0.3 Gm. or 0.5 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: Discoloration. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. SULFADIAZINE SODIUM, sulfddiazinum sodicum, U.S.P. A white powder. On prolonged exposure to humid air, it absorbs carbon dioxide with the liberation of sulfadiazine and becomes incompletely soluble in water. It is affected by light. Solubility: Soluble in water (2) ; slightly soluble in alcohol. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it. Action and Uses: Similar to those of sulfadiazine. The sodium salt may be given intravenously as a 5 percent solution and is of great value when rapid effects are essential or when oral administration is impossible. Solutions for intravenous injection are made up in sterile distilled water, they should not be boiled. Dosage: 2 Gm., as a 5 percent solution. Evidence of Deterioration: A product incompletely soluble in water. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. SULFAGUANIDINE, sulfaguanidinum, U.S.P. A white, crystalline powder. Solubility: Slightly soluble in water (1000); sparingly soluble in alcohol; freely soluble in dilute mineral acids; insoluble in solutions of sodium hydroxide. Action and Uses: Poorly absorbed from the gastrointestinal tract, it is used in bacillary dysentery and as a prophylactic agent in colonic surgery. Dosage: In bacillary dysentery the initial dose by mouth is 0.05 Gm. per kilogram (2.2 lb.) of body weight, followed by a maintenance dose of the same quantity every 4 hours day and night until the number of stools is less than six daily; then the same quantity every 8 hours for 3 days. The prophylactic dosage in colonic surgery is 0.05 Gm. per kilogram of body weight every 8 hours for 5 days and nights before the operation and for 7 days after the operation. Preparations: Sulfaguanidine tablets, tabellae sulfaguanidini, U.S.P. 0.5 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration: Darkening due to exposure to strong light. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. SULFANILAMIDE, sulfanilamidum, U.S.P. White crystals, granules, or powder. Solubility: Soluble in water (125), in alcohol (37), and in acetone (5). It is very soluble in boiling water. Action and Uses: It is used in the treatment of infections due to several organisms, among them hemolytic streptococcus, meningococcus and gonococcus. It is used orally, topically, and parenterally. Except for its local use, it has been dis- placed by other sulfonamides for most purposes. Dosage; Depends on the type and severity of the infection. Preparations; Sulfanilamide tablets, tabellae sulfanilamidi, U.S.P. 0.5 Gm. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. SULFAPYRIDINE, sulfapyridinum, U.S.P. White or faintly yellowish-white crystals, granules or powder. It is odorless or nearly so, and is stable in air, but slowly darkens on exposure to light. Caution: Daily complete blood counts and urinalysis are imperative. Should be used only under the close supervision of a physician. Solubility: Soluble in water (3500), in alcohol (440) and in acetone (65). Action and Uses: Used in pneumococcic pneumonia, in other pneumococcic infections, and in gonorrhea. Causes more nausea than other sulfonamides, and its use is declining. Dosage; For adults suffering from pneumonia, initial doses up to 4 Gm. in a single dose, followed by 1 Gm. every four hours until temperature has been normal for 72 hours. 170 Preparations: Sulfapyridine tablets, tabellae sulfapyridini, U.S.P. 0.5 Gm, Evidence of Deterioration; Darkening in color. Storage: In well-closed, light-resistant containers. SULFARSPHENAMINE, sulfarsphenamina, U.S.P. A yellow powder. It is slowly oxidized by exposure to air, becoming dark and more toxic. Solubility: Very soluble in water; slightly soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: Antisyphilitic which may be used intramuscularly. Because of the frequency of untoward reactions its use is declining. Dosage: Intramuscular, 0.45 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration; A darkened product. Storage; In sealed tubes, from which the air has been excluded, at a temperature not above 20° C. SULFATHIAZOLE, sulfathiazolum, U.S.P. White or faintly yellowish-white crystals, granules, or powder. It is odorless or nearly so, and is stable in air, but slowly darkens on exposure to light. Solubility: Soluble in water (1700), in alcohol (200), and soluble in acetone. Action and Uses: Used in the treatment of various diseases especially those caused by pneumococci, gonococci, Friedlander’s bacilli and staphylococci. The danger of renal complications necessitates that the patient’s fluid intake be kept high and that large amounts of sodium bicarbonate be given. Dosage: In the treatment of pneumococcic pneumonia in adults the initial dose is 4 Gm. followed by 1 Gm. every four hours until the temperature has been normal for 72 hours. In the treatment of gonorrhea the first day’s dose is 3 Gm. and then 2 Gm. for the following 9 days. Preparations: Sulfathiazole tablets, tabellae sulfathiazoli, U.S.P. 0.5 Gm. Evidence of Deterioration; Darkening in color. Storage; In well-closed, light-resistant containers. SULFATHIAZOLE SODIUM, sulf athiazolum sodicum, U.S.P. A white to faintly yellowish white powder. On prolonged exposure to humid air, it absorbs carbon dioxide with the liberation of sulfathiazole and becomes incom- pletely soluble in water. It is affected by light. Solubility: Soluble in water (2.5) and in alcohol (15). Incompatibilities; Acids decompose it. Action and Uses: Similar to those of sulfathiazole. This sodium salt may be given intravenously in 5 percent solution. Such solutions should be made with sterile distilled water and they should not be boiled. Dosage: 2 Gm., in 5 percent solution. Evidence of Deterioration: A product incompletely soluble in water. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. SULFURIC ACID, acidum sulfuricum, U.S.P. (oil of vitriol) A colorless, odorless, oily liquid containing about 96 percent of H2SO4. Caution: Very caustic and corrosive. When sulfuric acid is mixed with other liquids, it should always be added to the diluent, and great caution should be observed. When diluting sulfuric acid, vessels capable of withstanding heat should be used. Solubility: Miscible with water and with alcohol with the evolution of much heat. Sp. Gr.: 1.84 Boils: About 290° G. Incompatibilities: In addition to having the usual incompatibilities common to most acids, it chars certain organic materials. Action and Uses: Caustic and corrosive. It is used in modern medicine only in diluted forms, and seldom, if at all, employed as a medicament. Preparations. Aromatic sulfuric acid, acidum sulfuricum aromaticum, U.S.P. XI (elixir of vitriol). Prepared by adding 114 cc. of sulfuric acid gradually, and with great caution, to 700 cc. of alcohol, then adding 10 cc. of fluidextract of ginger, 1 cc. of oil of cinnamon and sufficient alcohol to make 1000 cc. Dose: 0.5 cc. Diluted sulfuric acid, acidum sulfuricum dilutum, U.S.P. Prepared by adding 57 cc. of sulfuric acid to sufficient distilled water to make 1000 cc. Caution: Add the acid slowly and with constant stirring to the distilled water con- tained in a vessel capable of withstanding great heat. Dose; 1 cc., well-diluted. Storage: In tight containers. TANNIC ACID, acidum tannicum, U.S.P. (gallotannic acid, tannin) An amorphous powder or glistening scales (fluffy) varying in color from yellowish-white to light brown. It is odorless or has a faint characteristic odor and a strong astringent taste. 171 Caution: When it is to be dissolved, the fluffy variety is preferred. Solubility: Very soluble in water, in alcohol and in acetone. Soluble in warm glycerin d). Incompatibilities: Alkaloids are precipitated as insoluble alkaloidal tannates. Soluble iron compounds form iron tannate, a soluble compound, the color of which resem- bles that of ink. Gelatin and albumin are precipitated. It is incompatible with nearly all of the salts of the heavy metals. Action and Uses: Astringent. Antidote for many alkaloidal and metallic poisons. For- merly much used locally in the treatment of burns, but other methods are now preferred. Dosage: 0.5 Gm. Preparations; Glycerite of tannic acid, glyceritum acidi tannici, U.S.P. Mix 20 Gm. of tannic acid, 1 Gm. of sodium citrate, and 0.2 Gm. of exsiccated sodium sulfite, with 78.8 Gm. of glycerin, and heat at a temperature between 115° and 120° C. until solution is complete. Tannic Acid Ointment, unguentum acidi tannici, U.S.P. Dissolve 20 Gm. of tannic acid and 0.2 Gm. exsiccated sodium sulfite in 20 Gm. of glycerin, with the aid of gentle heat, and incorporate the solution with 59.8 Gm. of yellow ointment. Styptic collodion, collodium stypticum, N.F. Prepared by dissolving 16 Gm. of tannic acid in sufficient flexible collodion to make 100 cc. Caution: During its manufacture and storage this ointment must not come in contact with iron utensils or containers. Evidence of Deterioration: It darkens on exposure to light. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. TARTARIC ACID, acidum tartaricum, U.S.P. Colorless or translucent crystals or a white powder. It is odorless and has an acid taste. Solubility: Soluble in water (0.8) and in alcohol (3). Incompatibilities: Carbonates and bicarbonates are decomposed by it. Action and Uses: Used in the preparation of Seidlitz powders and effervescent salts. Dosage: 1 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. TERPIN HYDRATE, terpini hydras, U.S.P. Colorless, lustrous crystals, or a white powder. It is efflorescent in dry air. Solubility: Soluble in water (200), in alcohol (13), and in chloroform (140). Incompatibilities; Owing to its limited solubility in water, it may be precipitated when elixir of terpin hydrate is diluted with aqueous preparations. Action and Uses: Considered an expectorant. Dosage; 0.25 Gm. Preparations: Elixir of terpin hydrate, elixir terpini hydratis, N.F. Dissolve 17 Gm. of terpin hydrate in 425 cc. of alcohol; add successively 20 cc. of tincture of sweet orange peel, 5 cc. of spirit of benzaldehyde, 400 cc. of glycerin, 100 cc. of syrup, with sufficient distilled water to make 1000 cc. Filter. Dose: 4 cc. Evidence of Deterioration: An effloresced product. Storage; In tight containers. TETANUS ANTITOXIN, antitoxinum tetanicum, U.S.P. (purified antitetanic serum, concentrated tetanus antitoxin, refined tetanus antitoxin, antitetanic globulins). A sterile, aqueous solution of antitoxic substances obtained from the blood serum or plasma of a healthy animal which has been immunized against tetanus toxin. It has a potency of not less than 400 antitoxic units per cc. Action and Uses: Curative and prophylactic agent in tetanus. Dosage: By parenteral injection: Therapeutic, 20,000 units; prophylactic, 1500 units. Storage: Preserve at a temperature between 2° and 10° C., preferably at the lower limit. It must be dispensed in the unopened glass container in which it was placed by the manufacturer. TETANUS TOXOID, toxoidum tetanicum, U.S.P. Action and Uses: Used to produce active immunity to tetanus. Dosage: Subcutaneous, 1 cc.; repeated at proper intervals. Storage: At a temperature between 2° and 10° C., preferably at the lower limit. TETRACAINE HYDROCHLORIDE, U.S.P.; tetracainae hydrochloridum A fine, white, crystalline powder. Solubility: Very soluble in water; soluble in alcohol. 172 Incompatibilities: Alkalies and iodine precipitate it. Action ond Uses: Local and spinal anesthetic. Dosage: For spinal anesthesia, 10 to 20 mg. For local application, 0.5 percent to 2 percent aqueous solutions. Storage: In well-closed containers. TETRACHLOROETHYLENE, tetrachloroaethylenum, U.S.P. (perchloroethylene, ethylene tetrachloride) A clear, colorless, mobile liquid, having a characteristic ethereal odor. It is not inflammable. It is slowly decomposed by light and various metals in the presence of moisture. Solubility: Practically insoluble in water; miscible with an equal volume of alcohol, with ether, chloroform, petroleum benzin, and benzene. Action and Uses: Anthelmintic, particularly for the hookworm. Dosage: 3 cc. Preparations; Tetrachloroethylene capsules, capsulae tetrachloroaethyleni, U.S.P., 0.2 cc., 1.0 cc., and 2.5 cc. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. THEOBROMA OIL, oleum theobromatis, U.S.P. (cocoa butter) A pale yellow, solid fat, brittle at temperatures below 25° C. Solubility: Slightly soluble in alcohol; freely soluble in ether and in chloroform. Melts: Between 30° and 35° C. Incompatibilities: Chloral hydrate, phenol, salol, and camphor when mixed with it form masses of lower melting point. This must be overcome in preparing sup- positories of one or more of these substances when the vehicle is theobroma oil. Action and Uses: Emollient and lubricant. Its principal use is as a vehicle for sup- positories. Evidence of Deterioration; Porous white coating. Storage: In well-closed containers, away from excessive heat. THEOBROMINE WITH SODIUM SALICYLATE, theobromina cum sodii salicylate, N.F. A white, odorless powder having a sweetish, saline, and somewhat alkaline taste. Solubility: Soluble in water (1) ; slightly soluble in alcohol. Action and Uses: A myocardial stimulant and diuretic. Preparations; Tablets. Dosage: 1 Gm. Storage: In tight containers. THEOCALCIN, N.N.R. A white, amorphous powder, chemically a double salt or a mixture of calcium theobromine and calcium salicylate. Solubility: Incompletely soluble in water. Incompatibilities: Acids decompose it. Action and Uses: Diuretic, used especially in cardiac edema. Dosage: 0.5 Gm. Storage: In well-closed containers. THEOPHYLLINE ETHYLENEDIAMINE, theophyllina aethylenediaminica, U.S.P. (amino- phylline) White or yellowish-white granules with a slight, ammoniacal odor and a bitter taste. Solubility: Soluble in water (5) ; insoluble in alcohol and in ether. Action and Uses: Diuretic, commonly used in the treatment of cardiac disease. Given intravenously, effective in the relief of asthmatic attacks and paroxysmal cardiac dyspnea. Dosage; 0.2 Gm. Preparations: Theophylline ethylenediamine injection, injectio theophyllinae aethylene- diaminicae, U.S.P. Dose: Intramuscular or intravenous, 0.1 Gm. Theophylline ethylenediamine tablets, tabellae theophyllinae aethylenediaminicae, U.S.P. 0.1 Gm. and 0.2 Gm., enteric coated. Evidence of Deterioration; Turbidity of solutions due to exposure to carbon dioxide and precipitation of theophylline. Storage: In tight containers. THIAMINE HYDROCHLORIDE, thiaminae hydrochloridum, U.S.P (vitamin B,) Small, white crystals or a crystalline powder, having a slight, characteristic odor. Solubility: Soluble in water (1) and in alcohol (100). 173 Action and Uses: In the treatment and prevention of beriberi and in conditions indi- cating interference with proper assimilation of the vitamins. Dosage; 5 mg. Preparations: Thiamine hydrochloride tablets, labellae thiaminae hydrochloridi, U.S.P. (vitamin Bi tablets) Usually available as follows: 0.3 mg., 1 mg., 3 mg., 5 mg., 6 mg., 9 mg., 10 mg., and 12 mg. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. THYMOL, thymol, U.S.P. Colorless crystals, or a white, crystalline powder. It has an aromatic, thyme-like odor, and a pungent taste. Solubility; Soluble in water (1000), in alcohol (1), in chloroform (1), in ether (1.5), and in fixed and volatile oils. incompatibilities: It liquefies when placed in contact with phenol, menthol, camphor, salol, and similar substances. Action and Uses: Antiseptic and anthelmintic. Dosage: Anthelmintic, 2 Gm., divided into three doses. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. THYMOL lODIDE, thymolis iodidum, U.S.P. A reddish-brown or reddish-yellow, bulky powder with a characteristic, aromatic odor. Solubility: Insoluble in water and in glycerin; slightly soluble in alcohol; readily soluble in chloroform, in ether, in collodion, and in fixed and volatile oils, usually leaving a slight residue. Action and Uses: Antiseptic. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers. THYROID, thyroideum, U.S.P. A yellowish to buff colored, amorphous powder, having a slight, characteristic, meat-like odor and a saline taste. Action and Uses: Used in thyroid deficiency. Dosage: 0.06 Gm. Preparations; Thyroid tablets, labellae thyroidei, U.S.P. Storage: In tight containers, at a temperature not above 30° C. TOLU BALSAM, balsamum tolutanum, U.S.P. (tolu, balsam of tolu) A brown or yellowish-brown, plastic solid, having an odor resembling vanilla. Solubility: Nearly insoluble in water; soluble in alcohol, in chloroform, and in ether. Action and Uses: It is used chiefly in the form of the syrup as a vehicle. Preparations: Syrup of tolu balsam, syrupus balsami tolutani, U.S.P. (syrup of tolu) Mix 50 cc. of tincture of tolu balsam with 10 Gm. of magnesium carbonate and 60 Gm. of sucrose, add 430 cc. of distilled water and filter. Dissolve 760 Gm. of sucrose in the filtrate with gentle heating, strain, and add sufficient distilled water to make 1000 cc. Tincture of tolu balsam, tinctura balsami tolutani, U.S.P. (tolu tincture) Mac- erate 200 Gm. of tolu balsam with 750 cc. of alcohol for three days, with frequent agitation; filter, and add sufficient alcohol through the filter to make 1000 cc. Storage: In tight containers, avoiding exposure to excessive heat. TRIBROMOETHANOL, tribromoaethanol, U.S.P. A white, crystalline powder, with slight, aromatic odor and taste, unstable in air. Solubility: In water (35) ; soluble in amylene hydrate. Action and Uses: A basal anesthetic, administered rectally. Dosage: The ordinary dose for basal anesthesia is 80 mg. per kilogram of body weight. It is used in the form of a solution in amylene hydrate. Storage; In tight, light-resistant containers. TRICHLOROACETIC ACID, acidum trichloroaceticum, U.S.P. Colorless, deliquescent crystals having a slight, characteristic odor. Caution: Extremely caustic. Handle with great care because it rapidly destroys tissue. Solubility: Very soluble in water (0.1), and in alcohol and ether. Melts: 57° to 58° C. Action and Uses: Caustic, escharotic, astringent, hemostatic. Used for removal of warts and corns. Used in dentistry to destroy hypertrophies. Evidence of Deterioration; A liquefied or partially liquefied product indicates absorp- tion of water, with corresponding reduction in percentage strength. Storage: In tight containers, at a temperature not above 30° C. 174 TRINITROPHENOL, trinitrophenol, U.S.P. (picric acid) Pale yellow prisms or scales. It is odorless, and has an intensely bitter taste. Caution: Explodes when heated rapidly or when subjected to percussion. Solubility: Soluble in water (80), in alcohol (12), in chloroform (35), and in ether ((55). incompatibilities: Oxidizable substances decompose it. Action and Uses: Antiseptic. Its aqueous solution formerly was used in the treatment of superficial burns. Storage; In well-closed containers, avoiding exposure to excessive heat. TRYPARSAMIDE, tryparsamidum, U.S.P. A white, odorless, crystalline powder, a pentavalent arsenic compound, affected by light. Solubility: Soluble in water (2), slightly soluble in alcohol, and insoluble in ether and in chloroform. Action and Uses: Used in neurosyphilis, especially early paresis; and in trypano- somiasis. Dosage: Caution: Intravenous, 2 Gm. It should never be given by mouth. Storage: In tight, light-resistant containers, at a temperature not above 20° C. TUBERCULIN, OLD, tuberculinum prislinum, U.S.P. (tuberculin-Koch, concentrated tuberculin, crude tuberculin) Action and Uses: Used chiefly for the diagnosis of tuberculosis. Dosage: Diagnostic, intracutaneous, 0.000,01 cc. to 0.001 cc. Therapeutic, sub- cutaneous, 0.000,000,01 cc. to 0.000,001 cc. Storage: At a temperature between 2° and 10° C., preferably at the lower limit. TYPHOID VACCINE, vaccinum typhosum, bacterial vaccine made from the typhoid bacillus, U.S.P. (typhoid prophylactic, enteric vaccine). Action and Uses: Used for establishing immunity to typhoid fever. Dosage; Prophylactic, hypodermic, 0.5 cc. and 1 cc., the latter dose to be repeated once. Storage: At a temperature between 2° and 10° C., preferably at the lower limit. WATER, aqua, U.S.P. A clear, colorless liquid which is practically tasteless and odorless. Preparations: Distilled water, aqua destillata, U.S.P. Water purified by distillation. Sterilized distilled water, aqua destillata sterilisata, U.S.P., distilled water which has been sterilized by one of the official methods. Water for injection, aqua pro injectione, U.S.P. Water which has been distilled and sterilized within 24 hours. It is free from pyrogens. Storage: Preserve sterilized distilled water in the container in which it was sterilized, and protect from contamination. Caution: When “sterile water” or “sterile distilled water” for parenteral use is re- quired, “water for injection” must be dispensed. WHISKY, spiritus frumenti, U.S.P. (whiskey) A light to deep amber-colored liquid having a characteristic odor and taste, and an acid reaction. Sp. Gr.: 0.930. Action and Uses: Its action depends upon the alcohol that it contains. Storage: In tight containers. WHITE WAX, cera alba, U.S.P. (bleached beeswax) A yellowish-white solid, somewhat translucent in thin layers. It has a faint, characteristic odor, is free from rancidity, and is nearly tasteless. Action and Uses: Used in the manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations. Storage: In well-closed containers. WOOL FAT, adeps lanae, U.S.P. (anhydrous wool fat, anhydrous lanolin) A brownish yellow, tenacious, unctuous mass, having not more than a slight odor. Solubility; It is insoluble in water, but mixes without separation with about twice its weight of water. It is sparingly soluble in cold alcohol; more soluble in hot alcohol; and freely soluble in ether and in chloroform. Melting Point: 36° to 42° C. Incompatibilities: Its melting point is lowered upon admixture with camphor, menthol, phenol, thymol, and chloral hydrate. 175 Action and Uses: A base for ointments. Preparations: Hydrous wool fat, adeps lanae hydrosus, U.S.P. (hydrous lanolin, lanolin). Wool fat containing not less than 25 percent and not more than 30 percent of water. Storage: In well-closed containers, in a cool place. ZEPHIRAN CHLORIDE, N.N.R. Colorless or slightly yellow, gelatinous material, possessing an aromatic odor and a very bitter taste. Chemically a mixture of alkyl dimethyl benzyl ammonium chlorides. Solubility: Miscible in all proportions with water, alcohol and acetone. Incompatibilities; Solutions of soap may reduce the germicidal activity. Action and Uses: Disinfectant and germicide. Dosage: For topical application, in 1-10,000 to 1-2000 solutions. Storage: In well-closed containers. ZINC CHLORIDE, zinci chloridum, U.S.P. A white or nearly white, odorless, crystalline powder, or porcelain-like masses, or moulded pencils. It is very deliquescent. Solubility: Soluble in water (0.5), in alcohol (1.5), and in glycerin (2). Its solution in water or in alcohol is usually slightly turbid, but the turbidity disappears upon the addition of a very small quantity of hydrochloric acid. Incompatibilities: Alkalies precipitate it. Action and Uses: Antiseptic, astringent and escharotic. Dosage: In collyria, not stronger than 0.4 percent solution. Evidence of Deterioration: A deliquesced product. Storage: In tight containers. ZINC OXIDE, zinci oxidum, U.S.P. A very fine, odorless, amorphous, white or yellowish-white powder, free from gritty particles. Solubility: Insoluble in water and in alcohol; dissolves in dilute acids. Action and Uses: Antiseptic, astringent, and protective. Preparations: Paste of zinc oxide, pasta zinci oxidi, N.F. (Lassar’s plain zinc paste). Mix 25 Gm. of zinc oxide and 25 Gm. of starch with 50 Gm. of white petrolatum. Zinc oxide ointment, unguentum zinci oxidi, U.S.P. (zinc ointment). Levigate 20 Gm. of zinc oxide with 7 Gm. of wool fat and incorporate the mixture with 73 Gm. of white ointment. Storage: In well-closed containers. ZINC PEROXIDE, MEDICINAL, zinci peroxidum medicinale, U.S.P. A fine, white or only faintly yellow, odorless powder. Solubility: Insoluble in water and in alcohol. Incompatibilities; Water and acids cause decomposition. Action and Uses: Used in the treatment of certain wound infections, usually in the form of a freshly prepared aqueous suspension. Preparations: Sterilized medicinal zinc peroxide, zinci peroxidum medicinale ster- rilisatum, U.S.P. The powder is sterilized in small quantities by heating it in a dry oven for four hours at 140° G. Storage; In tight containers. ZINC STEARATE, zinci stearas, U.S.P. A fine, white, bulky powder, free from grittiness. It has a faint, characteristic odor. Solubility; Insoluble in ordinary solvents; very repellent to water. Action and Uses: Antiseptic, astringent, and protective. Used chiefly as a dusting powder to prevent and treat chafing. Preparations: Ointment of zinc stearate, unguentum zinci stearatis, N.F. Melt 55 Gm. of white petrolatum, add 10 Gm. of liquid petrolatum and, when the mixture has congealed, incorporate 35 Gm. of zinc stearate. Storage: In well-closed containers. ZINC SULFATE, zinci sulfas, U.S.P. (white vitriol) Colorless, transparent prisms, or small needles, or a granular, crystalline powder. It is efflorescent in dry air. Caution: An effloresced product should not be used in preparing collyria or reagents. Incompatibilities; Alkalies precipitate it. Action and Uses: Astringent, styptic and emetic. 176 Dosage: Emetic, 1 Gm. In collyria usually 0.1 to 0.2 percent, seldom above 0.5 percent. Preparations; Compound powder of zinc sulfate, pulvis zinci sulfatis compositus, N.F. (pulvis antisepticus) Triturate 5 Gm. of salicylic acid and 125 Gm. of zinc sulfate to a fine powder and add 1 Gm. each of phenol, eucalyptol, menthol, and thymol, previously liquefied by trituration. Add 866 Gm. of boric acid and pass the powder through a very fine sieve. Evidence of Deterioration: An effloresced product. Storage: In tight containers. 177 INDEX PAGE Abbreviations for Latin words 69 Acacia— Mucilage 115 Syrup 115 Aceta. (See Vinegars.) Acetanilid 115 Compound powder 115 Tablets 115 Acetarsone 115 Acetic acid 136 Diluted , 137 Glacial 136 Turpentine liniment . . 150 Acetone 115 Acetophenetidin 115 Combined with phenyl salicylate in tablets 115 Tablets 115 Acetylsalicylic acid 116 Compound paste 116 Tablets 116 Acid, acetic, boric acid, citric acid, etc. (See Acetic acid, Boric acid. Citric acid, etc.) Aconite 116 Fluidextract 116 Root 116 Tincture 116 Acriflavine 116 Base 116 Neutral 116 Activated charcoal 116 Addition, weights and measures 11 Administration of the pharmacy 5 Administration and supply 4 Agar 116 Air baths 28 Alcohol 116 Ethyl 116 Alkaline sulfur ointment (see also Sublimed sulfur) 169 Alligation 23 Aloe 117 Alum 117 Ammonium 117 Dried 117 Exsiccated 117 Potassium 117 Aluminum: Acetate, solution 117 Chloride 117 Solution 117 Hydroxide, colloidal 117 Hydroxide gel ■ 117 Amaranth 118 Solution 118 Amide, nicotinic acid (nicotinamide) 148 Aminophylline (theophylline ethylenediamine) 173 Aminoquin naphthoate (pamaquine naphthoate) 152 Ammonia, aromatic spirit ..119 Diluted solution 118 Strong solution 118 Water 118 Ammoniated mercury 118 Ointment 118 178 Ammonium: page Acetate solution 118 Alum 117 Bromide 118 Elixir , 118 Carbonate 118 Citrates and iron capsules 140 Citrates and iron 140 Chloride 119 Capsules 119 Tablets 119 Ichthosulfonate (ichthammol) 139 Amphetamine sulfate 119 Sulfate, racemic 119 Ampuls: Calcium chloride 125 Calcium gluconate 125 Camphor 126 In oil 126 Dextrose 131 Diodrast 132 Ephedrine sulfate 133 Green iron and ammonium citrates 140 lodine 139 Magnesium sulfate 142 Mapharsen 143 Mercuric succinimide 145 Metrazol .147 Nupercaine hydrochloride 149 Pantopon 152 Procaine hydrochloride 159 Quinine dihydrochloride 160 Sodium: Cacodylate 165 lodide 166 Salicylate 167 Thiosulfate 167 Amyl nitrite 119 Amytal 119 Sodium 119 Anatoxin, diphtheria (diphtheria toxoid) 132 Anhydrous lanolin (wool fat) 175 Anise: Oil 149 Spirit 149 Water 149 Anodyne paste, dental (acetylsalicylic acid) 116 Antianthrax serum 119 Antibiotic 68 Anticoagulant solution of sodium citrate 166 Antidiphtheric globulins (diphtheria antitoxin) 132 Serum, purified 132 Antidote, definition 61 Antidotes: List 62 When to administer 61 Antimeningococcic serum 120 Antimeningococcus serum 120 Antimony: Potassium tartrate 120 Tincture 120 Wine 120 Antimonyl potassium tartrate (antimony and potassium tartrate) 120 Antipneumococcic serum 120 Antipneumococcus serum 120 Antipyrine 120 Anti-scarlet fever globulins (scarlet fever streptococcus antitoxin) 162 PAGE Antitetanic serum, purified (tetanus antitoxin) 172 Antitoxin; Concentrated scarlet fever (scarlet fever streptococcus antitoxin) 162 Diphtheria 132 Concentrated 132 Refined 132 Gas gangrene 136 Refined scarlet fever (scarlet fever streptococcus antitoxin) 162 Scarlet fever (scarlet fever streptococcus antitoxin) 162 Scarlet fever streptococcus 162 Tetanus 172 Apomorphine hydrochloride 120 Tablets 120 Apothecaries’ fluid measure 8, 17 Measures, table for conversion of metric quantities to 80 System 9 Weights, table for conversion of metric quantities to 81 Approximate equivalents, table 11 Measures 9 Aquae. (See Waters.) Arecoline hydrobromide 121 Aromatic— Castor oil 127 Fluidextract of cascara sagrada 127 Sodium perborate 167 Spirit of ammonia ’. 119 Spray 153 Sulfuric acid 171 Waters, official processes 42 Arsenic: Chloride, solution 121 Combined with mercuric iodides, solution 144 Hydrochloric solution 121 Trioxide 121 White (arsenic trioxide) 121 Arsenious acid (arsenic trioxide) 121 Oxide 121 Solution 121 Arsphenamine 121 Asafetida: Pills 121 Tincture 121 Ascorbic— Acid 121 Tablets 122 Aspidium, oleoresin 151 Aspirin (acetylsalicylic acid) . ... 116 Atabrine. (See Quinacrine hydrochloride.) Atomic and molecular weights 93 Weights, table 93 Atropine: Morphine sulfates, tablets 147 Sulfate * 122 Tablets 122 Avertin. (See Tribromethanol.) Avoirdupois weight 9 Weights, table for conversion of metric quantities 79 Azochloramid (chloroazodin) . 128 Bacteriology, definition 1 Baking soda (sodium bicarbonate) .164 Balances 12 Balsam: Peruvian 153 Of tolu 174 180 PAGE Barbital: Sodium tablets 122 Tablets, soluble 122 Barbitone, soluble (barbital sodium) 122 Barium sulfate 122 Basic bismuth— Carbonate 124 Nitrate 124 Salicylate 124 Baths: Oil 28 Salt water 28 Sand 27 Steam 28 Water ! 27 Beck’s bismuth paste 124 Beeswax, bleached (white wax) 175 Belladonna— Extract 122 Leaf, fluidextract 122 Liniment 122 Ointment 122 Root, fluidextract 122 Tincture . 122 Bentonite 122 Magma 123 Benzedrine. (See Amphetamine sulfate.) Benzoic— Acid ..... 123 Salicylic acids, ointment 123 Benzoin: Compound tincture 123 Siam 123 Sumatra a 123 Tincture 123 Benzoinated lard 141 Benzosulfimide, sodium (saccharin sodium) 161 Benzyl benzoate 123 Bile salts j 123 Tablets, enteric coated 123 Biniodide of mercury (red mercuric iodide) 144 Biology, definition 1 Bismuth— Carbonate, basic 124 Nitrate, basic 124 Paste: Bismuth subnitrate 124 Beck’s 124 Potassium tartrate 123 Injection 124 Salicylate, basic 124 Subcarbonate 124 Tablets 124 Subnitrate 124 Tablets 124 Subsalicylate 124 Injection 124 Bismuthyl, potassium tartrate 123 Bitter almond water 43 Black mustard 124 Blistering cerate (cantharides) 126 Blue— Butter (mild mercurial ointment) 145 Ointment (mild mercurial ointment) 145 Soluble indigo (sodium indigotindisulfonate) 166 Boracic acid (boric acid) 124 Borax (sodium borate) 165 181 PACE Boric acid— Ointment 125 Solution 124 Boroglycerin, glycerite of (boric acid) 125 Botany, definition 1 Bromethol. (See Tribromethanol.) Bromides, elixir of five 118 Brown mustard 124 Buffer— Mixtures of Clark and Lubs 87 Solutions, solutions used in preparation 87 Burow’s solution (aluminum acetate) 117 Butacaine sulfate • • 125 Butter: Blue (mild mercurial ointment) 145 Cocoa (theobroma oil) 173 Butyn sulfate. (See Butacaine sulfate.) Cade, oil of (juniper tar) 140 Caffeine: Citrated 129 Tablets 129 Sodio-benzoate (caffeine and sodium benzoate) 125 Sodium benzoate 125 Injection 125 Calamine— Liniment 159 Lotion 159 Phenolated 159 Ointment 159 Prepared 159 Calcination 31 Calcium— Carbonate: Precipitated 158 Tablets 158 Chloride 125 Ampuls 125 Gluconate 125 Ampuls 125 Injection 125 Hydroxide 125 Solution 125 Lactate I 126 Tablets 126 Mandelate 126 Oxide (lime) 141 Calomel (mild mercurous chloride) 145 Ointment 145 Soda 145 Tablets 145 Camphor— Ampuls 126 Liniment 126 Oil, ampuls 126 Soap liniment (see also Hard soap) 164 Spirit 126 Water 126 Camphorated— Menthol 143 Tincture of opium 151 Cantharides— Cerate 126 Plaster 126 Tincture 126 182 PAGE Capsicum 126 Ointment 127 Oleoresin 127 Tincture 127 Capsulae. (See Capsules.) Capsules 53 Ammonium chloride 119 Carbon tetrachloride 127 Concentrated oleovitamin A and D 151 Definition 53 Description 53 Diethylstilbestrol 131 Digitalis 131 General uses 54 Hexa vitamin 137 Methods of preparation 54 Oil of chenopodium 149 Pentobarbital sodium 153 Tetrachloroethylene 173 Typical examples 54 Carbarsone 127 Carbolic acid (phenol) 154 Carbon tetrachloride 127 Capsules 127 Carbonization 31 Cardamom: Compound tincture 127 Seed 127 Carmine, indigo (sodium indigotindisulfonate) 166 Carron oil (linseed oil) 141 Cascara sagrada: Aromatic fluidextract . . . . 127 Extract 127 Fluidextract 127 Cassia, oil of (oil of cinnamon) 149 Castor oil 127 Aromatic 127 Catalog, Medical Supply, Army Service Forces 4 Cataplasm of kaolin 140 Cathartic pills, compound (compound pills of mild mercurous chloride) 145 Caustic— Lunar (silver nitrate) 163 Potash (potassium hydroxide) 157 Soda (sodium hydroxide) 166 Cayenne pepper (capsicum) 126 Cement of zinc compounds and eugenol 135 Cerate, blistering (cantharides) 126 Cerum oxalate 127 Cevitamic acid (ascorbic acid) 121 Chalk: Drop (prepared chalk) 159 Mercury 145 Mixture 159 Prepared 159 Precipitated (precipitated calcium carbonate) 158 Charcoal, activated 116 Chemical data, tabular 93 Chemistry, definition ‘ 1 Chenopodium, oil 149 Capsules 149 Chiniofon 127 Tablets 128 Chloral hydrate 128 Chlorinated lime 128 Chloroazodin 128 Solution 128 183 PAGE Chloroform 128 Spirit 128 Water 43, 128 Cholera vaccine 128 Chromic— Acid (chromium trioxide) 129 Anhydride (chromium trioxide) 129 Chromium trioxide 129 Chrysarobin 129 Ointment 129 Cineol (eucalyptol) 134 Cinnamon: Oil 149 Spirit 150 Syrup 150 Water 149 Citrated caffeine 129 Tablets 129 Citric acid 129 Syrup 129 Glasses of pharmaceutical preparations 42 Coal tar 129 Ointment 130 Solution 129 Cocaine hydrochloride 130 Muriate 130 Cocoa butter (theobroma oil) 173 Codeine sulfate 130 Tablets 130 Cod liver oil 130 Emulsion 130 Colation or straining 31 Collodion 130 Flexible 130 Salicylic 161 Styptic (tannic acid) 172 Collodions (collodia): Definition 49 Description 49 General uses 49 Methods of preparation 49 Typical examples 49 Comminution 33 Compound cathartic pills (mild mercurous chloride) 145 Concentrated scarlet fever antitoxin (scarlet fever streptococcus antitoxin) 162 Contusion 33 Coramine. (See Nicotinamide.) Coriander, oil 150 Corn starch 168 Corrosive sublimate (mercury bichloride) 145 Cottonseed oil 130 Cresol 131 Saponated solution 131 Cresote 130 Crystal violet (methylrosaniline chloride) 146 Crystallization 40 Definition 40 Water 41 Crystals, ways of producing 40 Cupric sulfate 131 Dakin’s solution, modified (diluted solution of sodium hypochlorite) 168 Decantation 31 Decoction 37 Density, definition 18 Dental anodyne paste (acetylsalicylic acid) 116 Dentifrice (see also Precipitated calcium carbonate) 158 184 PAGE Desiccation 30 Deutoiodide of mercury (red mercuric iodide) 144 Dextrose: Ampuls 131 Injection 131 Sodium chloride injection 131 cf-Glucose (dextrose) 131 Dick test 162 Diethyl ether 134 Diethylbarbiturate, sodium (barbital sodium) 122 Diethylmalonylurea, sodium (barbital sodium) 122 Diethylstilbestrol: Capsules 131 Injection 131 Digitalis 131 Dihydromorphinone hydrochloride 131 Tablets 132 Dilaudid hydrochloride. (See Dihydromorphinone hydrochloride.) Diluted solution of— Sodium hypochlorite 168 Sulfuric acid 171 Dimethyl-ketone (acetone) 115 Diodoquin 132 Tablets 132 Diodrast 132 Ampuls 132 Dionin (ethylmorphine hydrochloride) 134 Diphtheria anatoxin (diphtheria toxoid) 132 Antitoxin 132 Antitoxin, concentrated 132 Antitoxin, refined 132 Toxin for Schick test 132 Toxoid 132 Dispensatory, definition 4 Distillation 28 Destructive 29 Fractional 29 Steam 29 Distilled water 43, 175 Sterilized 175 Division, weights and measures 11 Dobell’s solution (compound solution of sodium borate) 165 Donovan’s solution (solution of arsenic and mercuric iodides) 144 Dosage, veterinary: Influencing factors 63 Table 64 Doses, calculation: Table 26 Variation according to age 25 Dover’s powder (powder of ipecac and opium) 151 Drop chalk (prepared chalk) 159 Drug: Definition 2 List 115 Effervescent powders, compound 158 Salt of lithium citrate 141 Salt of magnesium sulfate 142 Sodium phosphate 167 Elixir: Ammonium bromide 118 Five bromides 118 Gentian 136 Gentian, glycerinated 136 Gentian and iron 136 Phenobarbital 154 Potassium bromide 156 185 Elixir—Cont.: page Sodium bromide 165 Terpin hydrate 172 The bromides 118 Three bromides 118 Vitriol (sulfuric acid) 171 Elixirs (elixiria) : Definition 48 Description 48 General uses 48 Methods of preparation 48 Typical examples 48 Elutriation 35 Emetine hydrochloride 132 Injection 132 Emplastra. (See Plasters.) Emulsa. (See Emulsions.) Emulsion: Cod liver oil 130 Liquid petrolatum 153 Mineral oil (emulsion of liquid petrolatum) 153 Oil of turpentine 151 Emulsions: Definition 44 Description •. . . 44 General uses 44 Methods of preparation 44 Typical examples 45 English linear measure 8 Enteric— Coated bile salts tablets 123 Vaccine (typhoid vaccine) 175 Ephedrine 132 Spray 133 Compound 133 Sulfate 133 Ampuls 133 Jelly 133 Solution 133 Syrup 133 Tablets 133 Epinephrine hydrochloride: Injection 133 Solution 133 Spray _ 133 Epsom salt (magnesium sulfate) 142 Equivalents: Approximate, table 11 Linear measures, English to metric, table 78 Linear measures, metric to English, table 77 Water, table 11 Weights and measures, table 72 Ergonovine maleate 133 Injection 133 Tablets 133 Ergot 133 Fluidextract 134 Ergotrate. (See Ergonovine maleate.) Eserine salicylate (physostigmine salicylate) 155 Essence of peppermint 150 Ethanol (alcohol) 116 Ether: Compound spirit 134 Diethyl 134 Ethyl 134 Nitrous, spirit (ethyl nitrite, spirit) 134 Spirit 134 Sulfuric 134 186 PAGE Ethyl- Alcohol 116 Chloride 134 Ether 134 Nitrite, spirit 134 Ethylene tetrachloride (tetrachloroethylene) 173 Ethylmorphine hydrochloride 134 Eucalyptol 134 Eugenol 135 With zinc compounds, cement 135 Evaporation 28 Exsiccation 30 Extract: Belladonna 122 Cascara sagrada 127 Dry liver 142 Glycyrrhiza 137 Hyoscyamus 138 Liver 142 Liquid 142 Male fern (oleoresin of aspidium) 151 Nux vomica 149 Poison ivy 156 Poison oak 156 Extraction 37 Extracts (extracta): Definition 52 Description 52 General uses 52 Methods of preparation 53 Typical examples 53 F.D. and C. Red No. 2 (amaranth) 118 Ferric— Ammonium citrates. (See Iron ammonium citrates.) Chloride 135 Solution 135 Tincture 135 Phosphate, soluble 167 Ferrous— lodide 135 Syrup 135 Sulfate 135 Dried 135 Exsiccated 135 Filtration 31 Flaxseed, oil (linseed oil) 141 Flexible collodion 130 Flowers of sulfur (sublimed sulfur) 169 Fluid measure, apothecaries’ 8, 17 Fluidextract: Aconite 116 Belladonna: Leaf 122 Root 122 Cascara sagrada 127 Aromatic 127 Ergot 134 Gentian 136 Ginger 136 Glycyrrhiza 137 Hyoscyamus 139 Ipecac 140 Nux vomica 149 Senna 163 Fluidextracts (fluidextracta): Definition 51 187 PAGE Fluidextracts (fluidextracta) —Gont.; Description 52 General uses 52 Methods of preparation 52 Typical examples 52 Fluorescein sodium 135 Formaldehyde solution 136 Formin. (See Methenamine.) Formulas, reducing and enlarging 25 Fuadin solution 136 Fused silver nitrate 163 Fusion 30 Gallotannic acid (tannic acid) 171 Gargle of potassium chlorate with iron 157 Gas gangrene antitoxin 136 Gaultheria, oil of (methyl salicylate) 146 Gel, aluminum hydroxide 117 Dried 117 Gentian: Compound infusion 136 Elixir 136 Fluidextract 136 Glycerinated elixir 136 Iron, elixir 136 Tincture, compound 136 Violet (methylrosaniline chloride) 146 Ginger: Fluidextract 136 Oleoresin 136 Syrup 136 Glacial acetic acid 136 Glauber’s salt (sodium sulfate) 167 Globulins: Antiphtheric (diphtheria antitoxin) 132 Anti-scarlet fever (scarlet fever streptococcus antitoxin) 162 Glonoin, spirit (spirit of glyceryl trinitrate) 168 Gluside, soluble (saccharin sodium) 161 Glycerin 137 Suppositories 137 Glycerinated elixir of gentian 136 Glycerite of— Boroglycerin (boric acid) 125 Phenol 154 Starch 168 Tannic acid 172 Glycerites (glycerita) : Definition 47 Description 47 General uses - 47 Methods of preparation 48 Typical examples 48 Glycerol (glycerin) 137 Glyceryl— Triacetate 137 Trinitrate, spirit 168 Trinitrate tablets (see also Spirit of glyceryl trinitrate) 168 Gly cyrrhiza— Extract 137 Fluidextract 137 Opium, compound mixture 137 Syrup 137 Golden gargle (gargle of potassium chlorate with iron) 157 Graduates 13 Green- Iron and ammonium citrates, ampuls 140 188 PAGE Green-—Cent.: Soap (medicinal soft soap) 164 Tincture 164 Grinding and pulverizing 33 Gum— Arabic, acacia 115 Myrrh (myrrh) 147 Opium 151 Halazone 137 Hamamelis water 43 Hard soap 164 Heat, practical application 28 Heating, methods 27 Heavy calcined magnesia (heavy magnesium oxide) 142 Hebra’s itch ointment (compound ointment of sulfur) 169 Henbane (hyoscyamus) 138 Hexamethylene tetramine (methenamine) 146 Hexavitamin capsules 137 Hexylresorcinol ..137 Histamine acid phosphate 138 Phosphate injection 138 Hoffmann’s drops (spirit of ether) 134 Homatropine hydrobromide 138 Hormone 68 Human serum, normal 149 Hydrochloric— * Acid 138 Diluted 138 Solution of arsenic 121 Hydrogen-ion concentration (/>H) of some official substances 88 Hydrogen ions and pH 82 Hydrogen peroxide solution 138 Hydrometers 15 Hydrous— Lanolin (see also Wool fat) 176 Wool fat {see also Wool fat) 176 Hyoscine hydrobromide (scopolamine hydrobromide) 162 Hyoscyamus 138 Extract 138 Fluidextract 139 Tincture 139 “Hypo” (sodium thiosulfate) 167 Ichthammol 139 Ointment 139 Ignition 31 Incineration 31 Indicators: pH, table 66 Preparations of their solutions 86 Indigo— Blue, soluble (sodium indigotindisulfonate) 166 Carmine (sodium indigotindisulfonate) 166 Infusion 37 Digitalis 131 Gentian, compound 136 Infusions (infusa) : Definition 50 Description 50 General uses 50 Methods of preparation 50 Typical examples 50 Ingredients, medicinal, in preparations 26 Injection: Bismuth and potassium tartrate 124 Bismuth subsalicylate 124 189 PAGE Injection—Gont.: Caffeine and sodium benzoate 125 Calcium gluconate 125 Dextrose 131 Sodium chloride 131 Diethylstilbestrol 131 Digitalis 131 Emetine hydrochloride 132 Epinephrine hydrochloride 133 Ergonovine maleate 133 Histamine phosphate 138 Insulin 139 Liver 142 Mercuric salicylate 144 Mersalyl and theophylline 145 Neostigmine methylsulfate 148 Phenolsulfonphthalein 154 Posterior pituitary 156 Strophanthin 169 Theophylline ethylenediamine 173 Water 43, 175 Insulin 139 Injection 139 Instruments for measuring 12 Intervention, pylverization by 35 lodine: Ampuls 139 Compound solution 139 Mild tincture 139 Ointment 139 Solution 139 Strong solution 139 Swabs 139 Tincture 139 lodized oil 139 lodoform 139 lodophthalein sodium . 140 Ipecac 140 Fluidextract 140 Opium, powder 151 Syrup 140 Tincture 140 Iron— Ammonium citrates 140 Capsules 140 Green 140 Gentian, elixir 136 Potassium chlorate, gargle 157 Sulfate (ferrous sulfate) 135 Isotonic— Factors 112 Table 113 Solution: Calculation 112 Sodium chloride 165 Three chlorides: Calcium chloride 125 Sodium chloride 165 Itch ointment, Hebra’s (compound ointment of sulfur) 169 Jelly: Ephedrine sulfate 133 Petroleum (petrolatum) 153 Juniper: Oil 150 Tar 140 190 • PAGE Kaolin 140 Cataplasm 140 Kelene (ethyl chloride) 134 Lactic acid 140 Lactoflavin (riboflavin) 161 Lactose 141 Lanolin (see also Wool fat) 176 Anhydrous (wool fat) 175 Hydrous (see also Wool fat) 176 Lard 141 Benzoinated 141 Lassar’s plain zinc paste (zinc oxide) 176 Latin words and abbreviations 69 Lead acetate 141 Opium wash 141 Sugar 141 Lemon, oil 150 Levigation 35 Licorice— Powder, compound (see also Senna) 163 Root (glycyrrhiza) 137 Light— Calcined magnesia (magnesium oxide) 142 Liquid paraffin (light liquid petrolatum) 153 Magnesia (magnesium oxide) 142 Lime 141 Chlorinated 128 Liniment (linseed oil) 141 Unslaked 141 Water (calcium hydroxide) 125 Linear— Measure, English 8 Measures, table for equivalents: English to metric 78 Metric to English 77 Liniment: Acetic turpentine 150 Belladonna 122 Calamine 159 Camphor 126 Camphor and soap (see also hard soap) 164 Lime (linseed oil) 141 Soft soap (medicinal soft soap) 164 Soap (see also Hard soap) 164 Stoke’s (acetic turpentine liniment) 150 Liniments (linimenta) : Definition 49 Description 49 General uses 49 Methods of preparation 50 Typical examples 50 Linseed oil 141 Raw 141 Liquefied phenol 154 Liquid— Paraffin (liquid petrolatum) 153 Light 153 Petrolatum 153 Emulsion 153 Heavy 153 Light 153 Petroxolin 153 Liquids, specific gravity 14 Liquor calcis (solution of calcium hydroxide) 125 Liquores. (See Solutions.) 191 PAGE Lithium citrate 141 Effervescent salt 141 Liver— Extract 142 Dry 142 Injection 142 Liquid extract 142 Oil, cod 130 Emulsion 130 Solution 142 Logarithms of numbers, table 92 Lotion, calamine 159 Phenolated 159 Lotions (lotiones) ; Definition 47 Description 47 General uses 47 Methods of preparation 47 Typical examples 47 Lugol’s solution (compound solution of iodine) 139 Luminal. (See Phenobarbital.) Lunar caustic (silver nitrate) 163 Lye, potash (potassium hydroxide) 157 Maceration 37 Magma of bentonite 123 Magmas (magmata) : Definition 46 Description 47 General uses 47 Methods of preparation 47 Typical examples 47 Magnesia (magnesium oxide) 142 Heavy calcined 142 Light 142 Calcined 142 Usta 142 Magnesium— Carbonate 142 Hydrated 142 Citrate, solution 168 Oxide 142 Heavy 142 Sulfate 142 Ampuls 142 Male fern, extract (oleoresin of aspidiura) 151 Mapharsen 142 Ampuls 143 Materia medica, definition 1 Mathematical data 72 Mathematics, pharmaceutical 6 Measures: Approximate 9 Weights: Addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division 11 Equivalents, table 72 Measuring, instruments 12 Medical Supply Catalog, Army Service Forces 4 Terms, definitions 66 Medicinal- Ingredients in prescriptions 26 Soft soap 164 Zinc peroxide 176 Sterilized 1 76 Menadione . . . 143 Tablets 143 Meningitis serum (antimeningococcic serum) 120 192 PACK Menthol 143 Camphorated 143 Ointment, compound 143 Mepacrine. (See Quinacrine.) Merbromin 143 Solution 143 Surgical 143 Mercresin 143 Tincture 143 Mercurial ointment: Mild 145 Strong 145 Mercuric- Arsenic iodides, solution : 144 Chloride. (See Mercury bichloride.) Cyanide 143 lodide, red 144 Tablets 144 Oxide: • Yellow 144 Ointment, yellow 144 Oxycyanide 144 Salicylate 144 Injection 144 Succinimide 144 Ampuls 145 Mercurochrome. (See Merbromin.) Mercurous chloride, mild 145 Compound pills .145 Ointment 145 Tablets j 145 Sodium bicarbonate, tablets 145 Mercury 145 Ammoniated 118 Bichloride 145 Large poison tablets 145 Small poison tablets 145 Biniodide (red mercuric iodide) 144 Deutoiodide (red mercuric iodide) 144 Ointment, ammoniated 118 Oleate 144 Subchloride (mild mercurous chloride) 145 With chalk 145 Mersalyl and theophylline injection ..146 Merthiolate 146 Tincture 146 Metaphen 146 Solution 146 Tincture 146 Methenamine 146 Tablets 146 Methiodal (see also Skiodan) 164 Methyl— Salicylate 146 Violet (methylrosaniline chloride) 146 Methylrosaniline chloride 146 Metrazol: Ampuls 147 Tablets ' 147 Metric— Quantities, table for conversion to— Apothecaries measures 80 Apothecaries weights 81 Avoirdupois weights 79 System 6 Reading 7 Tables 7 193 PAGE Metycaine 147 Mild- Mercurial ointment 145 Mercurous chloride 145 Compound pills 145 Ointment 145 Tablets 145 Sodium bicarbonate, tablets 145 Protargin (mild silver protein) 163 Silver protein 163 Milk, sugar (lactose) 141 Mindererus, spirit (ammonium acetate) 118 Mineral oil: Emulsion (emulsion of liquid petrolatum) . 153 Light white (light liquid petrolatum) 153 White (liquid petrolatum) 153 Mineralogy, definition 1 Misturae. (See Mixtures.) Mixture: Chalk 159 Compound, of opium and glycyrrhiza 137 Mixtures (misturae) : Definition 46 Description 46 General uses 46 Methods of preparation 46 Typical examples 46 Molecular and atomic weights 93 Monkshood (aconite) 116 Monohydra ted sodium carbonate ..165 Morphine— Atropine sulfates, tablets 147 Sulfate 147 Tablets 147 Moulded silver nitrate 163 Mucilage of acacia 115 Mucilages (mucilagines) : Definition 46 Description * 46 General uses 46 Methods of preparation 46 Typical examples 46 Multiplication, weights and measures 11 Muriate, cocaine (cocaine hydrochloride) 130 Mustard: Black 124 Brown 124 Paper 124 Plaster 124 Myrrh; Gum 147 Tincture 147 National Formulary 3 Nembutal. (See Pentobarbital sodium.) Nearsphenamine 147 Neostigmine- Bromide 148 Tablets 148 Methylsulfate 148 Injection 148 Neo-synephrine hydrochloride 148 New and Nonofficial Remedies (N. N. R.) 3 N. F. tooth powder (see also Precipitated calcium carbonate) 158 Niacin (nicotinic acid) 148 Niacinamide (nicotinamide) i 148 194 PAGE Nicotinamide 148 Tablets 148 Nicotinic acid ; .. 148 Amide (nicotinamide) 148 Tablets 148 Nikethamide . 148 Nitric acid 148 Nitroglycerin, spirit (see also Spirit of glyceryl trinitrate) 168 Tablets (see also Glyceryl trinitrate) 168 Nitrohydrochloric acid 148 Diluted 149 Nitromuriatic acid 148 Nitrous ether, spirit (ethyl nitrite, spirit) 134 Nonstandard articles 4 Normal— Human serum 149 Saline solution (sodium chloride) ....165 Novacaine hydrochloride. (See Procaine hydrochloride.) Nupercaine hydrochloride 149 Ampuls 149 Tablets 149 Nux vomica 149 Extract 149 Fluidextract 149 Tincture . . . 149 Officer, pharmacy 5 051: Ampuls of camphor 126 Anise 149 Baths 28 Cade (juniper tar) ' v. . 140 Carron (linseed oil) 141 Cassia (oil of cinnamon) 149 Castor 127 Aromatic 127 Chenopodium 149 Capsules , 149 Cinnamon 149 Cod liver 130 Emulsion 130 Coriander 150 Cottonseed 130 Emulsion, mineral (emulsion of liquid petrolatum) 153 Flaxseed (linseed oil) 141 Gaultheria (methyl sa llcylate) 146 lodized 139 Juniper 150 Lemon 150 Light v/hite mineral (light liquid petrolatum) 153 Linseed 141 Olive 151 Orange 150 Peppermint 150 Phenolated (phenol) 154 Raw linseed 141 Santal .. . 150 Sweet (olive oil) 151 Sweet birch (see also Methyl salicylate) 146 Sweet orange 150 Tar, rectified 161 Theobroma 173 Turpentine 150 Emulsion 151 Rectified 150 Vitriol (sulfuric acid) 171 195 PAGE Oil—Gont.: White mineral (liquid petrolatum) 153 Wintergreen (see also Methyl salicylate) . . 146 Ointment: Alkaline sulfur (see also Sublimed sulfur) 169 Ammoniated mercury 118 Belladonna 122 Benzoic and salicylic acids 123 Blue (mild mercurial ointment) 145 Boric acid 125 Calamine 159 Calomel (ointment of mild mercurous chloride) 145 Capsicum 127 Coal tar 130 Chrysarobin 129 Hebra’s itch (compound ointment of sulfur) .169 Ichthammol 139 lodine 139 Menthol, compound 143 Mercurial: Mild 145 Strong 145 Mild mercurous chloride 145 Phenol 154 Pine tar 155 Potassium iodide 157 Resorcinol, compound 161 Sulfur 159 Compound 169 Tannic acid 172 White precipitate (ammoniated mercury ointment) 118 Whitfield’s (ointment of benzoic and salicylic acids) 123 Wilkinson’s (compound ointment of sulfur) 169 Yellow (see also Petrolatum) 153 Yellow mercuric oxide . 144 Zinc— Oxide 176 Stearate 176 Ointments (unguenta): Definition 57 Description 57 General uses 57 Methods of preparation . . 58 Typical examples 58 Oleate of mercury 144 Oleic acid 151 Oleoresin: Aspidium 151 Capsicum 127 Ginger 136 Olepresins (oleoresinae) : Definition 52 Description 52 General uses 52 Methods of preparation 52 Typical examples 52 Oleovitamin A and D 151 Capsules, concentrated 151 Olive oil 15] Opium 151 Camphorated tincture 151 Glycyrrhiza, compound mixture ....137 Gum 151 Ipecac, powder 151 Lead wash (lead acetate) 141 Powdered 151 Tincture [■•-•>- 151 196 Orange, compound spirit 1 150 on i iiso Orthoform 152 Pamaquine naphthoate 159 Pantopon 159 Ampuls ico Tablets ! 152 Paraffin J 52 Light liquid (light liquid petrolatum) !! 153 Liquid (liquid petrolatum) Paraffinum molle (petrolatum) 153 Paraldehyde ] * ' ’ 152 Paracetaldehyde (paraldehyde) 152 Paregoric (camphorated tincture of opium) !!! . 151 Paste; Acetylsalicylic acid, compound 116 Beck’s bismuth 124 Bismuth (bismuth subnitrate) . . 124 Dental anodyne (acetylsalicylic acid) 116 Lassar’s plain zinc (zinc oxide) 176 Resorcinol: Mild Strong 161 Zinc oxide Pastes (pastae): Definition 53 Description 53 General uses 53 Methods of preparation 58 Typical examples 53 Pencils, silver nitrate 163 Penicillin calcium. (See Penicillin sodium.) Penicillin sodium ]52 Pentobarbital sodium 152 Capsules Tablets Pentothal sodium 153 Pepper, cayenne (capsicum) 126 Peppermint: Essence on .’.’!!”!!!i5o Spirit Water 150 Percentage solutions 20, 81 Perchloroethylene (tetrachloroethylene) 173 Percolation 37 Peru balsam Peruvian balsam 153 Petrolatum (liquid): Emulsion 153 Heavy 153 Light 153 Petroleum jelly (petrolatum) 153 Petroxolin: Liquid 153 Solid 154 pH: Determination 85 Hydrogen ions 82 Indicators, table 86 Measurements, directions 85 Pharmaceutical— Mathematics 6 Preparations, classes 42 Pharmacodynamics, definition 1 Pharmacognosy, definition 1 197 PAGE Pharmacology; Definition 1 Veterinary 63 Pharmacopoeia, United States 2 Pharmacy: Administration 5 Definition 1 Officer 5 Phenacetin (acetophenetidin) 115 Phenazone (antipyrine) 120 Phenobarbital 154 Elixir . 154 Tablets ..154 Phenol 154 Glycerite 154 Liquefied 154 Ointment 154 Red (phenolsulfonphthalein) 154 Phenolated— Calamine lotion 159 Oil (phenol) 154 Water 43, 154 Phenolphthalein 154 Tablets 154 Phenolsulfonphthalein 154 Injection 154 Phenyl: Salicylate 154 Acetophenetidin, tablets 115 Tablets 155 Phenylethylmalonylurea (phenobarbital) 154 Phosphoric acid 155 Diluted 155 Physical processes and techniques . 27 Physics, definition Physiological salt solution (sodium chloride) 165 Physiology, definition 1 Physostigmine salicylate 155 Picric acid (trinitrophenol) 175 Pilocarpine hydrochloride 155 Pills (pilulae) •••• 55 Asafetida 121 Cathartic, compound (mild mercurous chloride) . . 145 Definition 55 Description 55 General uses 55 Methods of preparation 55 Mild mercurous chloride, compound ..145 Typical examples 56 Pilulae. (See Pills.) Pine: Tar 155 Ointment 155 Syrup (rectified oil of tar) 161 Pitressin 155 Pituitary, posterior, injection 156 Plague bacillus vaccine . . 155 Plain zinc paste, Lassar’s (zinc oxide) 176 Plasmochin. (See Pamaquin naphthoatc.) Plaster: Cantharides 126 Mustard 124 Plasters (emplastra): Definition 60 Description 60 General uses 60 198 PAGE Piasters (emplastra)—Cent.: Methods of preparation 60 Typical examples 60 Pneumonia serum (antipneumococcic serum) 120 Pontocaine hydrochloride (tetracaine hydrochloride) 172 Poison— Ivy extract 155 Oak extract 156 Tablets of mercury bichloride: Large ..145 Small 145 Poisoning; Acute, diagnosis 61 Causes 61 General measures for treating 62 Treatment of acute, by pharmacist technician 61 Pontocaine. {See Tetracaine.) Posology, definition 1 Posterior pituitary injection 156 Potash: Caustic (potassium hydroxide) 157 Lye (potassium hydroxide) 157 Potassium: Acetate 156 Alum 117 Antimony tartrate .* 120 Bicarbonate 156 Bismuth tartrate 123 Injection 124 Bismuthyl tartrate 123 Bromide 156 Elixir 156 Carbonate 156 Chlorate I 156 With iron, gargle 157 Chloride 157 Tablets 157 Hydroxide 157 Solution 157 lodide 157 Ointment 157 Saturated solution 157 Solution 157 Tablets 157 Nitrate 157 Permanganate 158 Tablets 158 Rhodanate (potassium thiocyanate) 158 Sodium tartrate . 158 Sulfate 158 Sulfocyanate (potassium thiocyanate) 158 Thiocyanate 158 Powder: Acetanilid, compound 115 Compound chalk 159 Compound licorice (see also Senna) 163 Dover’s (powder of ipecac and opium) 151 Ipecac and opium 151 Senna, compound 163 Tooth, N. F. (see also Precipitated calcium carbonate) 158 Zinc sulfate, compound 177 Powdered— Digitalis 1-31 Opium 151 Powders 53 Compound effervescent 158 Definition 53 199 PAGE Powders—Cont.: Description . 53 General uses 53 Insoluble in water, specific gravity 16 Methods of preparation 53 Rochelle (potassium and sodium tartrate) 158 Seidlitz (potassium and sodium tartrate) . . 158 Soluble in water, specific gravity 16 Typical examples 53 Precipitated—• Calcium carbonate 158 Chalk (precipitated calcium carbonate) 158 Sulfur 158 Precipitation 31 Prepared— Calamine 159 Chalk 159 Preparations, pharmaceutical, classes 42 Prescriptions, medicinal ingredients 26 Procaine (procaine hydrochloride) 159 Ampuls 159 Processes and techniques, physical 27 Proflavine 159 Sulfate 159 Propadrine hydrochloride 160 Proportion and ratio * 19 Prostigmine— Bromide. (See Neostigmine bromide.) Methylsulfate. (See Neostigmine methylsulfate.) Protargin; Mild (mild silver protein) 163 Strong (strong silver protein) 163 Pulveres. (See Powders.) Pulverization by intervention 35 Pulverizing and grinding 33 Pumice 160 Pycnometer 15 Quicklime (lime) 141 Quinacrine hydrochloride 160 Tablets 160 Quinidine sulfate 160 Tablets 160 Quinine— Dihydrochloridc 160 Ampuls 160 Sulfate 160 Tablets 161 Racemic- Amphetamine sulfate 119 Desoxynarephedrine (amphetamine sulfate) 119 Ratio: Proportion 19 Solution 21 Raw linseed oil 141 Records 5 Rectified oil of— Tar 161 Turpentine 150 Redistilled water 43 Reference tables 72 Requisitioning from medical supply officer 4 Requisitions by medical supply officer 4 Resorcin (resorcinol) 161 200 PAGE Resorcinol 161 Compound ointment 161 Mild paste 161 Strong paste 161 Riboflavin 161 Tablets 161 Ringer’s solution (isotonic solution of three chlorides) 125, 165 Rochelle— Powders (potassium and sodium tartrate) 158 Salt (potassium and sodium tartrate) 158 Rose water 43 Russian flies (cantharides) 126 Saccharin— Sodium 161 Tablets 161 Soluble 161 Saccharum (sucrose) 169 Sal: Ammoniac (ammonium chloride) 119 Volatile (ammonium carbonate) 118 Salol (phenyl salicylate) 154 Salicylic: Acid 161 Benzoic acids, ointment 123 Collodion 161 Saline solution, normal (sodium chloride) 165 Salt: Epsom (magnesium sulfate) 142 Lithium citrate, effervescent 141 Magnesium sulfate, effervescent 142 Rochelle (potassium and sodium tartrate) 158 Sodium chloride 165 Solution, physiological (sodium chloride) 165 Water baths 28 Saltpeter (potassium nitrate) 157 Salts, bile 123 Salvarsan. (See Arsphenamine.) Salyrgan-theophylline. (See Mersalyl and theophylline solution.) Sand baths 27 Santal, oil 150 Santonin 162 Saponated solution of cresol 131 Saturated solution of— Boric acid 124 Potassium iodide 157 Scales, thermostatic, comparison 19 Scarlet fever— Antitoxin: Concentrated (scarlet fever streptococcus antitoxin) 162 Refined (scarlet fever streptococcus antitoxin) 162 Streptococcic toxin 162 Streptococcus toxin 162 Toxin for immunization and for the Dick test (scarlet fever streptococcus toxin) 162 Schick test, diphtheria toxin 132 Scopolamine hydrobromide 162 Tablets 162 Seconal sodium 162 Seidlitz powders (potassium and sodium tartrate) 158 Senna 163 Compound powder 163 Fluidextract 163 Leaves 163 Syrup 163 201 PAGE Serum: Antianthrax 120 Antidysenteric 120 Antimeningococcic 120 Antimeningococcus 120 Antipneumococcic 120 Antipneumococcus 120 Meningitis (antimeningococcic serum) 120 Normal human 149 Pneumonia (antipneumococcic serum) 120 Purified antidiphtheric (diphtheria antitoxin) 132 Purified antitetanic (tetanus antitoxin) 172 Siam benzoin 123 Silver— Nitrate 163 Fused 163 Moulded 163 Pencils 163 Toughened 163 Protein: Mild 163 Strong 163 Simple syrup (sucrose) 169 Sirup (sucrose) 169 Skiodan 164 Sodium 164 Smallpox vaccine 164 Soap: Camphor liniment (see also Hard soap) 164 Green (medicinal soft soap) 164 Hard 164 Liniment (see also Hard soap) 164 Liniment of soft (medicinal soft soap) 164 Soft (medicinal soft soap) 164 Sobisminol solution 164 Soda: Baking (sodium bicarbonate) 164 Calomel (mercurous chloride) 145 Caustic (sodium hydroxide) 166 Sodio-benzoate, caffeine 125 Sodium— Alurate 164 Benzoate 164 Caffeine 125 Injection 125 Benzosulfimide (saccharin sodium) 161 Biborate (sodium borate) 165 Bicarbonate 164 Tablets 165 With mild mercurous chloride, tablets 145 Borate 165 Compound solution 165 Bromide 165 Elixir 165 Tablets 165 Cacodylate 165 Ampuls 165 Carbonate, monohydrated 165 Chloride 165 Isotonic solution 165 Dextrose injection 131 Citrate 166 Anticoagulant solution 166 Solution 166 Diethylbarbiturate (barbital sodium) 122 Diethylmalonylurea (barbital sodium) 122 Hydroxide 166 202 PAGE Sodium—Cont.: Hypochlorite: Diluted solution 168 Solution 168 '‘Hyposulfite” (sodium thiosulfate) 167 ladigotindisulfonate 166 lodide 166 Ampuls 166 r(-lactate 166 Morrhuate 166 Nitrite 166 Tablets 167 Perborate 167 Aromatic 167 Phosphate 167 Effervescent 167 Exsiccated 167 Solution 167 Potassium tartrate 158 Salicylate 167 Ampuls 167 Tablets 167 Theobromine 173 Tablets 173 Sulfate 167 Tetraborate (sodium borate) 165 Thiosulfate 167 Ampuls . 167 Soft soap (medicinal soft soap) 164 Liniment 164 Solid petroxolin (light liquid petrolatum) 154 Solids: Insoluble in and heavier than water, specific gravity 15 Soluble in water, specific gravity 16 Specific gravity 15 Solubility, conditions which influence 36 Soluble— Barbital (barbital sodium) 122 Tablets 122 Barbitone (barbital sodium) 122 Ferric phosphate 167 Indigo blue (sodium indigotindisulfonate) 166 Solution 36 Aluminum acetate 117 Aluminum chloride 117 Amaranth 118 Ammonium acetate 118 Ammonia, strong 118 Arsenic and mercuric iodides (red mercuric iodide) 144 Arsenic chloride 121 Arsenious acid (arsenic trioxide) 121 Boric acid 124 Burow’s (aluminum acetate) 117 Calcium hydroxide 125 Chloroazodin 128 Coal tar 129 Cresol, saponated 131 Dakin’s modified (diluted solution of sodium hypochlorite) 168 Definition 36 Dobell’s (compound solution of sodium borate) 165 Donovan’s (solution of arsenic and mercuric iodides) 144 Ephedrine sulfate 133 Epinephrine hydrochloride 135 Ferric chloride 135 Formaldehyde 136 Fuadin 136 Hydrogen peroxide 138 203 PAGE Solution—Gont.: Hydrochloric, of arsenic 121 lodine . 139 Compound 139 Strong 139 Isotonic, calculation 112 Three chlorides (calcium chloride) 125 Liver 142 Lugol’s (compound solution of iodine) 139 Magnesium citrate 168 Merbromin 143 Surgical 143 Metaphen 146 Normal saline (sodium chloride) 165 Physiological salt (sodium chloride) 165 Potassium— Hydroxide 157 lodide 157 lodide, saturated 157 Ratio 21 Ringer’s (isotonic solution of three chlorides) 125, 165 Sobisminol 164 Sodium— Borate, compound 165 Chloride, isotonic 165 Citrate 166 Citrate, anticoagulant 166 Hypochlorite 168 Diluted 168 Phosphate 167 Three chlorides, isotonic (sodium chloride) 165 Solutions (liquores) 43 Buffer, solutions used in preparation 87 Definition 43 Description 43 General uses 43 Indicator, and their preparation 86 Kinds 36 List, N. F 44 List, U. S. P 44 Methods of preparation 43 Percentage 20, 81 Preparation 20 Solubility, involving 23 Stock 22 Typical examples 43 Used in preparation of buffer solutions 87 Solvents, important , 36 Spanish flies (cantharides) 126 Specific gravity: Definition 14 Practical applications (reducing volume to weight) 17 Specific volume, definition 18 Spirit— Ammonia, aromatic 119 Anise 149 Camphor 126 Chloroform 128 Cinnamon 150 Ether 134 Compound .134 Ethyl nitrite 134 Glonoin (spirit of glyceryl trinitrate) 168 Glyceryl trinitrate 168 Mindererus (ammonium acetate) 118 Nitre, sweet (ethyl nitrite, spirit) 134 Nitroglycerin (see also Spirit of glyceryl trinitrate) 168 204 PAGE Spirit—Cent.: Nitrous ether (ethyl nitrite, spirit) 134 Orange, compound 150 Peppermint 150 Trinitrin (see also Spirit of glyceryl trinitrate) 168 Spirits (spiritus) : Definition 48 Description 48 General uses 48 Methods of preparation 48 Turpentine 150 Typical examples 48 Spray: Ephedrine 133 Compound ; 133 Epinephrine hydrochloride 133 Starch: , Corn 168 Glycerite 168 Steam baths 28 Stibophen (fuadin solution) 136 Stilbestrol (diethylstilbestrol) 131 Stock solutions, definition 22 Stoke’s liniment (acetic turpentine liniment) 150 Stovarsol. {See Acetarsone.) Straining or eolation 31 Streptococcic toxin, scarlet fever 162 Streptococcus— Antitoxin, scarlet fever 162 Toxin, scarlet fever 162 Strong— Mercurial ointment (mercury 145 Paste of resorcinol 161 Protargin (strong silver protein 163 Silver protein 163 Solution of iodine 139 Strophanthin 168 Injection 169 Strychnine sulfate 169 Tablets 169 Styptic collodion (tannic acid : 172 Subchloride of mercury (mild mercurous chloride) 145 Sublimation 30 Sublimed sulfur 169 Subtraction, weights and measures 11 Succinylsulfathiazole 169 Tablets 169 Sucrose 169 Sirup .169 Syrup 169 Sugar: Lead (lead acetate) 141 Milk (lactose) 141 Sucrose 169 Sulfadiazine 169 Sodium 170 Tablets 170 Suifaguanidine 170 Tablets 170 Sulfanilamide 170 Tablets 170 Sulfapyridine 170 Tablets 171 Sulfarsphenamine 171 Sulfathiazole 171 Sodium 171 Tablets 171 205 PAGE Sulfur; Compound ointment 169 Flowers (sublimed sulfur) 169 Ointment 159 Ointment, alkaline (see also Sublimed sulfur) 169 Precipitated 158 Sublimed 169 Sulfuric acid: Aromatic 171 Diluted 171 Sulfuric ether . 134 Sumatra benzoin 123 Supply and administration 4 Supply catalog, Medical, Army Service Forces 4 Suppositories (suppositoria): Definition *. 59 Description * 59 General uses 59 Glycerin 137 Methods of preparation 59 Typical examples 60 Sweet birch, oil (see also Methyl salicylate) 146 Sweet oil (olive oil) 151 Sweet spirit of nitre (ethyl nitrite, spirit) 134 Syrup: Acacia 115 Cinnamon 150 Citric acid 129 Ephedrine sulfate 133 Ferrous iodide 135 Ginger 136 Glycyrrhiza 137 Ipecac 140 Pine tar (rectified oil of tar) 161 Senna , • 163 Simple (sucrose) 169 Sucrose 169 Tolu balsam 174 Syrups (syrupi): Definition 45 General uses 45 Methods of preparation . . 45 Typical examples 45 Tablets (tabellae) 56 Acetanilid 115 Acetophenetidin 115 Phenyl salicylate 115 Acetylsalicylic acid 116 Ammonium chloride 119 Apomorphine hydrochloride 120 Ascorbic acid ... . 122 Atropine sulfate 122 Barbital sodium 122 Bismuth subcarbonate 124 Bismuth subnitrate 124 Calcium carbonate 158 Calcium lactate 126 Calomel (tablets of mild mercurous chloride) 145 Ghiniofon 128 Gitrated caffeine 129 Codeine sulfate 130 Definition 56 Description 56 Digitalis 131 Dihydromorphinone hydrochloride .132 Diodoquin 132 ( Enteric coated, bile salts , . 123 206 PAGE Tablets (tabellae)—Cent.; Ephedrine sulfate 133 Ergonovine maleate 133 General uses 56 Glyceryl trinitrate (see also Spirit of glyceryl trinitrate) 168 Large poison, mercury bichloride 145 Menadione .143 Methenamine 146 Methods of preparation 56 Metrazol 147 Mild mercurous chloride 145 Sodium bicarbonate 145 Morphine sulfate 147 Atropine sulfates ..147 Neostigmine bromide 148 Nicotinamide 148 Nicotinic acid 148 Nitroglycerin (see also Glyceryl trinitrate) 168 Nupercaine hydrochloride 149 Pantopon 152 Pentobarbital sodium 153 Phenobarbital 154 Phenyl salicylate 155 Phenolphthalein 154 Potassium— Chloride 157 lodide 157 Permanganate , 158 Quinacrine hydrochloride 160 Quinidine sulfate 160 Quinine sulfate 161 Red mercuric iodide 144 Riboflavin 161 Saccharin sodium 161 Scopolamine hydrobi’bmide 162 Small poison, of mercury bichloride 145 Sodium— Bicarbonate 165 Bromide 165 Nitrite 167 Salicylate 167 Soluble barbital 122 Strychnine sulfate 169 Succinylsulfathiazole 169 Sulfadiazine 170 Sulfaguanidine 170 Sulfanilamide 170 Sulfapyridine .....171 Sulfathiazole 171 Theobromine with sodium salicylate 173 Thiamine hydrochloride 174 Thyroid 174 Trinitrin (see also Glyceryl trinitrate) 168 Typical examples 57 Vitamin Bi (thiamine hydrochloride tablets) 174 Vitamin G (ascorbic acid tablets) 122 Talc, purified 160 Tannic acid 171 Glycerite 172 Ointment 172 Tannin (tannic acid) 171 Tar: Coal 129 Ointment 130 Solution 129 Juniper HO 207 „ „ page 1 ar—Cont. i Pine 155 Ointment j 55 Syrup * 161 Rectified oil ....161 Tartar emetic (antimony and potassium tartrate) ; 120 Tartaric acid 172 Techniques and processes, physical 27 Terpin hydrate 172 Elixir 172 Tetanus— Antitoxin 172 Toxoid 172 Tetracaine hydrochloride 172 Tetrachloroethylene ! .173 Capsules 173 Tetraiodophenolphthalein sodium (iodophthalcin sodium ) 140 Theobroma oil 173 Theobromine— Calcium salicylate. (See Theocalcin.) With sodium salicylate 173 Tablets 173 Theocalcin 173 Theophylline— Ethylenediamine 173 Injection 173 Mersalyl injection 146 Therapeutics, definition 1 Thermometers 18 Thermometric equivalents, table: Fahrenheit to centigrade scales 11l Centigrade to Fahrenheit scales 110 Thermostatic scales, comparison 19 Thiamine hydrochlox-ide ...173 Tablets 174 Three chlorides, isotonic solution 125, 165 Thymol 174 lodide 174 Thyroid 1 74 Tablets 174 Tincture: Aconite 116 Antimony 120 Asafetida 121 Belladonna 122 Benzoin 123 Compound 123 Cantharides ..126 Capsicum 127 Compound, of cardamom 127 Digitalis 131 Ferric chloride 135 Gentian, compound 136 Green soap (medicinal soft soap) 164 Hyoscyarnus 139 Ipecac 140 lodine 139 Mild 139 Mercresin 143 Merthiolate 146 Metaphen 146 Myrrh 147 Nux vomica 149 Opium 151 Camphorated 151 Tolu (tincture of tolu balsam) 174 208 EAOE Tinctures (tincturae); Definition 50 Description 50 General uses 50 Methods of preparation 51 Typical examples 51 Tolu (tolu balsam) 174 Syrup 174 Tincture 174 Tooth powder, N. F. {see also Precipitated calcium carbonate) 158 Torrefaction 31 Toxicology 61 Definition 1, 61 Toxin: Diphtheria, for Schick test 132 Scarlet fever, for immunization and for the Dick test 162 Streptococcus 162 Streptococcic 162 Toxoid, diphtheria 132 Triacetin (glyceryl triacetate) 137 Tribromoetbanol 174 Trichloroacetic acid . 174 Triiodomethane (iodoform) 139 Trinitrin, spirit of (see also Spirit of Glyceryl trinitrate) 168 Tablets {see also Glyceryl trinitrate) 168 Trinitrophenol 175 Trituration 33 Triturations (triturationes) : Definition 55 Description 55 General use . . 55 Methods of preparation 55 Typical examples 55 Tryparsamide 175 T überculin; Concentrated 175 Crude 175 Old 175 T urpentine: Emulsion of oil 151 Liniment, acetic 150 Oil . 150 Rectified oil 150 Spirits 150 Typhoid prophylactic (typhoid vaccine) 175 Unguenta. (See Ointments.) United States Pharmacopoeia 1 Unslaked lime 141 Urotropin. {See Methenamine.) Vaccine: Cholera 128 Enteric (typhoid vaccine) 175 Plague bacillus 155 Smallpox 164 Typhoid 175 Veronal sodium. (See Barbital sodium.) Veterinary pharmacology 63 Vinegars (aceta): Definition 51 Description 51 General uses 51 Methods of preparation 51 Typical examples 51 209 ■ • PAGE Vitamins: Bj (thiamine hydrochloride) 173 Tablets 174 Bs (riboflavin) 161 G (ascorbic acid) 121 Tablets 122 G (riboflavin) 161 Vitriol: Elixir (sulfuric acid) 171 Oil (sulfuric acid) 171 White (zinc sulfate) 176 Water 175 Ammonia 118 Anise 149 Baths 27 Bitter almond . 43 Camphor 126 Chloroform 43, 128 Cinnamon 149 Distilled 43, 175 Equivalents, table 11 Hamamelis 43 Injection 43, 175 Lime (solution of calcium hydroxide) 125 Peppermint 150 Phenolated 43, 154 Redistilled 43 Rose 43 Sterilized distilled 43, 175 Wintergreen (see also Methyl salicylate) 146 Waters (aquae): Aromatic, official processes 42 Definition 42 Description 42 Exceptions 43 General uses 42 Methods of preparation 42 Typical examples 42 Wax, white 175 Weights and measures: Addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division II Table of equivalents 72 Whisky 175 White— Arsenic (arsenic trioxide) 121 Precipitate (ammoniated mercury) 118 Ointment 118 Vitriol (zinc sulfate) 176 Wax 175 Whitfield’s ointment (ointment of benzoic and salicylic acids 123 Wilkinson’s ointment (compound ointment of sulfur) 169 Wine of antimony 120 Wintergreen: Oil (see also Methyl salicylate) 146 Water {see also Methyl salicylate) - 146 Wool fat 175 Anhydrous 175 Hydrous 176 Yellow— Mercuric oxide 144 Ointment 144 Ointment (see also Petrolatum) . . 153 Zephiran chloride 176 Zinc: Chloride 176 Compounds and eugenol, cement 135 210 PACK Zinc—Cent.: Oxide 176 Ointment 176 Paste 176 Paste, Lassar’s plain (zinc oxide) . . . 176 Peroxide: Medicinal 176 Sterilized medicinal 176 Stearate 176 Ointment 176 Sulfate 176 Compound powder 177 Zoology, definition 1 * U S GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE; 1945—035906 211